Catalog Blum

Ideas in motion
Catalogue and technical manual
DYNALOG 2.0
Planning cabinets and ordering ttings like a professional

Blums goal is to make it easy for you to full the high expectations of your customers and to do so in an economical way. The comprehensive software DYNALOG 2.0 helps you to plan individual cabinets quickly and precisely, order the right ttings and increase your furniture manufacturing productivity. So you can concentrate on more important matters; like the individual requirements of your customers.
DYNACAT 2.0
DYNACAT, 2.0, the optimised catalogue and ordering software, makes it easy to select and order your Blum products. The enclosed CD contains our complete product line, detailed product information, CAD data and the expanded ordering functions of DYNASHOP. Note: DYNACAT 2.0 includes the Electronic Product Catalogue and Shopping Basket modules. In order to be able to use all functions including cabinet planning, please order DYNALOG 2.0. Part No. DYA.2441
The three modules of DYNALOG 2.0

DYNACAT Electronic Product Catalogue DYNASHOP Shopping Basket DYNAPLAN Cabinet planner
Includes the complete Blum product line Complex applications (e.g. TANDEMBOX incl. the ORGA-LINE inner dividing system) are calculated correctly for each installation situation dramatically reducing the chance of when ordering Installation drawings as well as adjustment and assembly instructions are provided for each product selected 3D CAD data are available for ap, hinge and pull-out systems
For managing and ordering component requirements The components list can be exported in different formats and used for other purposes Distributor part numbers and prices can be imported, and integration into the distributor ordering system is also possible Ordered ttings can be easily assigned to the cabinet and/or respective element at delivery (goods inwards check) Numerous additional features: Colours/nishes for an entire project can be changed with just a click, etc.
Generates all information required for manufacturing and ordering (cutting dimensions, components list, drawings, etc.) Integrated collision check saves trial applications Complex cabinet constructions possible: SPACE CORNER, angled cabinet, AVENTOS ap ttings in the wall cabinet, etc. Interfaces and export formats enable continued use in planned projects Comprehensive DYNAMIC SPACE Cabinet Library already integrated (can be customised)
Order information
Part no. DYNALOG 2.0
DYA.2441
Order DYNALOG directly from your Blum supplier.
Minimum requirements (recommended) Processor: 400 MHz (1.0 GHz) RAM: 128 MB (256 MB) CD-Rom drive Operating system: MS Windows
Flap systems
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
AVENTOS HF Bi-fold lift system tting Tool-free CLIP front assembly
Hinge systems
CLIP top, BLUMOTION for doors Tool-free CLIP assembly and removal of doors 3-dimensional adjustment
Hinge systems
MODUL Door slide-on assembly and removal 3-dimensional adjustment
Pull-out systems
TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION, ORGA-LINE Double walled drawer system with concealed runners Controlled TANDEM runner system with smooth running action
Pull-out systems
METABOX plus, METABOX Single steel drawer side system Roller runner
Runner systems
TANDEM plus BLUMOTION, TANDEM plus, ORGA-LINE Concealed runner system for wooden drawers TANDEM runner with smooth running action
Runner systems
STANDARD Exposed runner system for wooden drawers Roller runner
Further products
Open & slide door assembly POCKET DOOR, FLIPPER DOOR Wall hanging bracket Cabinet connector
Assembly devices
Electronic catalogue and planning aid DYNALOG Gauges and templates BOXFIX Drilling and insertion machines PRO CENTER, MINIPRESS
Information
Information about Blum products Glossary Part No. Index
528 534
Ideas in motion
As one of the worlds leading manufacturers of ttings systems, Blum is dedicated to perfecting motion: We do this by providing high-quality products, useful services and by being a competent partner.
We work towards this goal every day inspired by advances in technology for perfecting motion. As well as driven by the needs and desires of our customers. Get to know our products and services. See for yourself our high quality in function and design, and experience how we create quality of life with quality of motion.
DYNAMIC SPACE
For a new kitchen standard

Most people wish they had less hassle when using their kitchen. With DYNAMIC SPACE, the concept for realising an optimised kitchen standard, you can make your customers wish come true. The development of DYNAMIC DYNAMIC SPACE means: Planning in 5 kitchen zones Using pull-outs and drawers in base cabinets instead of shelves Using full extensions High quality ttings that provide optimal class of motion Planning sufcient storage space
SPACE is based on intensive observation of individual movements and work ows during kitchen use. The results clearly show which factors in the kitchen contribute to improved ergonomics and improved room utilisation as well as optimised work ows.
How much storage space is enough?

Over 60 % of all kitchen buyers realise too late that they need more storage space. You can avoid this by determining how much storage space you will need before kitchen planning begins. With just a few simple steps every kitchen can be planned online, using the 5 kitchen zones. The same is true for determining your storage space requirements. www.dynamicspace.com
Space utilisation quality
Quality of motion
The 5 kitchen zones of DYNAMIC SPACE: consumables, non-consumables, cleaning, preparation, cooking (LTR) 5
AVENTOS
Perfect motion for lift systems

With AVENTOS HF, perfect motion for opening and closing is now also available for the bi-fold lift system. Its lift mechanism seems to defy the laws of gravity. Even heavy fronts can be opened and closed silently and effortlessly. The step-less stop ensures that the fronts always remain in the desired position. The closing procedure is transformed into a genuine experience thanks to the integrated BLUMOTION. High quality of motion through perfect motion Modern design Easy assembly and adjustment Uniform programme for all cabinet heights and widths AVENTOS HF meets all the requirements of a modern ap solution:
Other ap systems are being planned: AVENTOS HL for lift ups AVENTOS HK for stay lifts AVENTOS HS up & over lift systems
BLUMOTION for doors
The new side of perfect motion

Whether its the kitchen, hall, bathroom, bedroom or living room the new BLUMOTION feels at home everywhere. Bringing that perfect motion and ease-of-use to all areas of everyday life. Your customers will be amazed with the new BLUMOTION in every situation because of its silent and effortless closing of their furniture doors. That perfect motion can now be integrated more easily into cabinets with doors. This is because they can be installed on the hinge side and in less time. No need to adjust the hinge assembly and it works with nearly any application.
BLUMOTION 973A meets the same high design standards that we set for our hinges.
TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION
Function plus
The perfect motion, silent and effortless, combined with an attractive design and lots of ergonomic storage space thats TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION. This system meets the highest demands for quality and function: The full extension provides easy viewing and access even into the farthest corner. The TANDEM runner system provides high side stability and smooth running action even under heavy loads. The comprehensive programme
offers the maximum in design freedom: It doesnt matter whether its a pull-out or drawer, sink pull-out, corner cabinet or larder unit with TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION, there is a system available providing numerous storage space solutions all in different heights, colours and designs.
10
SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION

SPACE CORNER is a unique storage space solution for the corner area that will win you over with its perfect motion, ergonomics and comfort. SYNCROMOTION the innovative front motion technology from Blum provides a perfect gap design without the need for additional work on frontals. The clever opening and closing mechanism enables you to use standard fronts and just looks great.
The ORGA-LINE knife holder securely stores up to 9 knives of different sizes. 11
TANDEM plus BLUMOTION
Perfect motion for any living area

High quality wooden furniture deserves high quality technology. And TANDEM plus BLUMOTION provides it. Whether in the kitchen, bathroom, living room or bedroom the concealed runner system will win you over with its high quality, versatile application options and easy adjustment features. BLUMOTION, the perfect motion, is now integrated into the latest TANDEM generation.
In the ORGA-LINE spice holder, all spices are close at hand right where they are needed. 12
Even when drawers and pull-outs are heavily loaded, TANDEM impresses with its smooth running action and high side stability.
13
TIP-ON
Opening and closing furniture without handles

With the TIP-ON, we offer a solution that will meet the demand for perfect motion for handless furniture. A light tap is all thats required to open drawers and pull-outs. In the living room, kitchen, bedroom, hall or bathroom, the opening of handless furniture now becomes a pleasure.
14
TANDEM and TANDEM plus for handle-less furniture

Wooden drawers and pull-outs
with proven TANDEM runners are easy to open without handles when equipped with TIP-ON. Whether single or full extension, heavily or lightly loaded a light tap is all thats required to open the drawer.
The BLUMATIC self closing feature provides light and clean closing. This solution for high-quality, handle-less furniture denitely inspires.
15
Perfecting motion with services
At Blum we are also about perfecting motion when it comes to the services we provide. Our goal is to support your work with our comprehensive planning and ordering software, user friendly online services and our assembly devices all of which are optimised to our products.
Assembly devices
The next generation of assembly devices support the manufacture of furniture to the highest quality. Our assembly devices, drilling and insertion machines, as well as jigs and guages, ensure the precise assembly of all Blum products. Our assembly devices are also characterised by their; straight-forward simplicity, high user friendliness and high durability.
16
E-Business by Blum
Blum Internet Services provide you with round-the-clock access to current product information as well as marketing data for our products. The Product Information Service provides you with detailed product descriptions falong with fast and easy; Images, graphics and CAD data. The Marketing Information Service contains all marketing documentation ready for download: Photos, lms, presentations, brochures and logos. Whether industry, commerce or trade this service provides you with your own customer communication centre all in one place. We look forward to your visit. www.blum.com
Planning and ordering using DYNALOG 2.0

The new planning and ordering software now comes with the complete electronic product catalogue and the integrated DYNAMIC SPACE Cabinet Library. DYNALOG 2.0 makes it easy for you to increase productivity.
17
Always in motion
The secret of our success

Our products must meet the highest demands for quality and function for the life of the furniture. Thats why we invest heavily in the development of high-quality tools and machines, and in the training of each of our employees. This is the only way we can realise new ideas, create intelligent solutions and guarantee a high production standard via fully-automated production processes. In addition, we constantly monitor our products in real working environments and in testing labs. The results then ow directly into product development and the manufacturing process. In this way, we are able to keep up with the changing requirements of our customers.
18
We look to the future

New products and technologies always require new know-how. And thats just what our employees get through regular training and continuing education. Their personal advancement helps us meet the ever-increasing demands made by the market. Our trainees get a great education in high-tech professions with a future. This in turn gives us access to highly qualied prospective employees trained in the latest technology. All this helps us to maintain our international competitive edge.
19
Globally accessible
The 6 production facilities in Vorarlberg: From here, we deliver our ttings to the rest of the world.
Youll nd us wherever our customers are

We are based in Austria, but we feel right at home all over the world with production facilities in Austria, the USA and Brazil, we also have subsidiaries and representatives in over 80 countries on all ve continents. Globally Blum employs some 4500 employees working day in and day out to full and satisfy the wishes and demands of our customers. In this way, Blum products help to ensure that furniture throughout the entire world is more comfortably equipped and functions as its supposed to.
20
Blum USA (left) and Blum Brasil (right) supply the North and South American markets.
21
Globally accessible
Blums subsidiaries and representatives

Argentina Bisagra OH, Gral Paunero 1789 1872 Sarand, Pvcia. de Buenos Aires, Argentina Telephone Fax E-Mail Telephone Fax E-Mail Homepage Telephone Fax E-Mail Homepage Telephone Fax E-Mail Homepage Telephone Fax E-Mail Telephone Fax E-Mail
As of 04/2006
+54/11/4205-2305 +54/11/4205-2622 ventas@bisagraoh.com.ar www.bisagraoh.com.ar +61/2/9822/8471 +61/2/9822/8540 info.au@blum.com www.blum.com +43/5578/705-0 +43/5578/705-44 info@blum.com www.blum.com +32/3/7601900 +32/3/7601919 nv@vanhoecke.be www.vanhoecke.be +55/11/4785-3400 +55/11/4785-3421 info.br@blum.com +359/2/8430233 +359/2/9460789 intralim@techno-link.com
Australia
Blum Australia Pty. Ltd., P.O. Box 511 Moorebank, NSW 1875, Australia
Austria
Julius Blum GmbH, Beschlgefabrik Industriestrae 1, A-6973 Hchst, Austria
Benelux
Van Hoecke N.V., Expert in funktioneel meubelbeslag Europark-Noord 9, B-9100 Sint-Niklaas, Belgium
Brazil
Blum do Brasil, Indstria e Comrcio de Ferragens Ltda. Avenida Joo Paulo I, 2090, Jardim das Oliveiras
Bulgaria
Rali-M EOOD bul. Madrid 34, 1505 Soa, Bulgaria
Canada
Blum Canada Limited, Perfecting motion 7135 Pacic Circle, Mississauga, ON, L5T 2A8, Canada
Chile
Comercial Habitat Ltda. Las Hualtatas 7723, Vitacura, Santiago, Chile
China
Blum Furniture Hardware (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. Liulin Tower, Ofce 2703, No. 1, Huai Hai Zhong Road Shanghai 200021, China Alsada Ltda Autopista Norte 127B - 71 Bogot, Colombia Blum, s.r.o., Kolbenova 19 CZ-190 00 Praha 9, Czech Republic
Columbia
Telephone +1/905/670-7920 Toll-free (Can. only) 1/800/670-9254 Fax +1/905/670-7929 E-Mail info.ca@blum.com +56/2/2017650 Telephone +56/2/2017652 Fax E-Mail ventas@hbt.cl Homepage www.hbt.cl Telephone +86/21/53510245 Fax +86/21/33080281 E-Mail info.cn@blum.com Homepage www.blum.com.cn Telephone 0057 -1 -6143380 Fax 0057 - 1 - 6011134 E-Mail alsadacolombia@yahoo.com Telephone Fax E-Mail Homepage Telephone Fax E-Mail Homepage Telephone Fax E-Mail Telephone Mobil Fax E-Mail +420/281090161 +420/281862026 posta.cz@blum.com www.blum.cz +45/86813111 +45/86813149 ol@ol-beslag.dk www.ol-beslag.dk +2/02/5906437 +2/02/5925162 mtco@tedata.net.eg +372/6/729030 +372/50/15090 +372/6/775856 hahle.eesti@hahle.com
Czech Republic
Denmark
OL Beslag A/S, Bergsesvej 2 Box 251, DK-8600 Silkeborg, Denmark
Egypt
Metal Technical Co. 12, Yousef Nagib St., Ataba - Cairo, Egypt
Estonia
Hahle Eesti O, Kadaka tee 50 EE-12915 Tallinn, Estonia
22
Finland
Hahle Oy, Hyttimestarinkuja 3 FIN-02780 Espoo, Finland
France
Blum France SARL, Espace Leaders Zone Industrielle de Moutti Sud, F-74540 Alby sur Chran, France
Germany
Blum GmbH, Lilienthalstrae 3 D-32052 Herford, Germany
Greece
Greece
Transfer to new premises will take place during 2006 K. Kliafa S.A. 102 Kapodistriou Avenue, N. Ionia 14335 Athens, GREECE K. Kliafa S.A., 59, Amaraou + Irous Str. GR-10442 Athens, Greece
Hong Kong
Victory Hardware Company Ltd., 3/F Hennessy Plaza 164-166 Hennessy Road, Wanchai, Hong Kong
Telephone Fax E-Mail Homepage Telephone Fax E-Mail Homepage Telephone Fax E-Mail Homepage Telephone Fax E-Mail Homepage Telephone Fax E-Mail Homepage Telephone Fax E-Mail Telephone Fax E-Mail Telephone Fax E-Mail Homepage Telephone Fax E-Mail Telephone Fax E-Mail Telephone Fax E-Mail Homepage Telephone Fax E-Mail Homepage Telephone Fax E-Mail Homepage Telephone Fax E-Mail Homepage
+358/201/809300 +358/201/809302 hahle@hahle.com www.hahle.com +33/4/50683430 +33/4/50681342 info.fr@blum.com www.blum.fr +49/5221/17493-0 +49/5221/17493-50 info.de@blum.com www.blum.com
kliafasa@hellasnet.gr www.kliafasa.gr +30 210 5137137 +30 210 5145388 kliafasa@hellasnet.gr www.kliafasa.gr +85/2/25742608 +85/2/25727600 vhchk@netvigator.com +36/27/319323 +36/27/510140 info.hu@blum.com +354/5/812088 +354/5/813787 hreinna@husa.is www.husa.is +91 22 6695 0920 +91 22 6695 0922 info@hafeleindia.com +62/21/6508743 +62/21/6508746 kie.lim@telkom.net +98 21 8875 1200 +98 21 8875 7589 info@blum.ir www.blum.ir +353/1/6265988 +353/1/6267173 sales@fff.ie www.fff.ie +972/3/9512039 +972/3/9523693 bluran@bluran.co.il www.bluran.co.il +39/02/95740443 +39/02/95740746 info@elmi.it www.elmi.it
Hungary
Blum Hungria Kft., Balassagyarmati t 2, Pf. 124 H-2600 Vc, Hungary
Iceland
Husasmidjan HF., Sudarvogi 3 - 5 IS-104 Reykjavik, Iceland
India
Indonesia
Hafele India Pvt. Ltd. 4th Floor, JMC House, Bisleri Compound, Western Express Highway, Andheri (E), 400099 Mumbai, India PT Indo-Fitting Mandiri Jl Agung Timur 9 Blok 0-1/33, Sunter Podomoro 14350 Jakarta, Indonesia Pad. S.I.D.Co Ltd. No.86 North Sohrevardi Ave. Howeizeh Cross 15539 Teheran, IRAN Frank Flanagan Fittings Ltd., 3234 Cherry Orchard Ind. Est. IRL-Dublin 10, Ireland
Iran
Ireland
Israel
Bluran, Import & Distribution Ltd. 4 Geruf Street, New Industry Zone 75650 Rishon Le Zion, Israel O. ELMI SNC. di Oscar e Guido Elmi Via Delle Gerole 26, I-20040 Caponago/MI, Italy
Italy
23
Globally accessible

Japan Denica Co. Ltd. 2-474-8 Katsushika-cho, Funabashi-shi 273-0032 Chiba, Japan SIA AM Furnitra, Gaujas iela 5 Rga, LV-1026, Latvia Telephone Fax E-Mail Homepage Telephone Fax E-Mail Homepage Telephone Fax E-Mail Homepage Telephone Fax E-Mail Homepage Telephone Fax E-Mail Telephone Fax E-Mail Homepage Telephone Fax E-Mail Telephone Fax E-Mail Homepage Telephone Fax E-Mail Telephone Fax E-Mail Telephone Fax E-Mail Homepage Telephone Fax E-Mail Telephone Mobil E-Mail Homepage Telephone Fax E-Mail Homepage
As of 04/2006
+81/47/437-0310 +81/47/437-2130 denica@muc.biglobe.ne.jp www.denica.co.jp +371/7/519078 +371/7/517910 amfurnitura@apollo.lv www.amf.lv +370/5/2647979 +370/5/2323052 blum@furnitanas.lt www.furnitanas.lt +60/3/79828233 +60/3/79802957 info@kosion.com www.kosion.com +64/3/3794984 +64/3/3798212 mel@sanco.co.nz +47/32/127020 +47/32/127003 info.no@blum.com www.blum.com +63 295 29854 +63 245 66863 deepe@pacic.net.ph +48/61/8181010 +48/61/8181030 info.pl@blum.com www.blum.pl +351/22/7330350 +351/22/7330359 santoslopes@mail.telepac.pt +40/21/3512103 +40/21/3512102 info.ro@blum.com +7/095/1716369 +7/095/1716548 info.ru@blum.com www.blum.ru +65/6547/1760 +65/6547/1761 info.sg@blum.com +421/45/5323293 +421/905/801077 norbert.sebo@blum.com www.blum.sk 00386-1-7247-900 00386-1-7247-979 info@starman.si www.starman.si
Latvia
Lithuania
UAB Furnitanas, Savanori prospektas 180 LT-03154 Vilnius, Lithuania
Malaysia
Kosion Trading (M) Sdn Bhd, 85A Jalan Klang Lama, Batu 3 58000 Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia
New Zealand
Sanco (NZ) Ltd., 164 Carlyle Street, P.O. Box 22-012 NZ-Christchurch, New Zealand
Norway
Julius Blum GmbH, Norge Representasjonskontor Postboks 1110 Flattum, N-3503 Hnefoss, Norway
Philippines
Deepe Marketing Corporation No. 8 St. Joseph Street, Milton Hills, New Era 1107 Quezon City, Philippines Blum Polska Sp. z o.o., ul. Poznaska 16 62-020 Swarzdz-Jasin, Polska
Poland
Portugal
Santos Lopes & Martins, Lda, Rua do Loureiro de Cima, 248 4415-486 Grij, Portugal BLUM ROMNIA S.R.L. Str. Zborului Nr. 2B judeul Ilfov RO-075100 Otopeni, Romnia Blum OOO, 1-aja Karaczarovskaja ul. 8 109202 Moskva, Russia
Romania
Russia
Singapore
Blum South East Asia Pte. Ltd., 150 Ubi Avenue 4 #03-01 Sunlight Building, Singapore 408825, Rep. of Singapore
Slovakia
Ing. Norbert ebo, Strska cesta 27 SK-96001 Zvolen, Slovakia
Slovenia
STARMAN kofja Loka d.o.o. eje pri Komendi, SI-1218 KOMENDA
24
South Africa Durban
Eclipse Furniture Accessories, P.O. Box 2867 Durban 4000, Rep. of South Africa
South Africa Cape Town
Furniture Hardware Supplies (Natal) (Pty) Ltd. T/A Eclipse Cape Town, P.O. Box 346 Milnerton 7435, Cape Town, Rep. of South Africa Eclipse Furniture Accessories, P.O. Box 405 Wendywood 2144, Johannesburg, Rep. of South Africa
South Africa Johannesburg
South Korea
Woobo International Corp., Room #607, LG Twin House 192 Gumi-dong, Bundang-gu, Sungnam-City, Kyunggi-do South Korea 463-709 Tecnomak Espaa, SA, c/. Llobregat 9092 E-08904 LHospitalet de Llobregat, (Barcelona), Spain
Telephone Fax E-Mail Homepage Telephone Fax E-Mail Homepage Telephone Fax E-Mail Homepage Telephone Fax E-Mail Telephone Fax E-Mail Homepage Telephone Fax E-Mail Homepage Telephone Fax E-Mail Homepage Telephone Fax
0027-31-5792620 0027-31-5792044 shaunw@eclipsegroup.co.za www.eclipsegroup.co.za 0027-21-555 2282 0027-21-555 2283 roryl@eclipsegroup.co.za www.eclipsegroup.co.za 0027-11-4448118 0027-11-4440132 andrew@eclipsegroup.co.za www.eclipsegroup.co.za +82/31/7139400 +82/31/7139505 ynkim-woobo@hanmail.net +34/93/3335150 +34/93/4490194 info@tecnomak.es www.tecnomak.es +46/36/387750 +46/36/133890 info.se@blum.com www.blum.se +43/5578/705-0 +43/5578/705-44 info@blum.com www.blum.com +886/22/3689249 +886/22/3685089
Spain
Sweden
Blum Svenska AB, Box 186 Wadmans Linje 4, SE-561 23 Huskvarna, Sweden
Switzerland
Julius Blum GmbH, Beschlgefabrik Industriestrae 1, A-6973 Hchst, Austria
Taiwan
Utekuo Co. Ltd., No. 60, Sec. 1, Ho-Ping West Road ROC-Taipei, Taiwan
Thailand
Blue International Co. Ltd., 2102/15-17 Soi Muban Daycha Ramkamhaeng Rd., Huamark, Bangkapi, TH-Bangkok 10240, Thailand Promodar Sarl Route de Sousse KM 7, TN-2033 Ben Arous, Tunisia
Telephone Fax E-Mail Telephone Fax E-Mail Homepage Telephone Mobil Fax E-Mail Telephone Fax E-Mail Telephone Fax E-Mail Homepage Telephone Fax E-Mail Homepage
+66/2/3747755 +66/2/3749176 blueintl@ksc.th.com +216/71/425423-110 +216/71/428732 vente@promodar.com www.promodar.com +90/212/6622502 +90/532/2874474 +90/212/6621225 info.tr@blum.com 00971 4 2249900 00971 4 2233002 info@ultimatehs.ae +380/44/5019081 +380/44/5019085 info.ua@blum.com www.blum.ua +44/1908/285700 +44/1908/285701 info.uk@blum.com www.blum.co.uk
Tunisia
Turkey
Julius Blum GmbH, Trkiye rtibat Brosu enlikky Mah. atal Sok. 7/A-2, TR-34810 Florya / stanbul, Turkey
U.A.E. Qatar Bahrain Oman Ukraine
Ectratech Trading LLC P.O. Box 3765 Dubai, United Arab Emirates Predstavnyctvo rmy Blum v Ukrajini vul. Novozabarska, 2/6, os 506 UA-04074 Kyjiv, Ukraine Blum U.K. Ltd., Mandeville Drive, Kingston, Milton Keynes Buckinghamshire MK10 0AW, United Kingdom
United Kingdom
25
Globally accessible

Uruguay Vortix S.A. Vedia 886 12.9000 Montevideo, Uruguay Blum Inc., Cabinet & Furniture Hardware Mfg. 7733 Old Plank Rd., Stanley, NC 28164, USA Telephone Fax E-Mail Telephone Toll-free (USA only) Fax E-Mail
As of 04/2006
00598 - 2 - 3548240 00598 - 2 - 3548049 vortix@netgate.com.uy +1/704/8271345 1/800/4386788 +1/704/8270799 sales.us@blum.com
USA
26
27
Perfecting motion
Reliable, safe, competent

Blum the reliable and competent partner for you: With the right products, useful services and knowledgeable people. The wants and needs of our customers represent the driving force for our business. By engaging in dialogue together we discover new opportunities to perfect motion. In this way, we can optimise and upgrade our products and services for our customers around the globe thus beneting everyone: Furniture manufacturers, furniture sellers, furniture installers and furniture buyers. Our decades-old philosophy is to provide real global advantages to each of our customers (throughout the supply chain). Blum innovations have become milestones in furniture hardware manufacturing. Helping you to provide high quality furniture and inspiration to furniture users, through the successful integration of beauty and function. Our goal is to make opening and closing furniture a truly emotional experience. Perfecting motion is our motto. It incorporates everything that is the best about the Blum brand.
AVENTOS HF
Flap system
Now perfect motion is also available for the bi-fold lift system
AVENTOS HF meets the demand for a modern ap solution. Sophisticated technology simplies assembly, removal and adjustment. The perfect motion will impress both you and your customers. Silent and effortless closing thanks to the integrated BLUMOTION Quick, easy assembly and removal due to CLIP technology Easy, 3-dimensional front adjustment Finger safety thanks to the new CLIP top centre hinge Stepless stop fronts remain in any desired position Free positioning of handles No projecting parts (telescopic arm can easily be removed)
Different wooden fronts
Wide alu frames
Narrow alu frames
And combinations of this
30
Catalogue 2006
AVENTOS HF
Overview
Bi-fold lift system

Wooden fronts and wide alu frames Narrow alu frames 32 34
Symbol photo
Accessories
Mounting plates Cover caps Screw-on Centre bit Door buffer Screwdriver Symbol photo 134 141 36 36 36 37
Assembly, removal and adjustment

Assembly Removal Adjustment 38 41 40
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request General Information Accessories Bi-fold lift system AVENTOS HF Wooden front Wide alu front Narrow alu front Overlay application Hinge with straight hinge arm INSERTA-boss EXPANDO-boss Screw-on boss Insertion ram for knock-in boss Planning Assembly, removal and adjustment
31
Catalogue 2006
AVENTOS
AVENTOS
AVENTOS HF
Wooden fronts and wide alu frames
Product
Description
- Perfect opening and closing movement smooth and quiet thanks to integrated BLUMOTION - Perfect ease-of-movement with step-less stop - Simple, tool-free assembly - 3-dimensional adjustment of both fronts - Simple and easy opening and closing power - Middle hinge with nger-safety feature
Power factor range

Power factor LF = Cabinet height (mm) x lower and upper front weight with handle (kg)
Power factor LF 960 - 2650 2600 - 17250 13500 - 25900
Lift mechanism 1 pcs. 1 x set 3 pcs.
A trial application is recommended when you are in a borderline area of the individual lift mechanism.
Order information
1 Lift mechanism set Power factor LF 2600 - 5500 (1 pc 960 - 2650) 5350 - 10150 9000 - 17250 (3 pc 13500 - 25900) Composed of: Lift mechanism (symmetrical) Cover cap large left Cover cap large right Cover cap round Chipboard screws 4 x 35 mm Telescopic arm set Cabinet height 480 - 570 mm 560 - 710 mm 700 - 900 mm 760 - 1040 mm Composed of: Telescopic arm (symmetrical) Mounting plate for telescopic arm All horizontal mounting plates with 0 mm distance Recommendation Screw-on Knock-in 20F2200 20F2500 20F2800 2x 1x 1x 2x 8x CLIP top 120-hinge Boss: INSERTA Steel boss unsprung Boss: Screw-on Steel boss unsprung Number of hinges, see front assembly 4 70T5590BTL 70T5550.TL
1a 1b 1b 1c
Mounting plate for CLIP top 120-hinge All STANDARD mounting plates, distance depends on the gap Recommendation Screw-on
Distance 0 mm
175H5100.05
20F3200 20F3500 20F3800 20F3900 2x
CLIP top-centre hinge Boss: EXPANDO Zinc boss unsprung Boss: Screw-on Zinc boss unsprung Number of hinges, see front assembly 6
78Z553ET 78Z5500T
Mounting plate for CLIP top-centre hinge All STANDARD mounting plates with 0 mm distance
Distance 0 mm Distance 0 mm
175H5100.05 177H5100
Recommendation Screw-on Distance 0 mm Note for wide aluminium frames Only use cruciform mounting plates
175H5100.05
1b 1c
6 4 5 1a 2 7
Page instructions Overview AVENTOS Mounting plates Cover caps Accessories Assembly and adjustment Assembly devices More technical details
31 134 141 36 38 420 510
32
Catalogue 2006
AVENTOS HF
Wooden fronts and wide alu frames
Planning
Height position Peg positions Fixing 37 H 5 192 min 22 min 72.5 H 192 13.5
min 278
21
37
KH
Cabinet height KH 480 - 549 mm 550 - 1.040 mm Front assembly CLIP top 120 hinge
H KH x 0.3 - 28 mm KH x 0.3 - 57 mm
KH
4 x chipboard screws 4 x 35 mm
CLIP top-centre hinge 21
KH
21
1 1
66 TB 3-6 1/2 FA F
66
37*
12.5
SFA
1/2
1.5
* 37 for cruciform mounting plates (37/32) Drilling distance TB Drilling distance TB Front overlay FA Centre gap F 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 0 3 4 5 6 0 3 3 4 5 6 3 6 3 4 5 6 6 9 3 4 5 6 9 Mounting plate Mounting plate INSERTA-/EXPANDO-assembly Space requirement Y = FH x 0.44 + 23
SFA Front overlay of the side panel 3 hinges starting at cabinet width 1200 mm and/or 12 kg front weight 4 hinges starting at cabinet width 1800 mm and/or 20 kg front weight Cabinet height KH 480 - 549 mm 550 - 1.040 mm Screw-on X 70 mm 47 mm
TB 3-6
3 6
16
4 5
5 4
6 3
3-6
3-6
min 12.6
9.5
35
35
+ 0.2 0
45
() INSERTA
33
min 12.6 (12.8)
FH
Catalogue 2006
AVENTOS
AVENTOS
AVENTOS HF
Narrow alu frames
Product
Description
- Perfect opening and closing movement smooth and quiet thanks to integrated BLUMOTION - Perfect ease-of-movement with step-less stop - Simple, tool-free assembly - 3-dimensional adjustment of both fronts - Simple and easy opening and closing power - Middle hinge with nger-safety feature
Power factor range

Power factor LF = Cabinet height (mm) x lower and upper front weight with handle (kg)
Power factor LF 960 - 2650 2600 - 17250
Lift mechanism 1 pcs. 1 x set
A trial application is recommended when you are in a borderline area of the individual lift mechanism.
Order information
1 Lift mechanism set Power factor LF 2600 - 5500 (1 pc 960 - 2650) 5350 - 10150 9000 - 17250 Composed of: Lift mechanism (symmetrical) Cover cap large left Cover cap large right Cover cap round Chipboard screws 4 x 35 mm Telescopic arm set Cabinet height 480 - 570 mm 560 - 710 mm 700 - 900 mm 760 - 1040 mm Composed of: Telescopic arm (symmetrical) CLIP-adapter plate Distance 0 mm Left and right 4 20F2200 20F2500 20F2800 2x 1x 1x 2x 8x 5 CLIP top 120-aluminium frame door hinge Boss: Screw-on Zinc boss unsprung Number of hinges, see front assembly 72T550A
1a 1b 1b 1c
Mounting plate for CLIP top 120-hinge All STANDARD mounting plates, distance depends on the gap Recommendation Screw-on
Distance 0 mm
175H5100.05
6 20F3200 20F3500 20F3800 20F3900 7 2x
CLIP top-aluminium centre hinge Boss: Screw-on Zinc boss unsprung Number of hinges, see front assembly
78Z550AT
CLIP-adapter plate Symmetrical
175H5A00
175H5B00
1b 1c
6 4 5 1a 2 3 7
Page instructions Overview AVENTOS Mounting plates Cover caps Accessories Assembly and adjustment Assembly devices More technical details
31 134 141 36 38 420 510
34
Catalogue 2006
AVENTOS HF
Narrow alu frames
Planning
Height position Peg positions Fixing
min 278 5 192 min 22 min 72.5 H H
37
192 13.5
21
KH
Cabinet height KH 480 - 549 mm 550 - 1.040 mm Front assembly
H KH x 0.3 - 28 mm KH x 0.3 - 57 mm
KH
4 x chipboard screws 4 x 35 mm
CLIP top 120-aluminium frame hinge without spring 1.7 15 KH 19
CLIP top-aluminium centre hinge 21
21
1/2
66
66
3 hinges starting at cabinet width 1200 mm and/or 12 kg front weight Cabinet height KH 480 - 549 mm 550 - 1.040 mm X 54 mm 31 mm Space requirement Y = FH x 0.44 + 23
Screw-on (hinge/adapter plate)
0.1
90
19 4 11.
1/2
1.1
31 22
R4
12 .5
38 44
42
R4 6 1.4
6 17 1.4
When changing material thickness, adjust the assembly dimensions accordingly.
38
35
22
FH
Catalogue 2006
16
37
AVENTOS
AVENTOS
AVENTOS HF
Accessories
Chipboard screws
7
- Nickel plated - 3.5 mm

X
Length (X) 15 mm 17 mm
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
3.5
System screws
8
- Nickel plated - 6 mm - Drilling diameter 5 mm

X
Length (X) 10 mm 11.5 mm 13 mm 14.5 mm 20 mm
Part no. 661.1000.HG 661.1150.HG 661.1300.HG 661.1450.HG 661.2000.HG
Centre bit
- Hardened - 2.7 mm, length 70 mm - To pre-drill for 3.5 mm chipboard screws - Drilling depth up to 8 mm Centre bit Drill bit Part no. M01.ZZ03 M01.ZZB3
Stick-on door buffer

- For noise reduction
1.5
Nylon
natural
Part no. 993.710
8 mm door buffer
8 min.10
- For noise reduction - Gap 2 mm - Two-part
Nylon
Part no. 993.706
36
Catalogue 2006
AVENTOS HF
Accessories
Pozi screwdriver
- Cross-slotted, size 2 - Blade length 100 mm - Overall length 200 mm - Orange handle with Blum logo Nylon / steel Part no. 303.756.1
Slotted screwdriver
- Slotted, size 1.0 x 5.5 mm - Blade length 125 mm - Overall length 225 mm - Orange handle with Blum logo Nylon / steel Part no. 314.928.1
Opening angle stop

- Maximum of 104 opening angle - Tool-free assembly and removal Nylon Part no. 20F7051
Assembly
41
37
Catalogue 2006
AVENTOS
AVENTOS
AVENTOS HF
Lift mechanism
1 2
Assembly
Warning
Telescopic arm could spring up and cause injury.
Do not push down on telescopic arm
Remove telescopic arm before assembly or dismantling
Top front
Assembly
Bottom front
Assembly
38
Catalogue 2006
AVENTOS HF
Bottom front
1 2
Assembly
Lift mechanism
Setting
39
Catalogue 2006
AVENTOS
AVENTOS
AVENTOS HF
Front
1
+
2
+ -
3
+
+3 - 2
Top hinge
2
+ -
3
+
2 1
+ 1.5 - 4
Centre hinge
Assembly
Telescopic arm
Setting
40
Catalogue 2006
AVENTOS HF
Removal
Warning
Telescopic arm could spring up and cause injury.
Do not push down on telescopic arm
Remove telescopic arm before assembly or dismantling
Opening angle stop
Assembly
41
Catalogue 2006
AVENTOS
CLIP top
Hinge System
This top product in the Blum hinge programme combines proven function with perfect motion, easy setup and assembly as well as an attractive design. The uniform programme covering all major applications makes CLIP top extremely exible.
Also compatible with BLUMOTION for doors Innitely variable, 3-dimensional setting options using a spiral screw The large opening angles improve access to storage space Tool-free assembly and removal
Combines proven CLIP-technology with the INSERTA, EXPANDO, screw-on or knockin xing Special hinges available, e.g. for alu frames, glass and prole doors
CLIP top provides improved 3-dimensional adjustment thanks to the use of graduated spiral-tech depth adjustment
Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
INSERTA for tool-free assembly and removal without leaving residue for hinges on the door and mounting plates on the cabinet
Hinges for angled solutions from -50 to +50
42
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
Overview
CLIP top
Hinges
Standard door 0-protrusion hinge Prole/thick door Blind corner Aluminium frame door CRISTALLO Glass door Mini Bi-fold door Angled hinges
60
Symbol photo
BLUMOTION for doors

BLUMOTION 973A for CLIP top/CLIP-hinges BLUMOTION 971A in an adapter plate, hinge side BLUMOTION 970A for drilling, hinge side BLUMOTION 970. for drilling, handle side
45
Symbol photo
Accessories
Mounting plates Angled spacers Cover caps Boss cover cap Screw-on Centre bit Door buffer 134 140 141 143 142 142 142 Screwdriver 143
Symbol photo

INSERTA CLIP INSERTA-cruciform mounting plate Adjustment Boss cover cap BLUMOTION for doors 144 144 144 144 145 58
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request Accessories General Information Opening Angle BLUMOTION for doors Overlay application Dual application Inset application Overlay application for blind corners Corner cabinet with bi-fold door Angled application inset Angled application half overlay Angled application overlay Angled application max. overlay Angled application mitered Hinge with straight hinge arm Hinge with cranked hinge arm Hinge with double cranked hinge arm INSERTA-boss Screw-on boss Knock-in boss Clamp boss CRISTALLO-adhesion plate Insertion ram for knock-in boss Min. chipboard screw length Cover caps Planning Assembly, removal and adjustment
43
Catalogue 2006
BLUMOTION for doors

Hinge System
CLIP top
Closing doors silent and effortless

The new BLUMOTION closes furniture doors, silently and effortlessly, even when closed with force. Whether its the kitchen, hall, living room, bathroom or bedroom, the new BLUMOTION feels at home everywhere. It provides perfect motion, bringing comfort to all areas of life. The adaptive system adjusts itself to the closing speed and the weight of the door Versions available for nearly all applications Can be installed at any time during the production and sales process Its integrated overload safety feature protects the system from damage due to improper use
44
Catalogue 2006
BLUMOTION for doors

Overview
CLIP top
BLUMOTION 973A Assembly 48 58 BLUMOTION 971A Assembly 50 58 BLUMOTION 970A Adapter plates Assembly 52 56 59 BLUMOTION 970. Adapter plates Assembly 54 56 59 Planning Assembly, removal and adjustment 45 Catalogue 2006
BLUMOTION 973A Clip on

Straight hinge arms Cranked hinge arms Double cranked hinge arms Wide angle hinges Angled hinges CRISTALLO for glass and mirror doors Symbol photo
BLUMOTION 971A in adapter plate for overlay application

Chipboard screws EXPANDO Knock-in dowel
Symbol photo
BLUMOTION 970A for drilling, hinge side

For drilling With adapter plates
BLUMOTION 970. for drilling, handle side

For drilling With adapter plates
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request General Information Opening Angle BLUMOTION for doors Overlay application Dual application Inset application Overlay application for blind corners Corner cabinet with bi-fold door Angled application inset Angled application half overlay Angled application overlay Angled application max. overlay Angled application mitered Hinge with straight hinge arm Hinge with cranked hinge arm Hinge with double cranked hinge arm Chipboard screw xing EXPANDO-xing Knock-in dowel xing
BLUMOTION for doors

Overview hinges
CLIP top
Hinge
Application
Standard door 973A0500 Standard door (120 special) 973A0500 Standard door 973A0500 Standard door 973A0500 Standard door 973A6000 Nil protrusion hinge 973A6000 Prole/thick door 973A0500 Blind corner 970A1002 Aluminium frame door 970A1002 Alu frame door for BLUMOTION 973A 973A0500 Alu frame door for clamping 970.1002 Aluminium frame door 970A1002 Alu frame door for BLUMOTION 973A 973A0500 CRISTALLO 973A9000 Glass door 971AXXXX Mini 971AXXXX Bi-fold door 970.1002 54 50 970A1002 52 970A1002 52 50 970A1002 52 970A1002 52 49 973A9000 49 973A9000 49 48 973A0600 48 52 970A1002 52 54 970.1002 54 970.1002 54 48 973A0600 48 973A0700 48 52 970A1002 52 970A1002 52 52 48 973A0600 48 973A0700 48 48 48 973A6000 48 48 973A0600 48 973A0700 48 48 973A0600 48 973A0700 48 48 48 973A0600 48
46
Catalogue 2006
BLUMOTION for doors

Overview angled applications
CLIP top
973A0700 48 973A7480 49 973A7360 49 973A9000 49 973A7680 49 970A1002 52 N 25 N 24 N 23 N 22 N 21 N 20 N 19 N 18 N 17 N 16 N 15 N 14 N 13 N 12 N 11 973A7480 973A7680 973A7480 973A7360 973A7360 973A7360 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 973A0700 973A0600 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 N 54 N 53 N 52 N 51 N 50 N 49 N 48 N 47 N 46 973A7480 973A7480 973A7360 973A7360 973A7360 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 973A0600 N 10 N 9 N 8 N 7 N 6 N 5 N 4 N 3 N 2 N 1 973A7680 973A7680 970A1002 973A7360 973A7360 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 973A0500 N 45 N 44 N 43 N 42 N 41 N 40 N 39 N 38 N 37 N 36 N 35 N 34 N 33 N 32 N 31 N 30 N 29 N 28 N 27 N 26 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 973A0500 973A0500 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 N 61 N 60 N 59 N 58 N 57 N 56 N 55 973A7480 973A7480 973A7360 973A7360 973A7360 970A1002 970A1002 N 105 N 104 N 103 N 106 973A9000 973A9000 973A9000 973A9000 N 102 N 101 N 100 N 107 973A9000 973A9000 973A9000 973A9000 N 76 N 75 N 74 N 73 N 72 N 71 N 70 N 69 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 N 68 N 67 N 66 N 65 N 64 N 63 N 62 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 N 99 N 98 N 97 N 96 N 95 N 94 N 93 N 92 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 N 91 N 90 N 89 N 88 N 87 N 86 N 85 N 84 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 47 N 83 N 82 N 81 N 80 N 79 N 78 N 77 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 970A1002 Catalogue 2006
BLUMOTION for doors
973A0500
48
973A0600
48
Angled application
Standard door 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 -5 -10 -15 -20 -25 -30 -35 -40 -45 -50 CRISTALLO 15 10 5 -5 Glass door 50 45 40 25 20 15 5 -5 Mini 50 45 40 25 20 15 5 -5
BLUMOTION for doors

BLUMOTION 973A clip on
CLIP top
Hinge with straight hinge arm

CLIP top - 120 - 120, special - 107 - Prole door - 95 alu frame door for BLUMOTION - 120 alu frame door for BLUMOTION CLIP - 100 Steel nickel plated Part no. 973A0500
Hinge with cranked hinge arm

CLIP top - 120 - 107 - Prole door - 95 alu frame door for BLUMOTION - 120 alu frame door for BLUMOTION CLIP - 100 Part no. 973A0600
Steel
nickel plated
Hinge with double cranked hinge arm

CLIP top - 107 - Prole door - 95 alu frame door for BLUMOTION CLIP - 100
Steel
nickel plated
Part no. 973A0700
Wide angle hinge

CLIP top - 170 inline - 170 cranked - 155 0-protrusion hinge
Zinc
nickel plated
Part no. 973A6000
Start of delivery 4th quarter 2006 48 Catalogue 2006
BLUMOTION for doors

BLUMOTION 973A clip on
CLIP top
CLIP top - +45 I half overlay (79A96X8XT) - +45 II overlay (79T55X0X) - +30 II overlay (79A95X7XT) Part no. 973A7480 973A7680 973A7360 Start of delivery 4th quarter 2006 CLIP top - CRISTALLO Part no. 973A9000 For normal door sizes, one BLUMOTION 973A per hinge is required for the perfect motion. For smaller, lighter doors, the number can be reduced accordingly. 49 Catalogue 2006
Angled hinge
Steel +45 I +45 II +30 II
nickel plated
CRISTALLO-hinge
Steel
nickel plated
BLUMOTION quantity
BLUMOTION for doors

CLIP top
BLUMOTION 971A in an inline adapter plate (20/32)

- Material: zinc, nickel plated - Fixing with chipboard screws 3 mm or 4 mm
32 20
Construction height 25 mm 33 mm
Part no. 971A0200 971A2200
BLUMOTION 971A in an inline adapter plate (20/32)

10
- Material: zinc, nickel plated - Knock-in
32
20
Part no. 971A0230 971A2230
BLUMOTION 971A in a cruciform adapter plate (37/32)

32
37
Part no. 971A0500 971A2500
BLUMOTION 971A in a cruciform adapter plate (37/32)

- Material: zinc, nickel plated - Assembly using pre-mounted special screws with split dowels (EXPANDO)
32 5
37
Part no. 971A05E0 971A25E0 50 Catalogue 2006
BLUMOTION for doors

CLIP top
32
9.5
BLUMOTION 971A in a cruciform adapter plate (9.5/32)

Part no. 971A0700 971A2700
Construction height 25 mm
For all hinges with a straight hinge arm and a 0 mm raised mounting plate. Exception: 95 prole door hinge
Construction height 33 mm
For all hinges with a straight hinge and a 3 mm spaced mounting plate. Use also for 95 prole door hinge with 0mm spaced plate.
Assembly position & number required

For optimal BLUMOTION effect, BLUMOTION 971A should be attached to the centre between the hinges. For high and heavy doors, we recommend using an additional BLUMOTION 971A between an additional hinge pair. Any depth adjustment made to the hinge arm should be mirrored on the 971A, this is easily acheived via a spiral screw depth adjustment feature (+ 3 to - 7 mm). BLUMOTION 971AXXXX Hinges 51 Catalogue 2006
BLUMOTION for doors

CLIP top
Product
Description
- BLUMOTION perfect movement, quiet and easy - For use with Blum hinges - For drilling or in combination with adapter plates
Assembly position
BLUMOTION 970A is for location on the hinge side, and guarantees perfect motion even for angled hinges. The hole for BLUMOTION 970A needs to be drilled into the cabinet top. The correct position is set using the drilling distance (BA). If the BLUMOTION effect is insufcient, we recommend installing an additional BLUMOTION 970A in the bottom.
For drilling
Drilling distance (BA) Assembly devices Page instructions BLUMOTION for doors drilling jig (hinge side) 439 PRO-CENTER 476
BA
m in 50
10
BLUMOTION 970A RAL 7037 dust grey Nylon
Part no. 970A1002
N XX Angled application XX Drilling distance (BA) mm
With adapter plate

Adapter plates Assembly devices Page instructions Template 437 Drilling jig for mounting plates 438 Page instructions PRO-CENTER MINIPRESS PRO MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M 56 Cruciform adapter plates 56 BLUMOTION 970A RAL 7037 dust grey Nylon Part no. 970A1002 52 Catalogue 2006 476 486 494 502
Page instructions Inline adapter plates
BLUMOTION for doors

CLIP top
Standard application
Mounting plate spacing 0 mm 3 mm 6 mm 9 mm Drilling distance (BA) mm 32 35 38 41 Drilling dis- * tance (BA) mm 41 44 47 50 Drilling distance (BA) mm 50 53 Drilling distance (BA) mm 51 Drilling distance (BA) mm 34 34
Angled application
* Drilling distance (BA) mm Drilling distance (BA) mm Drilling distance (BA) mm Drilling distance (BA) mm 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 37 33 33 37 33 33 37 37 37 45 * Drilling distance (BA) mm N 61 N 60 N 59 N 58 N 57 N 56 N 55 45 45 45 45 45 45 45
Standard door 50 N 25 48 N 54 48 N 10 41 N 45 45 N 24 48 N 53 48 N 9 41 N 44 40 N 23 48 N 8 41 N 43 35 N 22 48 N 52 48 N 7 41 N 42 30 N 21 48 N 51 48 N 6 41 N 41 25 N 20 48 N 50 48 N 5 37 N 40 20 N 19 48 N 49 48 N 4 37 N 39 15 N 18 48 N 48 48 N 3 33 N 38 10 N 17 48 N 47 48 N 2 33 N 37 5 N 16 37 N 46 37 N 1 33 N 36 -5 N 15 48 N 35 -10 N 14 54 N 34 -15 N 13 54 N 33 -20 N 12 54 N 32 -25 N 11 54 N 31 -30 N 30 -35 N 29 -40 N 28 -45 N 27 -50 N 26 CRISTALLO 15 N 105 33 N 102 33 10 N 104 33 N 101 33 5 N 103 33 N 100 33 -5 N 106 37 N 107 37 Glass door 50 N 76 48 N 68 45 45 N 75 48 N 67 45 40 N 74 48 25 N 73 48 N 66 37 20 N 72 54 N 65 37 15 N 71 54 N 64 45 5 N 70 48 N 63 33 -5 N 69 48 N 62 37 Mini 50 N 99 48 N 91 48 N 83 48 45 N 98 48 N 90 48 N 82 45 40 N 97 48 N 89 48 25 N 96 48 N 88 45 N 81 37 20 N 95 48 N 87 48 N 80 37 15 N 94 48 N 86 48 N 79 45 5 N 93 48 N 85 48 N 78 33 -5 N 92 48 N 84 48 N 77 37 * When dealing with narrow top rails or larger door gaps, we recommend using the adapter plate as needed. 53
Catalogue 2006
BLUMOTION for doors

CLIP top
Product
Description
- BLUMOTION perfect movement, quiet and easy - For use with Blum hinges - For drilling or in combination with adapter plates
For drilling
Planning Assembly devices Page instructions BLUMOTION for doors drilling jig (handle 440 side) PRO-CENTER 476
.2 + 0.1 0 10 -
mi n. 50
1.5
BLUMOTION 970 RAL 7037 dust grey Nylon
Part no. 970.1002
With adapter plate

Adapter plates Assembly devices Page instructions BLUMOTION for doors drilling jig (handle 440 side) Template 437 Drilling jig for mounting plates 438 Page instructions PRO-CENTER 476 MINIPRESS PRO 486 MINIPRESS P 494 MINIPRESS M 502
Page instructions Inline adapter plates 56 Cruciform adapter plates 56 BLUMOTION 970 RAL 7037 dust grey Nylon Part no. 970.1002 54
Catalogue 2006
BLUMOTION for doors

CLIP top
Assembly position
Up to 600 mm cabinet width applicable for all CLIP top hinges Because BLUMOTION for doors is customised for Blum hinges, the only way to get that perfect movement is to combine the two. Some general notes regarding assembly position: Distance from hinge: max. 600 mm For glass door / Mini hinges: 1/2 door width Optimal position Normally, one BLUMOTION per door is sufcient. However, some circumstances may require the use of a second BLUMOTION, e.g. higher door weight, unstable doors (wooden frames, xed fronts, large aluminium frame doors, etc.). Optional position
55
Catalogue 2006
BLUMOTION for doors

Adapter plates
CLIP top
Inline adapter plate (20/32)

- Fixing with chipboard screws 3.5 mm or 4 mm - BLUMOTION must be ordered separately
59
12
20
32
20
Nylon Zinc
Part no. 970.1201 970.5201
Cruciform adapter plate (37/32)

55
12
46
Nylon Zinc
Part no. 970.1501 970.5501
32
37

- Fixing with pre-mounted special screws with split dowels - BLUMOTION must be ordered separately
55
12
46
Nylon Zinc
Part no. 970.15E1 970.55E1
32

- Fixing with pre-mounted special screws with split dowels - BLUMOTION must be ordered separately
55
12 11.5
46
Nylon Zinc
Part no. 970.16E1 970.56E1 56
32
37
28
11.5
Catalogue 2006
BLUMOTION for doors

Adapter plates
CLIP top
55
Cruciform adapter plate (9.5/32)

46
12 32
Nylon Zinc
Part no. 970.1701 970.5701
9.5
Cruciform double adapter plate (37/32)

- For carcasses with double doors - Fixing with chipboard screws 3.5 mm or 4 mm - BLUMOTION must be ordered separately
46
12
Nylon
Part no. 970.2501
32
37
Cruciform double adapter plate (9.5/32)

- For carcasses with double doors - Fixing with chipboard screws 3.5 mm or 4 mm - BLUMOTION must be ordered separately
46
12 32
Zinc
Part no. 970.6701
9.5
57
Catalogue 2006
BLUMOTION for doors

CLIP top
BLUMOTION 973A clip on for standard applications
Assembly
Removal
BLUMOTION 973A clip on for angled applications
Assembly
BLUMOTION 973A clip on for CRISTALLO hinges
Assembly
Cruciform adapter plate
Inline adapter plate
58
Catalogue 2006
BLUMOTION for doors

CLIP top
59 Catalogue 2006
Assembly for drilling
Assembly with adapter plate
Assembly for drilling
Assembly with adapter plate
CLIP top
Overview hinges
CLIP top
Hinge
Application
Boss Fixing
Standard door 62 Standard door (120 special) 64 Standard door 66 Standard door 68 Standard door 70 Nil protrusion hinge 72 Prole/thick door 74 Blind corner 76 78 Aluminium frame door 80 Alu frame door for BLUMOTION 973A 82 Alu frame door for clamping 84 Aluminium frame door 86 Alu frame door for BLUMOTION 973A 88 CRISTALLO 90 Glass door 92 Mini 94 Bi-fold door 96 Corner cabinet 45 100 Corner cabinet 45 98 60 Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
CLIP top
Standard door 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 -5 -10 -15 -20 -25 -30 -35 -40 -45 -50 CRISTALLO 15 10 5 -5 Glass door 50 45 40 25 20 15 5 -5 Mini 50 45 40 25 20 15 5 -5 N 25 N 24 N 23 N 22 N 21 N 20 N 19 N 18 N 17 N 16 N 15 N 14 N 13 N 12 N 11 99 101 99 105 105 104 109 108 110 113 113 115 115 115 117 N 54 N 53 N 52 N 51 N 50 N 49 N 48 N 47 N 46 99 99 105 105 104 109 108 110 113 N 10 N 9 N 8 N 7 N 6 N 5 N 4 N 3 N 2 N 1 101 101 103 105 105 109 109 111 110 113 N 45 N 44 N 43 N 42 N 41 N 40 N 39 N 38 N 37 N 36 N 35 N 34 N 33 N 32 N 31 N 30 N 29 N 28 N 27 N 26 103 103 103 107 107 107 111 111 111 113 113 115 115 115 117 117 117 119 119 119 N 61 N 60 N 59 N 58 N 57 N 56 N 55 99 99 105 105 104 109 108 N 105 N 104 N 103 N 106 121 121 120 120 N 102 N 101 N 100 N 107 121 121 121 120 N 76 N 75 N 74 N 73 N 72 N 71 N 70 N 69 123 123 123 125 125 125 127 127 N 68 N 67 N 66 N 65 N 64 N 63 N 62 123 123 125 125 125 127 127 N 99 N 98 N 97 N 96 N 95 N 94 N 93 N 92 129 128 128 131 131 130 133 133 N 91 N 90 N 89 N 88 N 87 N 86 N 85 N 84 129 129 128 131 131 130 133 133 N 83 N 82 N 81 N 80 N 79 N 78 N 77 129 129 131 131 130 133 133 Number of hinges Door height (mm)
2 2000 1000 500 0 4-6 6-12 12-17 17-22 3 4 5
The number of hinges depends on the door height and weight. To achieve good stability, hinge spacing distance should be as large as possible. Indications on weight and height apply to a standard door width of 600 mm.
kg 61 Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
120-hinge
CLIP top
Product
Description
- All metal hinge, nickel plated - 120 opening angle - with convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment - With or without closing mechanism (spring) - Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal - 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant mounting plate) - With INSERTA tool free hinge to door assembly
Application
Order information
Overlay application Dual application Inset application
Boss: INSERTA Steel boss with spring Steel boss unsprung Boss: Screw-on Steel boss with spring Steel boss unsprung
10 Boss: Knock-in Steel boss with spring
Part no. 71T5590B 70T5590BTL
For inset application use hinges for twin application and a 9 mm spaced mounting plate
Variant 107-hinge 71T5650 70T5650.TL MZM.0010 71T5680 66
71T5550 70T5550.TL MZM.0010 71T5580
BLUMOTION 973A Detailed information Cover caps Steel 973A0500 48
nickel plated 70.1503 plain 70.1503.BP stamped Blum No cover cap is required when using BLUMOTION 973A.
nickel plated 70.1663 plain 70.1663.BL Screen print Blum No cover cap is required when using BLUMOTION 973A.
Accessories Boss cover cap Screw-on/knock-in hinges only Steel nickel plated 70T1504 Chipboard screws for hinge boss xing 3.5 x 15 mm 609.1500 609.1700 3.5 x 17 mm
Page instructions Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION for doors Mounting plates Cover caps Accessories Assembly and adjustment Assembly devices More technical details
43 44 134 141 142 144 420 510
62
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
120-hinge
CLIP top
3-6
3-6 11.5 11 F 21.5 1.5 3-6 F
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 or 9 mm) Hinge and door protrusion at full opening angle Overlay application Dual application Inset application
20.5
30
39
66.5
66.5
68
30.5
7.5
Gap
Set mounting plate back by door thickness + 1.5 mm
Drilling distance Door overlay 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6 Mounting plate Door overlay -4.5 -3.5 -2.5 -1.5 -0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6 Mounting plate Door overlay -4.5 -3.5 -2.5 -1.5 0 3 6 9
0 3 6 9
0 3 6 9
3 4 5 6 Mounting plate
Minimum gap requirement in mm based on doors with radiused edges (R = 1 mm) Thickness of door 16 18 19 20 1.2 1.7 2.0 2.4 1.2 1.7 2.0 2.3 1.1 1.6 1.9 2.2 1.1 1.6 1.9 2.2
Adjustments + -
Drilling distance
3 4 5 6
22 3.3 3.1 3.0 2.9
24 26 28 30 32 4.5 In these cases a tri- max. 3.0 mm 4.2 al is recommended See mounting plates 4.0 3.9
2.0 mm
+ 3.0 mm - 2.0 mm
Screw-on
min 12.6
INSERTA/knock-in
3-6
min 12.6 (12.8)
Hinge boss dimensions

57 (65) 3.2 (7)
3-6
9.5
35
35
+ 0.2 0
45
() INSERTA
37 (40.5)
() INSERTA
63
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
120-special hinge
CLIP top
Product
Description
- All metal hinge, nickel plated - Hinge with large overlay for thick cabinet sides - 120 opening angle - With convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment - With closing mechanism (spring) - Tool free door to cabinet assembly and removal - 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant mounting plate) - With INSERTA tool free hinge to door assembly
Application
Order information
Overlay application
Boss: INSERTA Steel boss with spring Boss: Screw-on Steel boss with spring
Part no. 73T5590B
73T5550 MZM.0010 73T5580
nickel plated plain 70.1503 70.1503.BP stamped Blum No cover cap is required when using BLUMOTION 973A.
43 44 134 141 142 144 420 510
64
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
120-special hinge
CLIP top
+ Thickness of door 16 18 19 20 1.2 1.7 2.0 2.4 1.2 1.7 2.0 2.3 1.1 1.6 1.9 2.2 1.1 1.6 1.9 2.2 22 3.3 3.1 3.0 2.9 24 26 28 30 32 4.5 In these cases a tri- max. 3.0 mm 4.2 al is recommended See mounting plates 4.0 3.9 + + 2.0 mm + 3.0 mm - 2.0 mm
57 (65) 3.2 (7) () INSERTA
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm) Hinge and door protrusion at full opening angle Overlay application
19
66.5
3-6 F 9.5 13
Gap
Drilling distance Door overlay 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6 Mounting plate
0 3 6 9
Minimum gap requirement in mm based on doors with radiused edges (R = 1 mm)
Adjustments
Drilling distance
3 4 5 6
Screw-on
min 12.6
INSERTA/knock-in
3-6
min 12.6 (12.8)
3-6
9.5
35
35
+ 0.2 0
45
() INSERTA
37 (40.5)
65
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
107-hinge
CLIP top
Product
Description
- All metal hinge, nickel plated - 107 opening angle - With convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment - With or without closing mechanism (spring) - Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal - 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant mounting plate) - With INSERTA tool free hinge to door assembly
Application
Order information
Boss: INSERTA Steel boss with spring
Part no. 75T1590B
Boss: INSERTA Steel boss with spring
Part no. 75T1690B
Boss: Screw-on Steel boss with spring
75T1550
75T1650
75T1750 74T1750.TL MZM.0010 75T1780
MZM.0010 75T1580
MZM.0010 75T1680
Opening angle stop Nylon black 86 74.1103
43 44 134 141 142 144 420 510
66
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
107-hinge
CLIP top
3-6
3-6 F 10 11
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm) Hinge and door protrusion at full opening angle Overlay application Dual application Inset application
21
31
40
66
66
3-6 19.5 1.5 F 28 7 F
Gap
Drilling distance Door overlay 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6 Mounting plate Door overlay -4.5 -3.5 -2.5 -1.5 -0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6 Mounting plate Door overlay 0 3 6 9 Mounting plate -4 -3 -2 -1 3 4 5 6
0 3 6 9
0 3 6 9
Minimum gap requirement in mm based on doors with radiused edges (R = 1 mm) Thickness of door in mm 16 18 19 20 22 0.6 1.1 1.5 1.9 2.9 0.6 1.1 1.4 1.8 2.7 0.6 1.0 1.3 1.7 2.5 0.6 1.0 1.3 1.6 2.4
Adjustments + -
66
Drilling distance
3 4 5 6
24 4.5 4.2 3.8 3.5
26 28 30 32 In these cases a trial is recommended.
max. 3.0 mm See mounting plates
2.0 mm
+ 3.0 mm - 2.0 mm
Screw-on
3-6
INSERTA/knock-in
min 11.5

min 11.5 (12) 37 (40.5)
57 (65) 3.2 (7)
9.5
35
3-6
0.2 35 + 0
45
() INSERTA
() INSERTA
67
Catalogue 2006
CLIP
100-hinge
CLIP top
Product
Description
- All metal hinge, nickel plated - 100 opening angle - With or without closing mechanism (spring) - Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal - 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant mounting plate) - With INSERTA tool free hinge to door assembly
Application
Order information
Boss: INSERTA Steel boss with spring Boss: Screw-on Steel boss with spring Steel boss unsprung
11 Boss: Knock-in Steel boss with spring Steel boss unsprung
Part no. 71M2590B
Part no. 71M2690B
Part no. 71M2790B
71M2550 70M2550 MZM.0011 71M2580 70M2580
71M2650 70M2650 MZM.0011 71M2680 70M2680
71M2750 70M2750 MZM.0011 71M2780 70M2780
BLUMOTION 973A Detailed information Cover caps Steel plain 973A0600 48
BLUMOTION 973A Detailed information Cover caps Steel plain 973A0700 48
nickel plated plain 90M2503 stamped Blum 90M2503.BP No cover cap is required when using BLUMOTION 973A.
nickel plated 94M3603
No cover cap is required when using BLUMOTION 973A.
No cover cap is required when using BLUMOTION 973A.
Accessories Chipboard screws for hinge boss xing 3.5 x 15 mm 609.1500 3.5 x 17 mm 609.1700
43 44 134 141 142 144 420 510
68
Catalogue 2006
CLIP
100-hinge
CLIP top
3-6 7 F
Planning
20
30
38
66
66
3-6 F 9 11 18.5 1.5
3-6 F
27
Gap
Drilling distance Door overlay 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6 Mounting plate Door overlay -4.5 -3.5 -2.5 -1.5 -0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6 Mounting plate Door overlay -4 -3 -2 -1 0 3 4 5 6 3 6 9 Mounting plate
0 3 6 9
0 3 6 9
Adjustments + -
66
Drilling distance
3 4 5 6
22 2.3 2.0 1.8 1.7
2.0 mm
+ 3.0 mm - 1.0 mm
Screw-on
3-6
min 10.5
INSERTA/knock-in
min 10.5 (11)

57 (65)
37 (40.5)
45
35
9.5
3-6
3.2 (7)
0.2 35 + 0
() INSERTA
() INSERTA
69
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
170-hinge
CLIP top
Product
Description
- All metal hinge, nickel plated - 170 opening angle - With convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment - With or without closing mechanism (spring) - Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal - 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant mounting plate) - With INSERTA tool free hinge to door assembly
Application
Order information
Boss: INSERTA Zinc boss with spring Zinc boss unsprung Boss: Screw-on Steel boss with spring Steel boss unsprung
Part no. 71T6540B 70T6540B
Boss: INSERTA Zinc boss with spring Zinc boss unsprung Boss: Screw-on Steel boss with spring Steel boss unsprung
Part no. 71T6640B 70T6640B
71T6550 70T6550
71T6650 70T6650
18 Boss: MZM.0018 Knock-in Steel boss with spring 71T6580 Assembly with insertion ram only
18 Boss: MZM.0018 Knock-in Steel boss with spring 71T6680 Assembly with insertion ram only
Warning: If young children have access to furniture with wide angle hinges then the 155 opening 0protrusion hinges should be used.
Accessories Opening angle stop Nylon black
130 70.6103
Chipboard screws for hinge boss xing 3.5 x 15 mm 609.1500 609.1700 3.5 x 17 mm
Page instructions Warning Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION for doors Mounting plates Cover caps Accessories Assembly and adjustment Assembly devices More technical details 70
513 43 44 134 141 142 144 420 510 Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
170-hinge
CLIP top
3-8
3-8 F 8 11
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm or 9 mm) Hinge and door protrusion at 90 opening angle Overlay application Dual application Inset application
max 65
max 75
max. 84
69
69
3-8 F
69
17.5
1.5
26.5
7.5
Gap
Drilling distance Door overlay 5 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 6 7 8 Mounting plate Door overlay -4.5 -1.5 -0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5 9.5 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 6 7 8 Mounting plate Door overlay -4.5 -3.5 -2.5 -1.5 -0.5 0 3 6 9
0 3 6 9
0 3 6 9
3 4 5 6 7 Mounting plate
37
Minimum gap requirement in mm based on doors with radiused edges (R = max 81 1 mm) For doors up to 21 mm thick no gap is required. For doors in excess of 22 mm in thickness a trial R 1.5 application is recommended.
66
Adjustments
19
+ max. 3.0 mm See mounting plates + +
2.0 mm
+ 3.0 mm - 2.0 mm
23.5
18.5
Hinge with cranked hinge arm 6 mm spaced mounting plate 175H9160 Opening anlge stop 130 70.6103 Screw-on
3-8
INSERTA/knock-in
3-8
min. 11
Mitred cut on the left and right cabinet side.
54

min. 11
57 (65)
47 (47)
2.2 (7.5)
9.5
45
35
0.2 35 + 0
()
Steel boss INSERTA
71
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
0-protrusion hinge
CLIP top
Product
Description
- All metal hinge, nickel plated - 155 opening angle - for cabinets with inner drawers or pullouts - With convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment - With closing mechanism (spring) - Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal - 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant mounting plate) - With INSERTA tool free hinge to door assembly
Application
Order information
Overlay application
Boss: INSERTA Zinc boss with spring Boss: Screw-on Zinc boss with spring
17 Boss: Knock-in Zinc boss with spring
Part no. 71T7540B
71T7500 MZM.0017 71T7530
nickel plated plain 80.6507 80.6507.BL Screen print Blum No cover cap is required when using BLUMOTION 973A.
43 44 134 141 142 144 420 510
72
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
0-protrusion hinge
CLIP top
+ max. 3.0 mm See mounting plates + + 2.0 mm + 3.0 mm - 2.0 mm
57 (65) 3.2 (7.5) () INSERTA
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm) Hinge and door protrusion at 90 opening angle Overlay application
max 56
73
3-6 F 2.3 11
Gap
Drilling distance Door overlay 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6 Mounting plate
0 3 6 9
Minimum gap requirement in mm based on doors with radiused edges (R = 1 mm) For doors up to 24 mm thick no gap is required. For doors in excess of 24 mm thick a trial is recommended.
Adjustments
Screw-on
min 11.7
INSERTA/knock-in
3-6
min 11.5 (11.7)
+ 0.2 0
3-6
9.5
9.5
45
45
() INSERTA
47
35
35
73
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
Prole/thick door hinge
CLIP top
Product
Description
- All metal hinge, nickel plated - Hinge for thick doors and doors with prole - 95 opening angle - With convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment - With closing mechanism (spring) - Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal - 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant mounting plate) - With INSERTA - tool free hinge to door assembly
Application
Order information
Part no. 71T9590B
Part no. 71T9690B
Part no. 71T9790B
71T9550 MZM.0011 71T9580
71T9650 MZM.0011 71T9680
71T9750 MZM.0011 71T9780
nickel plated plain 70.1563 70.1563.BL Screen print Blum No cover cap is required when using BLUMOTION 973A.
43 44 134 141 142 144 420 510
74
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
CLIP top
3-7
3-7
3-7 F 1.5
Planning
22
31
40
66
66
F 14.5 11
66
24
32.5
Gap
Drilling distance Door overlay 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 3 4 5 6 7 3 4 5 6 7 3 4 5 6 7 3 5 6 7 Mounting plate Door overlay -4.5 -2.5 -1.5 -0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5 3 4 5 6 7 3 4 5 6 7 3 4 5 6 7 3 5 6 7 Mounting plate Door overlay -4 -3 -2 -1 0 0 3 4 5 6 7 3 6 9 Mounting plate
0 3 6 9
0 3 6 9
Minimum gap requirement in mm based on doors with radiused edges (R = 1 mm) Thickness of door 16 18 19 20 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.5
Adjustments + -
Drilling distance
3 4 5 6 7
22 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9
24 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2
26 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7
28 2.6 2.5 2.4 2.3 2.1
29 3.1 2.9 2.8 2.7 2.6
30 3.8 3.5 3.3 3.2 3.1
31 4.5 4.1 3.8 3.6 3.4
32 5.4 max. 3.0 mm 4.8 See mounting 4.4 plates 4.1 3.9
2.0 mm
+ 3.0 mm - 2.0 mm
Screw-on
min 12
INSERTA/knock-in
3-7
min 12 (12.6)
+ 0.2 0

57 (65) 3.2 (7)
3-7
9.5
35
35
45
() INSERTA
37 (40.5)
() INSERTA
75
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
Blind corner hinge inset application
CLIP top
Product
Description
- All metal hinge, nickel plated - Hinge for blind corner applications - 95 opening angle - With convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment - With closing mechanism (spring) - Tool free door to cabinet assembly and removal - 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant mounting plate) - With INSERTA tool free hinge to door assembly
Application
Order information
Inset application
Part no. 79T9590B
79T9550 MZM.0019 79T9580
BLUMOTION 970A Detailed information Cover caps Steel plain stamped 970A1002 52
nickel plated 70.1503 70.1503.BP Blum
43 44 134 141 142 144 420 510
76
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
Blind corner hinge inset application
CLIP top
+ Thickness of door 16 18 19 20 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.5 22 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 24 26 28 30 32 max. 3.0 mm 1.3 1.3 In these cases a tri- See mounting 1.3 al is recommended plates 1.2 1.2 + + 2.5 mm 1.0 mm
57 (65) 3.2 (7) () INSERTA
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 3 mm) Hinge and door protrusion at full opening angle Inset application
min 70 51
21
Move standard mounting plate xing positions 15.5 mm nearer the edge of the muntin (i.e. set back by 21.5 mm)! Use 3 mm spaced standard mounting plates only to ensure door and muntin are ush on the inside!
3-7
21.5 8 33.5 F
Gap
Adjustments
Drilling distance
3 4 5 6 7
Screw-on
min 12
INSERTA/knock-in
3-7

min 12 (12.6) 37 (40.5) () INSERTA
3-7
9.5
35
0.2 35 + 0
45
77
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
Blind corner hinge overlay application
CLIP top
Product
Description
- All metal hinge, nickel plated - Hinge for blind corner overlay applications - 95 opening angle - With convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment - With closing mechanism (spring) - Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal - 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant mounting plate) - With INSERTA - tool free hinge to door assembly
Application
Order information
Overlay application
79T9990B37 79T9950.37
MZM.0019
Part no.
79T9980.37
970A1002 52
BLUMOTION 970A Detailed information Cover caps Steel plain stamped
43 44 134 141 142 144 420 510
78
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
Blind corner hinge overlay application
CLIP top
+ Thickness of door 16 18 19 20 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.5 22 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 24 26 28 30 32 max. 3.0 mm 1.3 1.3 In these cases a tri- See mounting 1.3 al is recommended plates 1.2 1.2 + + 2.5 mm 2.0 mm
57 (65) 3.2 (7) () INSERTA
Planning
min. 86 67
Frame thickness (RS) Mounting plate spacing 16 mm 6 mm 19 mm 3 mm 0 mm 22 mm
37
19 (RS)
16.5
9 3-7
Adjustments
Drilling distance
3 4 5 6 7
Screw-on
min 12
INSERTA/knock-in
3-7

min 12 (12.6) 37 (40.5) () INSERTA
3-7
9.5
35
0.2 35 + 0
45
79
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
95-aluminium frame door hinge
CLIP top
Product
Description
- Hinge for narrow alu frame doors - 95 opening angle - With convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment - With closing mechanism (spring) - Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal - 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant mounting plate) - Boss xing screws are included
Application
Order information
Boss: Screw-on Zinc boss with spring BLUMOTION 970A Detailed information Cover caps Steel plain Screen print
Part no. 71T950A
Boss: Screw-on Zinc boss with spring BLUMOTION 970A
Part no. 71T960A
Part no. 71T970A
970A1002 52
Detailed information Cover caps Steel plain Screen print
970A1002 52
970A1002 52
nickel plated 70.1563 Blum 70.1563.BL
Accessories
43 44 134 141 142 144 420 510
80
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
CLIP top
40 2 19 31.5
Planning
22
31
65
65
16
6.5
1.7
F 13.5 19
23 19
Gap
1.7
Set mounting plate back by frame width + 1.5 mm
Minimum gap (F) requirement in mm for alu frame doors RS Frame thickness 18 19 20 21 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 -
Adjustments + 22 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 24 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.0 1.1 max. 3.0 mm See mounting In these cases a tri- plates al is recommended 26 28 30 32 + +
67
RB
18 19 RB Side frame 20 width 21 22
2.0 mm
+ 3.0 mm - 2.0 mm
Screw-on
19-22 RB 16.5 10 90
RS
Assembly
6.9 17.7 1.2
32.1
0.1
14
28
RB A
Side frame width 15.6 The hinge boss should be able to support itself in the routing
11 0.1
81
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
95-aluminium frame door hinge for BLUMOTION
CLIP top
Product
Description
- Hinges for narrow aluminium frame doors with a new boss for BLUMOTION 973A - 95 opening angle - With convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment - With closing mechanism (spring) - Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal - 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant mounting plate) - Boss xing screws are included
Application
Order information
Boss: Screw-on Zinc boss with spring BLUMOTION 973A Detailed information Cover caps Steel
Part no. 71T950AB
Part no. 71T960AB
Part no. 71T970AB
973A0500 48
Detailed information Cover caps Steel
973A0600 48
973A0700 48
nickel plated plain 70.1563 Screen print Blum 70.1563.BL No cover cap is required when using BLUMOTION 973A.
nickel plated 70.1663 plain Screen print Blum 70.1663.BL No cover cap is required when using BLUMOTION 973A.
Accessories
43 44 134 141 142 144 420 510
82
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
CLIP top
+ + 2.0 mm + 3.0 mm - 2.0 mm Catalogue 2006
Planning
Gap
Adjustments + 22 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 24 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.0 1.1 max. 3.0 mm See mounting In these cases a tri- plates al is recommended 26 28 30 32
RB
Screw-on
19-22 RB 16.5 10 90
RS
Assembly
6.9 17.7 1.2
32.1
0.1
14
28
RB A
Side frame width 15.6 The hinge boss should be able to support itself in the routing
11 0.1
83
CLIP top
95-alu frame door hinge for clamping
CLIP top
Product
Description
- All metal hinge, nickel plated - Hinge for narrow alu frame doors - With clamp-on hinge boss for aluminium frames (no prole routing required) - 95 opening angle - With convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment - With closing mechanism (spring) - Door to cabinet assembly and removal - 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant mounting plate)
Application
Order information
Boss: Clamp-on Zinc boss with spring BLUMOTION 970 Detailed information Cover caps Steel plain Screen print
Part no. 71T950A.22
Boss: Clamp-on Zinc boss with spring BLUMOTION 970
Part no. 71T960A.22
Boss: Clamp-on Zinc boss with spring BLUMOTION 970
Part no. 71T970A.22
970.1002 54
970.1002 54
970.1002 54
Requires mounting plate with built in spacing: 3 mm
Accessories
43 44 134 141 142 144 420 510
84
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
95-alu frame door hinge for clamping
CLIP top
42 2.5 35
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm or 3 mm) Hinge and door protrusion at full opening angle Overlay application Dual application Inset application
21
31
67
18.5
67
9
1.2
14
24
Adjustments + 22 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 24 26 28 30 32 max. 3.0 mm 1.2 1.2 In these cases a tri- See mounting 1.1 al is recommended plates 1.0 1.1 + +
70
RB
2.0 mm
+ 3.0 mm - 2.0 mm
Shape of groove
max. 3.5
RS
Assembly
min. 6 max. 12
9.4 13.4
1.3 - 1.5
2 1
85
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
CLIP top
Product
Description
- Hinge for narrow alu frame doors - 120 opening angle - With convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment - With closing mechanism (spring) - Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal - 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant mounting plate) - Boss xing screws are included
Application
Order information
Boss: Screw-on Zinc boss with spring Zinc boss unsprung BLUMOTION 970A Detailed information Cover caps Steel plain stamped
Part no. 73T550A 72T550A
Boss: Screw-on Zinc boss with spring
Part no. 71T560A
BLUMOTION 970A 970A1002 52 Detailed information Cover caps Steel plain Screen print 970A1002 52
Variant 95-aluminium frame door hinge 80
nickel plated 70.1663 70.1663.BL Blum
Accessories
43 44 134 141 142 144 420 510
86
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
CLIP top
40 5.5 19 29
Planning
Gap
Adjustments + 22 3.7 3.3 3.1 3.0 2.9 24 26 28 30 32 max. 3.0 mm See mounting plates + +
69
RB
2.0 mm
+ 3.0 mm - 2.0 mm
Screw-on (hinge/adapter plate)
RS
In these cases a trial is recommended
Assembly
0.1
90
19 4 11.
22
1.1
R4
31 22
12 .5
R4 6 1.4
6 17 1.4
38
38 44
42
87
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
CLIP top
Product
Description
- Hinges for narrow aluminium frame doors with a new boss for BLUMOTION 973A - 120 opening angle - With convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment - With closing mechanism (spring) - Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal - 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant mounting plate) - Boss xing screws are included
Application
Order information
Part no. 73T550AB
Part no. 71T560AB
Variant 95-aluminium frame door hinge for BLUMO82 TION
Accessories
43 44 134 141 142 144 420 510
88
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
CLIP top
+ + 2.0 mm + 3.0 mm - 2.0 mm Catalogue 2006
Planning
Gap
Adjustments + 22 3.7 3.3 3.1 3.0 2.9 24 26 28 30 32 max. 3.0 mm See mounting plates
RB
Screw-on
19 1.1 4 11.
RS
In these cases a trial is recommended
Assembly
90 7 0.1
22
R4
31 22
12 .5
38 44
38
R4 6
6 17 1.4
1.4
42
89
CLIP top
CRISTALLO-hinge
CLIP top
Product
Description
- Hinge for glass and mirror doors - 125 opening angle - With convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment - With or without closing mechanism (spring) - Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal - Adhesion plate is glued onto glass (no glass drilling necessary) - Tool free hinge to adhesion plate assembly - 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant mounting plate)
Application
Order information
The different applications can be achieved through relevant adhesion positions.
CRISTALLO 125 Hinge with spring unsprung CRISTALLO adhesion plate glue-on Zinc matt-nickel plated
Limitation of liability 79C450BT 78C450BT If the Blum CRISTALLO hinge is assembled according to its instructions and on suitable materials then it will meet the requirements concerning the stability of the connection. This is observed on an ongoing basis through internal and external testing. 78C4568 Tests carried out by the Confederate Material Testing and Research Laboratory EMPA provide the following information: - Static and dynamic load EMPA test report no. 172.486-1 dtd. 22 May 1998 - Resistance to detergents EMPA test report no. 172.486-2 dtd. 22 May 1998 As the adhesive and/or the adhesive process are beyond our control, Blum cannot accept liability for claims arising from the failure or malfunction of this/these process/es.
Recommended mounting plates 173L8300 Steel nickel plated Zinc nickel plated 175L8300 BLUMOTION 973A Detailed information Cover caps Steel 973A9000 49
Accessories
43 44 134 141 142 144 420 510
90
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
CRISTALLO-hinge
CLIP top
24 A 2.5 + + 2.0 mm + 3.0 mm - 1.0 mm Catalogue 2006
Planning
24
24
77 28
77
28
3-6
3-6
TE
A = 37 mm with mpl A28 A = 46 mm with mpl A37 Adhesion distance Door overlay (TA) -2.5 -1 -0.5 2 3.5 5 6.5 8 9.5 11 12.5 14 0 0 1.5 3 4.5 6 7.5 9 10.5 12 13.5 15 16.5 3 3 4.5 6 7.5 9 10.5 12 13.5 15 16.5 6 6 7.5 9 10.5 12 13.5 15 16.5 9 Mounting plate
A = 37 mm with mpl A28 A = 46 mm with mpl A37
A = 38 mm + door thickness with mpl A28 A = 47 mm + door thickness with mpl A37
Due to the risk of breakage to glass and mirror doors, sufcient surrounding gaps are required (recommendation: min 2 mm) TE A Door protrusion (depending on door overlay) Cabinet front edge to centre of mounting plate drilling
Adhesion distance
60
2.5 TA
Adjustments Door overlay (TA) is determined by the adhesion distance (K). Adhesion distance (K) (min 0, max 16.5) = TA + 2.5 +
K K = max. 16.5 16
max. 3.0 mm See mounting Assembly instructions: Please contact your glass or door supplier concerning the right plates adhesive and its use in xing the adhesive plate onto glass and mirror doors.
Assembly
28
Removal
91
3-6
77 28
2.5 TA
2.5 TA
1.4
CLIP top
Glass door hinge
CLIP top
Product
Description
- Glass door hinge - 94 opening angle - With convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment - With closing mechanism (spring) - Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal - 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant mounting plate) - For glass thicknesses from 4.5 to 7 mm - Boss xing screws enclosed
Application
Order information
Boss: Screw-on Nylon boss with spring BLUMOTION 971A Detailed information Cover caps Steel plain Screen print
Part no. 75T4100
Boss: Screw-on Nylon boss with spring BLUMOTION 970A
Part no. 75T4200
Part no. 75T4300
971AXXXX 50
970A1002 52
970A1002 52
Accessories Boss cover cap Material: black gold plated chrome plated matt nickel
Nylon
84.4120
84.4140
43 44 134 141 142 144 420 510
92
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
Glass door hinge
CLIP top
5.5-7
Planning
19
25
33
66
66
5.5-7 F 5.5 10
5.5-7 F
23.5 8
68
15
0.5
Gap
Set mounting plate back by glass thickness and height of cover cap + 3 mm
Drilling distance Door overlay 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 6 7 6 7 6 7 6 7 Mounting plate Door overlay -2.5 -1.5 -0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5 6 7 6 7 6 7 6 7 Mounting plate Door overlay -2.5 -2 -1.5 -1 0 5.5 6 6.5 7 3 6 9 Mounting plate
0 3 6 9
0 3 6 9
Minimum gap requirement in mm based on doors with radiused edges (R = 1 mm) For glass thicknesses from 4.5 to 7 mm no gap is required!
Adjustments + max. 3.0 mm See mounting plates + +
+ 0.5 mm - 3.5 mm
2.0 mm
Screw-on
5.5-7
4.5-7

31
8.2
2.5
26+0.2
31 84.4140
31 84.4120
93
Catalogue 2006
41
CLIP top
Mini-hinge
CLIP top
Product
Description
- All metal hinge, nickel plated - Hinge for small doors and doors with narrow frames - 94 opening angle - With convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment - With closing mechanism (spring) - Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal - 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant mounting plate)
Application
Order information
Boss: Screw-on Steel boss with spring BLUMOTION 971A Detailed information Cover caps Steel plain Screen print
Part no. 71T0550
Boss: Screw-on Steel boss with spring BLUMOTION 970A
Part no. 71T0650
Part no. 71T0750
971AXXXX 50
970A1002 52
970A1002 52
43 44 134 141 142 144 420 510
94
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
Mini-hinge
CLIP top
3-5 8 F
Planning
19
25
33
66
66
3-5 F 6 10
15.5 0.5
3-5 F
68
24
Gap
Drilling distance Door overlay 4 5 6 7 8 0 3 6 9 Door overlay -5.5 -4.5 -3.5 -2.5 -1.5 -0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 3 4 5 3 4 5 3 4 5 3 4 5 Mounting plate Door overlay -5 -4 -3 0 3 4 5 3 6 9 Mounting plate
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 3 4 5 3 4 5 5
0 3 6 9
Minimum gap requirement in mm based on doors with radiused edges (R = 1 mm) Thickness of door 16 18 19 20 1.1 2.2 3.0 3.8 1.1 2.0 2.7 3.5 1.1 1.8 2.4 3.0 -
Adjustments + -
Drilling distance
3 4 5 6
22 5.5 5.0 4.6 -
24 26 28 30 32 In these cases a trial is recommended
+ 0.5 mm - 3.5 mm
+ 3.0 mm - 1.0 mm
Screw-on
min 12.5

50
3.5
7.5
3-5
26
38
28
95
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
Corner cabinet bi-fold hinge
CLIP top
Product
Description
- All metal hinge, nickel plated - Special hinge for corner cabinets with bi-fold doors - 60 opening angle - Easy gap and depth adjustment using the spiral-tech feature - For door thicknesses from 15 mm to 23 mm, factory setting for 19 mm door thickness - For use in combination with 170 hinge - With closing mechanism (spring) - Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal - 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant mounting plate)
Application
Order information
Basic applications

21 Boss: Knock-in Zinc boss with spring
Part no. 79T8500 MZM.0021 79T8530
BLUMOTION 970A Detailed information Cover caps Steel plain stamped Also requires CLIP top 170-hinge 70 970A1002 52
nickel plated 70.1503 Blum 70.1503.BP
43 44 134 141 142 144 420 510
96
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
Corner cabinet bi-fold hinge
CLIP top
60
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm) Application for 19 mm door thickness for factory setting Application for 19 mm thick door in conjunction with 3 mm spaced standard mounting plate The hinge boss of the bi-fold hinge should be xed to the same door as the hinge boss of the 170 hinge
21
24
14
37
14
65
40
+
Adjustments
+ -
68
Height adjustment Max. 3 mm See mounting plates Screw-on

12.5
min 11
Side Adjustment 2 mm
Depth adjustment + 3 mm - 2 mm
Gap adjustment + 7.2 mm - 4.2 mm Hinge boss dimensions
Knock-in
12.5
9.5
min 11
33.5
57
3.2
45
35
35
97
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
+45 angled hinge half overlay
CLIP top
Product
Description
- All metal hinge, nickel plated - 45 I cross corner hinge - For corner cabinets with doors set back - 95 opening angle - With convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment - With closing mechanism (spring) - Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal - 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant mounting plate) - With INSERTA tool free hinge to door assembly
Application 40
N 23 99 N 8 103 N 43 103 -
45
N 24 101 N 53 99 N 9 101 N 44 103 N 60 99
50
N 25 99 N 54 99 N 10 101 N 45 103 N 61 99 61
Order information
Boss: INSERTA Steel boss with spring Boss: Screw-on Steel boss with spring BLUMOTION 973A Detailed information 973A7480 49 Part no. 79A9698BT nickel plated plain 70.1563 70.1563.BL Screen print Blum No cover cap is required when using BLUMOTION 973A. Page instructions Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION for doors Mounting plates Cover caps Accessories Assembly and adjustment Assembly devices More technical details 43 44 134 141 142 144 420 510 Cover caps Steel
79A9658.T Accessories Chipboard screws for hinge boss xing 3.5 x 15 mm 609.1500 609.1700 3.5 x 17 mm Boss cover cap Screw-on/knock-in hinges only Steel nickel plated 70T1504
Planning
Important: These dimensions are based on a 19 mm thick door and cabinet. Dimensions would Corner unit
35
LW
need to be altered if either thickness varied from 19 mm. In these cases a trial is recommended.
Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard xing positions.
64
5 3
37
37
TB = LW
5.5 20
LW TB
Internal width Door width
98
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
+45 angled hinge half overlay
CLIP top
19 32
67 6 8
N 23 40
48
19 49
N 53 45
48
19 34
N 60 45
45
64
64
80
37
49.5
37
5.5
1.8
34.5
20
16
Angled spacer Mounting plate N 25 50 48

19 48
Part no. 171A5500 175H7190
Mounting plate N 54 50 48
19 32.5
Part no. 173H7100
2. 5
9. 5
5
19
1.5
3
19
63
0.5
64
76
37
51
37
70 7 0
0.
19
19
33
17.5
14.5
Angled spacer Mounting plate
Part no. 171A5070 175H7190
Part no. 171A5010 173H7100
9. 5 2. 5
19
1.5
Drilling distance for BLUMOTION 970A1002

BA
19
19 32
Part no. 173H7100
4.5
Angled spacer Mounting plate Adjustments + -
Part no. 171A5010 173H7100
10 Assembly Screw-on
3-7
max. 3.0 mm See mounting 59 plates
9.5
3-7
35
0.2 35 + 0
45
37 (40.5)
in m 0 5
1.8 mm
2.0 mm
INSERTA
min 12
min 12.6

57 (65) 3.2 (7)
() INSERTA
99
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
+45 angled hinge overlay
CLIP top
Product
Description
- All metal hinge, nickel plated - +45 II angled hinge - For corner cabinets with ush fronts - 110 opening angle - With convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment - With closing mechanism (spring) - Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal - 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant mounting plate) - With INSERTA tool free hinge to door assembly
Application 40
N 23 99 N 8 103 N 43 103 -
45
N 24 101 N 53 99 N 9 101 N 44 103 N 60 99
50
N 25 99 N 54 99 N 10 101 N 45 103 N 61 99 61
Order information
Boss: INSERTA Steel boss with spring Boss: Screw-on Steel boss with spring BLUMOTION 973A Detailed information 973A7680 49 Part no. 79T5590B nickel plated plain 70.1503 70.1503.BP stamped Blum No cover cap is required when using BLUMOTION 973A. Cover caps Steel Buffer stop self adhesive Nylon 993.704
79T5550 Accessories Chipboard screws for hinge boss xing 3.5 x 15 mm 609.1500 609.1700 3.5 x 17 mm Boss cover cap Screw-on/knock-in hinges only Steel nickel plated 70T1504
43 44 134 141 142 144 420 510
Planning
32
LW 66
5 3
2.
37
37
TB = LW - 5.4 mm
3 13.5
7.1
LW TB
100
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
CLIP top
19
N 24 45
48
19 49
N 9 45
41
19 31.5
N 10 50
41
30
73.5
73
84
46.5
57
46.5
1.5
19
1
19
31.5
19
13.5
14.5
3. 5 5
Mounting plate
Part no. 175H7190.22
Mounting plate
Part no. 173H7100
Part no. 171A5010 173H7100

BA
Adjustments + -
3-6
min 12.6
9.5
3-6
35
0.2 35 + 0
45
37 (40.5)
in m 0 5
1.8 mm
2.0 mm
INSERTA
min 12.8

57 (65) 3.2 (7)
() INSERTA
101
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
+45 angled hinge full overlay
CLIP top
Product
Description
- All metal hinge, nickel plated - +45 III angled hinge - 95 opening angle - With convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment - With closing mechanism (spring) - Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal - 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant mounting plate) - With INSERTA tool free hinge to door assembly
Application 40
N 23 99 N 8 103 N 43 103 -
45
N 24 101 N 53 99 N 9 101 N 44 103 N 60 99
50
N 25 99 N 54 99 N 10 101 N 45 103 N 61 99 61
Order information
Boss: INSERTA Steel boss with spring Boss: Screw-on Steel boss with spring BLUMOTION 970A Detailed information Cover caps Steel plain Screen print 970A1002 52 Part no. 79A9498BT
43 44 134 141 142 144 420 510
Planning
Important: These dimensions are based on a 19 mm thick door and cabinet. Dimensions would need to be altered if either thickness varied from 19 mm. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard xing positions.
102
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
CLIP top
16 26.5
16
1
N 8 40
41
19 32
N 43 40
33
16 26
N 44 45
33
31.5 1
65 37 37
0.5
66.5
61.5
5
1
19
16
19
8
15.5

16 27
Part no. 171A5500 175H9160
Part no. 171A5500 173H7100
19
Mounting plate
Part no. 175H9160
63 37
19
6.5
5 16
Part no. 171A5070 173H7100 Adjustments + N XX Angled application XX Drilling distance (BA) mm max. 3.0 mm See mounting 59 plates + +

BA
3-7
9.5
3-7
35
0.2 35 + 0
45
37 (40.5)
in m 0 5
10 Screw-on
2.0 mm
2.0 mm
Assembly INSERTA
min 12
min 12.6

57 (65) 3.2 (7)
() INSERTA
103
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
CLIP top
Product
Description
- All metal hinge, nickel plated - +30 II angled hinge - 95 opening angle - With convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment - With closing mechanism (spring) - Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal - 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant mounting plate) - With INSERTA tool free hinge to door assembly
Application 25
N 20 104 N 50 104 N 5 109 N 40 107 N 57 104
30
N 21 105 N 51 105 N 6 105 N 41 107 N 58 105
35
N 22 105 N 52 105 N 7 105 N 42 107 N 59 105 61
Ordering information
Boss: INSERTA Steel boss with spring Boss: Screw-on Steel boss with spring BLUMOTION 973A Detailed information 973A7360 49 Part no. 79A9596BT nickel plated plain 70.1563 70.1563.BL Screen print Blum No cover cap is required when using BLUMOTION 973A. Page instructions Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION for doors Mounting plates Cover caps Accessories Assembly and adjustment Assembly devices More technical details 43 44 134 141 142 144 420 510 Cover caps Steel
Planning
Important: These dimensions are based on a 19 mm thick door and cabinet. Dimensions would N 20 25 48
19 47
need to be altered if either thickness varied from 19 mm. In these cases a trial is recommended. N 50 25 48
38 19
Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard xing positions. N 57 25 45
16 35
67
1.4
1.5
65
84
37
54.5
36
11
1.5
2
70 4 5
36
26.5
22.5
9.5 2.5
Part no. 171A5500 175H7190
Angled spacer Mounting plate 104
Part no. 171A5500 173H7100
1
19 19
19
Part no. 171A5500 173H7100 Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
CLIP top
30 19 2
5 8
N 21 30
48
19 48
N 51 30
48
19 37
N 6 30
41
64
81
36
53
41
69
1
19
19
19 33
63
63
1.6
79
35
70
50
54
37
19
36
25.5
18
Part no. 175H7190.22
19 48
Part no. 175H7190
19 36.5
Part no. 173H7100
30 19
66
40.5
36
1.5
62
70 5 5
7.5
17
17.5
19.5
9.5 2.5
19
19
19
35
24
Part no. 173H7130

19 32
Part no. 171A5010 175H7190.22
Angled spacer Mounting plate Adjustments + max. 3.0 mm See mounting plates + -
Part no. 171A5070 173H7100
1.8 mm
2.0 mm
19
19
Drilling distance Part no. 171A5040 173H7100 105 107 Hinge boss xing 107 Catalogue 2006
Part no. 171A5010 173H7100
CLIP top
CLIP top
Product
Description
Application 25
N 20 104 N 50 104 N 5 109 N 40 107 N 57 104
30
N 21 105 N 51 105 N 6 105 N 41 107 N 58 105
35
N 22 105 N 52 105 N 7 105 N 42 107 N 59 105 61
Order information
43 44 134 141 142 144 420 510
Planning
106
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
CLIP top
16 27
5 16
N 40 25
33
16 26
N 41 30
33
16 26.5
N 42 35
33
66.5
65
63 37
37
16
16
37
1

BA
3-7
min 12
9.5
3-7
35
0.2 35 + 0
45
37 (40.5)
11.5
19
10.5
19
10
19
Part no. 171A5500 173H7100
Mounting plate
Part no. 175H9160
Part no. 171A5070 173H7100
Adjustments + -
in m 0 5
2.0 mm
2.0 mm
INSERTA
min 12.6

57 (65) 3.2 (7)
() INSERTA
107
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
CLIP top
Product
Description
- All metal hinge, nickel plated - +20 II angled hinge - 95 opening angle - With convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment - With closing mechanism (spring) - Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal - 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant mounting plate) - With INSERTA tool free hinge to door assembly
Application 15
N 18 108 N 48 108 N 3 111 N 38 111 N 55 108
20
N 19 109 N 49 109 N 4 109 N 39 111 N 56 109
25
N 20 104 N 50 104 N 5 109 N 40 107 N 57 104 61
Order information
43 44 134 141 142 144 420 510
Planning
19 44
39 19
16 34
66
1.5
36.5
1.5
64
85
14
5
35.5
56
40
19
65
19
19
28.5 34.5
1 5
23
Part no. 171A5500 175H7190
Part no. 171A5500 173H7130
1.5
1
11 2
CLIP top
CLIP top
28 19 2
N 19 20
48
19 46
N 49 20
48
19 38
N 4 20
37
65
1.5
68
82
54
37.5
12.5
39
1
19
35.2
1 5
17
5 11
19 32
61
1.8
66
19
Part no. 175H7190.22 N 5 25
33.5
62 4 8
Mounting plate 37
28 19
40
19
28
Part no. 175H7190
Mounting plate
Part no. 173H7100
1.5
Mounting plate

BA
19
19
20
11.5 1.5
10
17
Part no. 175H9160
Part no. 171A5010 173H7100 Adjustments + -
3-7
min 12
9.5
3-7
35
0.2 35 + 0
45
37 (40.5)
in m 0 5
1.8 mm
2.0 mm
INSERTA
min 12.6

57 (65) 3.2 (7)
() INSERTA
109
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
CLIP top
Product
Description
Application 10
N 17 110 N 47 110 N 2 110 N 37 111 -
15
N 18 108 N 48 108 N 3 111 N 38 111 N 55 108
20
N 19 109 N 49 109 N 4 109 N 39 111 N 56 109 61
Order information
43 44 134 141 142 144 420 510
Planning
42 19
40 19
19 23
64
32.5 1.9
85
54
19
37
15.5
66.5
2.1
0.5
19
19
33.5
1 5
29.5
13.5
5 16
Part no. 171A5500 175H7190.22
Part no. 171A5500 175H7190.22
CLIP top
CLIP top
16 24.5
5 16
N 37 10
33
16 23
N 3 15
33
19 27.5
N 38 15
33
66.5
67
37
36
1.5
1
65
19
5 16
14
16
5 13

16 27.5
Part no. 171A5500 173H7100
Mounting plate
Part no. 175H7190
19
13
37
19
Mounting plate
Part no. 175H9160
63 37
1
5 16

BA
19
12
3-7
9.5
3-7
35
0.2 35 + 0
45
37 (40.5)
in m 0 5
10 Screw-on
2.0 mm
2.0 mm
Assembly INSERTA
min 12
min 12.6

57 (65) 3.2 (7)
() INSERTA
111
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
5 angled application
CLIP top
Product
Description
- All metal hinge, nickel plated - Angled hinge applications +/- 5 - 95 opening angle - With convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment - With closing mechanism (spring) - Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal - 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant mounting plate) - With INSERTA tool free hinge to door assembly
Application -5
N 15 113 N 35 113 -
5
N 16 113 N 46 113 N 1 113 N 36 113 -
61
Order information
Boss: INSERTA Steel boss with spring Boss: Screw-on Steel boss with spring BLUMOTION 973A Detailed information Cover caps Steel
Part no. 71T9590B
Boss: INSERTA Steel boss with spring Boss: Screw-on Steel boss with spring BLUMOTION 973A
Part no. 71T9690B
Boss: INSERTA Steel boss with spring Boss: Screw-on Steel boss with spring BLUMOTION 973A
Part no. 71T9790B
71T9550
71T9650
71T9750
973A0500 48
973A0600 48
973A0700 48
Accessories Chipboard screws for hinge boss xing 3.5 x 15 mm 609.1500 609.1700 3.5 x 17 mm Boss cover cap Screw-on/knock-in hinges only nickel plated 70T1504
Steel
43 44 134 141 142 144 420 510
Planning
Important: These dimensions are based on a 19 mm thick door and cabinet. Dimensions would need to be altered if either thickness varied from 19 mm. In these cases a trial is recommended. 112 Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard xing positions. Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
5 angled application
CLIP top
40 19 33
1 5
N 15 -5
48
19 35.5
N 35 -5
37
27 16
N 16 5
37
67
87.5
83 57.5
1
57.5
19
37
3.5
19
20.5
10 5
Angled spacer Mounting plate Hinge with cranked hinge arm N 46 5 37

37.5 19
Part no. 171A5500 173H7100
Angled spacer Mounting plate Hinge with straight hinge arm N 1 5 33

19 22.5
Part no. 171A5500 173H7100
Part no. 171A5010 Angled spacer Mounting plate 173H7100 Hinge with double cranked hinge arm N 36 5 33
16 22.5
64
0.6
37.5
37
19
19
37
17
64
64
19
19
30
15
5 15
15
5 15
Angled spacer Mounting plate Hinge with cranked hinge arm
Part no. 171A5070 173H7100
Angled spacer Mounting plate Hinge with straight hinge arm
Part no. 171A5010 173H7100
Angled spacer Mounting plate Hinge with straight hinge arm Adjustments + -
Part no. 171A5010 173H7100

BA
3-7
min 12
9.5
3-7
35
0.2 35 + 0
45
37 (40.5)
in m 0 5
2.0 mm
2.0 mm
INSERTA
min 12.6

57 (65) 3.2 (7)
() INSERTA
113
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
-15 angled hinge full overlay
CLIP top
Product
Description
- All metal hinge, nickel plated - -15 III acute angled hinge - 110 opening angle - With convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment - With closing mechanism (spring) - Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal - 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant mounting plate) - With INSERTA tool free hinge to door assembly
Application -20
N 12 115 N 32 115 -
-15
N 13 115 N 33 115 -
-10
N 14 115 N 34 115 -
61
Order information
Page instructions Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION for doors Mounting plates Cover caps Accessories Assembly and adjustment Assembly devices
43 44 134 141 142 144 420
Planning
114
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
CLIP top
19 39
4 9
N 12 -20
54
19 35.5
N 32 -20
37
19 29.5
N 13 -15
54
75
1.5
3.5
45
99
99
19
19
68
1 8
8.3
19
2.5
Angled spacer Mounting plate N 33 -15 33

19 23.5
Part no. 171A5500 175H9160

19 38
Part no. 171A5500 173H7100
68
2.5
Mounting plate N 34 -10 33

23.5 19
Part no. 175H7190.22
71.5
1.5
43
70
1.5
67.5
19
19
19
1.5
98
15
5
2.5 6
14 2.5
15 5
Mounting plate
Part no. 173H7100
Part no. 171A5070 175H7190
43
Part no. 171A5010 173H7100

BA
3-6
min 12.6
9.5
3-6
35
0.2 35 + 0
45
37 (40.5)
in m 0 5
2.0 mm
2.0 mm
INSERTA
min 12.8

57 (65) 3.2 (7)
() INSERTA
115
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
CLIP top
Product
Description
- All metal hinge, nickel plated - -30 III acute angled hinge - 110 opening angle - With convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment - With closing mechanism (spring) - Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal - 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant mounting plate) - With INSERTA tool free hinge to door assembly
Application -35 -30

N 29 117 N 30 117 -
-25
N 11 117 N 31 117 -
61
Order information
43 44 134 141 142 144 420
Planning
116
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
CLIP top
19 35
10 1
N 29 -35
37
16 23
N 30 -30
33
16 21.5
N 11 -25
54
77 1
73 1
48.5
46
105
9.5
14 5
19

24.5 16
Part no. 171A5500 173H7100
75
19
19
2.5
Mounting plate
Part no. 173H7130
Part no. 171A5070 175H7190
71
19
15
45.5

BA
3-6
9.5
3-6
35
0.2 35 + 0
45
37 (40.5)
in m 0 5
10 Screw-on
2.0 mm
2.0 mm
Assembly INSERTA
min 12.6
min 12.8

57 (65) 3.2 (7)
() INSERTA
117
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
CLIP top
Product
Description
- All metal hinge, nickel plated - 45 III acute angled hinge - 110 opening angle - With convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment - With closing mechanism (spring) - Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal - 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant mounting plate) - With INSERTA tool free hinge to door assembly
Application -50 -45 -40

N 26 119 N 27 119 N 28 119 -
61
Order information
43 44 134 141 142 144 420
Planning
118
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
CLIP top
16 24.5
54
N 26 -50
45
23 16
N 27 -45
37
16 21.5
N 28 -40
37
90.5
83.5
81.5 55
19
60
19
11 5
Part no. 171A5500 173H7100
19
13 5

BA
1 5
Mounting plate
Part no. 173H7130
Part no. 171A5040 173H7100
Adjustments + -
3-6
min 12.6
9.5
3-6
35
0.2 35 + 0
45
37 (40.5)
in m 0 5
2.0 mm
2.0 mm
INSERTA
min 12.8

57 (65) 3.2 (7)
() INSERTA
119
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
CRISTALLO-angled application
CLIP top
Product
Description
- All metal hinge, nickel plated - Hinge for glass and mirror doors - 125 opening angle - With convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment - With or without closing mechanism (spring) - Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal - Adhesion plate is glued onto glass (no glass drilling necessary) - Tool free hinge to adhesion plate assembly - 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant mounting plate)
Application -5
N 106 120 N 107 120 -
5 10 15
N 103 N 104 N 105 120 121 121 N 100 N 101 N 102 121 121 121 -
61
Order information
CRISTALLO 125 Hinge with spring unsprung CRISTALLO adhesion plate glue-on Zinc matt-nickel plated BLUMOTION 973A Detailed information 973A9000 49 79C450BT 78C450BT nickel plated plain 70.1563 70.1563.BL Screen print Blum No cover cap is required when using BLUMOTION 973A. Page instructions Adhesion distance Limitation of liability Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION for doors Mounting plates Cover caps Accessories Assembly and adjustment Assembly devices 91 90 43 44 134 141 142 144 420 Cover caps Steel
78C4568 Accessories
Planning
Important: These dimensions are based on a 16 mm thick cabinet. Dimensions would need to be N 106 -5 37
16 29
altered if either thickness varied from 19 mm. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting N 107 -5 37
16 29
plate to be moved from the standard xing positions.
N 103 5
33
16 25.5
76.5
53.5
46
82 52.5
84
6
7
2 10
15
7.5 16.5
2 3
Part no. 171A5500 173H7100
Part no. 171A5500 173H7100
CLIP top
CRISTALLO-angled application
CLIP top
16 29
1
N 100 5
33
16 24
N 104 10
33
16 29
N 101 10
33
80
46
53.5
73
1 4.5
74

16 34
Part no. 171A5010 173H7100
7.5
46
14 16.5
14 16.5

16 34
Part no. 171A5010 173H7100
Part no. 171A5010 173H7100
78 53.5
71 46
0.5 6
6.5
14 16.5

BA
Part no. 171A5010 173H7100
10 Assembly Assembly Removal
in m 0 5
2.0 mm
+ 3.0 mm - 1.0 mm
121
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
+45 angled hinge for glass doors
CLIP top
Product
Description
- Glass door hinge - +45 angled hinge - 94 opening angle - With convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment - With closing mechanism (spring) - Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal - 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant mounting plate) - For glass thicknesses from 4.5 mm to 7 mm - Boss xing screws enclosed
Application 40
N 74 123 -
45
N 75 123 N 67 123 -
50
N 76 123 N 68 123 -
61
Order information
Boss: Screw-on Nylon boss with spring BLUMOTION 970A Detailed information Cover caps Steel plain Screen print 970A1002 52 Accessories Boss cover cap Material: black gold plated chrome plated matt nickel Page instructions Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION for doors Mounting plates Cover caps Accessories Assembly and adjustment Assembly devices 84.4140 Part no. 79A4108.T
Nylon
43 44 134 141 142 144 420
84.4120
Planning
122
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
CLIP top
19 24 8.5
39
4
N 74 40
48
19 34
N 75 45
48
19 33
N 67 45
45
70
40.5
71
5.
21.5
20
12.5

19 34
Part no. 171A5500 173H7130
19 24
Part no. 175H7190
5.
43.5
66
5 2.
70
65
38.5
41
2.
2. 5
5.
2. 5
19
11
Part no. 171A5070 173H7130
5.

BA
5 2.
2. 5
5.5-7
4.5-7
26 +0.2
31 84.4140
31 84.4120
123
Catalogue 2006
41
Mounting plate
Part no. 173H7100
11.5
Part no. 171A5010 173H7100 Adjustments + max. 3.0 mm See mounting 59 plates + +
in m 0 5
1.8 mm
2.0 mm

31
8.2
2.5
CLIP top
CLIP top
Product
Description
- Glass door hinge - +20 angled hinge - 94 opening angle - With convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment - With closing mechanism (spring) - Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal - 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant mounting plate) - For glass thicknesses from 4.5 mm to 7 mm - Boss xing screws enclosed
Application 15
N 71 125 N 64 125 -
20
N 72 125 N 65 125 -
25
N 73 125 N 66 125 -
61
Order information
Boss: Screw-on Nylon boss with spring BLUMOTION 970A Detailed information Cover caps Steel plain Screen print 970A1002 52 Accessories Boss cover cap Material: black gold plated chrome plated matt nickel Page instructions Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION for doors Mounting plates Cover caps Accessories Assembly and adjustment Assembly devices 84.4140 Part no. 79A4105.T
Nylon
43 44 134 141 142 144 420
84.4120
Planning
124
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
CLIP top
19 37
43
5
2 7
N 71 15
54
19 34
N 64 15
45
19 25
N 72 20
54
65
73
3 5.5
37.5
42
70
12.5

19 19
66
65
72
39.5
42.5
39.5
Mounting plate

BA
2.5
5.5-7
26 +0.2
31 84.4140
31 84.4120
125
Catalogue 2006
41
15
5.5 1
2.5
24
26.5
5.5
Part no. 171A5500 175H7190

19 36
Part no. 171A5500 173H7100
19 22
Part no. 175H7190.22
5.5
6.5
8.5
5.5 11
2.5
2.5
23
2 5.5
5.5 10
2.5
Part no. 173H7100
Part no. 171A5070 175H7190
Part no. 171A5010 173H7100
in m 0 5
1.8 mm
2.0 mm

4.5-7
31
8.2
2.5
CLIP top
5 angled application for glass doors
CLIP top
Product
Description
- Glass door hinge - 94 opening angle - With convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment - With closing mechanism (spring) - Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal - 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant mounting plate) - For glass thicknesses from 4.5 mm to 7 mm - Boss xing screws enclosed
Application -5
N 69 127 N 62 127 -
5
N 70 127 N 63 127 -
61
Order information
Boss: Screw-on Nylon boss with spring BLUMOTION 970A Detailed information Cover caps Steel plain Screen print
Part no. 75T4100
Part no. 75T4200
Part no. 75T4300
970A1002 52
970A1002 52
970A1002 52
Accessories Boss cover cap Material: black gold plated chrome plated matt nickel
Nylon
84.4120
84.4140
43 44 134 141 142 144 420
Planning
Important: These dimensions are based on a 19 mm thick cabinet. Dimensions would need to be altered if either thickness varied from 19 mm. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting 126 plate to be moved from the standard xing positions.
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
5 angled application for glass doors
CLIP top
19 22 3
5
N 62 -5
37
19 22
N 69 -5
48
29 19
N 63 5
33
66
82
1.4
64 53 37
37
2.5
2.5
5.5 10
5.5
5.5 15
Angled spacer Mounting plate Hinge N 70 5 48

19 32
Part no. 171A5500 173H7100 75T4100
Angled spacer Mounting plate Hinge
Part no. 171A5500 173H7100 75T4200
Part no. 171A5010 173H7100 75T4100
82
23
53

BA
2 5.5
Part no. 171A5010 173H7100 75T4300 Adjustments + N XX Angled application XX Drilling distance (BA) mm max. 3.0 mm See mounting 59 plates + +
5.5-7
26 +0.2
31 84.4140
31 84.4120
127
Catalogue 2006
41
in m 0 5
10 Screw-on
+ 0.5 mm - 3.5 mm
2.0 mm
Assembly Hinge boss dimensions

4.5-7
31
8.2
2.5
CLIP top
+45 angled hinge with mini boss
CLIP top
Product
Description
- All metal hinge, nickel plated - +45 angled hinge - Hinge for small doors and doors with narrow frames - 94 opening angle - With convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment - With closing mechanism (spring) - Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal - 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant mounting plate)
Application 40
N 97 128 N 89 128 -
45
N 98 128 N 90 129 N 82 129 -
50
N 99 129 N 91 129 N 83 129 -
61
Order information
Boss: Screw-on Steel boss with spring BLUMOTION 970A Detailed information Cover caps Steel plain Screen print 970A1002 52 Accessories Chipboard screws for hinge boss xing 3.5 x 15 mm 609.1500 609.1700 3.5 x 17 mm Page instructions Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION for doors Mounting plates Cover caps Accessories Assembly and adjustment Assembly devices Part no. 79A0558.T
43 44 134 141 142 144 420
Planning
19 42
19 28
42 19
63
2.4
2.3
35
81
50
49
77.5
2 5
30
16
19
19
29.5
Part no. 171A5500 175H7190
Part no. 171A5500 173H7100
1. 5
1.5
19
Mounting plate
Part no. 175H7190.22 Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
CLIP top
19 42 29
5
19
N 90 45
48
19 27
N 82 45
45
19 24
N 99 50
48
63
65
35.5
49
37
73
2
19
14.5
19
11.5
2. 5
2.
5
2. 5
19 27
61
35
37
4.5
63
1.5
2.
19
14
11
Part no. 171A5010 173H7130
5 1.5

BA
3-5
min 12.5
7.5
38
28
5 1.
Part no. 173H7130
19 24
Part no. 173H7100
Part no. 171A5010 175H7190.22
1.5 19
in m 0 5
26
1.8 mm
2.0 mm

50
3.5
129
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
CLIP top
Product
Description
- All metal hinge, nickel plated - +20 angled hinge - Hinge for small doors and doors with narrow frames - 94 opening angle - With convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment - With closing mechanism (spring) - Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal - 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant mounting plate)
Application 15
N 94 130 N 86 130 N 79 130 -
20
N 95 131 N 87 131 N 80 131 -
25
N 96 131 N 88 131 N 81 131 -
61
Order information
Boss: Screw-on Steel boss with spring BLUMOTION 970A Detailed information Cover caps Steel plain Screen print 970A1002 52 Accessories Chipboard screws for hinge boss xing 3.5 x 15 mm 609.1500 609.1700 3.5 x 17 mm Page instructions Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION for doors Mounting plates Cover caps Accessories Assembly and adjustment Assembly devices Part no. 79A0555.T
43 44 134 141 142 144 420
Planning
19 36
19 29
19 25
max
65 36 1.5
66
55
14
1
38
9.5
19
86
1.5
19
19
27
2 5
15.5
15.5
4.5 5
Part no. 171A5500 175H7190
Part no. 171A5500 173H7130
CLIP top
CLIP top
19 19 2
19
N 95 20
48
19 37.5
N 87 20
48
19 29
N 80 20
37
63 36 1.5
81.5
66
55
12.5
40
1
1.5
27.5
1.5 5
19.5
5 11
19 41
61
35.5
1.5
65
78 54.5
11
40

BA
19
19
7.5
3-5
19
Part no. 175H7190.22
19 29
Part no. 175H7190
19 21
Part no. 173H7100
1.5
19
1.5
29.5
2.5 5
19
10
19
Part no. 171A5040 175H7190.22
Part no. 171A5070 173H7130
Part no. 171A5010 173H7100
min 12.5
38
28
in m 0 5
26
1.8 mm
2.0 mm

50
3.5
131
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
5 angled application with mini boss
CLIP top
Product
Description
- All metal hinge, nickel plated - Hinge for small doors and doors with narrow frames - 94 opening angle - With convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment - With closing mechanism (spring) - Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal - 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant mounting plate)
Application -5
N 92 133 N 84 133 N 77 133 -
5
N 93 133 N 85 133 N 78 133 -
61
Order information
Boss: Screw-on Steel boss with spring BLUMOTION 970A Detailed information Cover caps Steel plain Screen print
Part no. 71T0550
Part no. 71T0650
Part no. 71T0750
970A1002 52
970A1002 52
970A1002 52
Accessories Chipboard screws for hinge boss xing 3.5 x 15 mm 609.1500 609.1700 3.5 x 17 mm
43 44 134 141 142 144 420 510
Planning
Important: These dimensions are based on a 19 mm thick door and cabinet. Dimensions would need to be altered if either thickness varied from 19 mm. In these cases a trial is recommended. 132 Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard xing positions. Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
5 angled application with mini boss
CLIP top
19 31
4.5 6
N 77 -5
37
19 22
N 84 -5
48
19 28
N 92 -5
48
66
67
37.5
0.5
37
87
19
19
9.5
5 9.5
3.5

19 21
Part no. 171A5500 173H7100 71T0550

19 29
Part no. 171A5500 173H7100 71T0650
57

19 33
Part no. 171A5500 173H7130 71T0650
64
64
86
37.5
37
2.5
19
5 14.5
5
20
19
25
Part no. 171A5010 173H7100 71T0550
Part no. 171A5070 173H7100 71T0650
57
0.5

BA
3-5
7.5
38
28
19
Angled spacer Mounting plate Hinge Adjustments + -
Part no. 171A5040 173H7100 71T0750
in m 0 5
26
1.8 mm
2.0 mm

min 12.5
50
3.5
133
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
Mounting plates
CLIP top
Overview
Height adjustment INSERTA Chipboard screws System screws EXPANDO
Knock-in dowel
without with Cam Elongated hole Elongated hole Screws (two-part) Cam Angled spacers Angled spacers
2 mm 2 mm 2 mm 3 mm 2 mm 2 mm 5 -5
134
134 135 135 135 136 136 140 140
139 139 138 136 138 139 140
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request Accessories General Information Horizontal mounting plate Cruciform mounting plate Angled spacers INSERTA-xing Chipboard screw xing System screw xing EXPANDO-xing Knock-in dowel xing Knock-in dowel xing assembly only with the insertion ram
INSERTA-cruciform mounting plate

- Material: steel, closing lever, zinc die-cast, nickel plated - Tool free assembly - With self anchoring feature - With cam height adjustment 2 mm Spacing 0 mm 3 mm Height 8.5 mm 11.5 mm Part no. 174H7100I 174H7130I H * H Height min 11.5 * Fix with additional screw if used with wide angle hinges
56
32
68
* 37
Horizontal mounting plate

- Material: zinc die-cast, nickel plated - Fixing with chipboard screws 3.5 mm - With height adjustment 2 mm - Recommended screw length 17 mm H
63
19.5
5 0.1
.5 32 22
Height
Spacing 0 mm
Height 8.5 mm
Part no. 175M5400 134 Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
Mounting plates
CLIP top
H
63
Horizontal cam mounting plate

- Material: zinc die-cast, nickel plated - With cam height adjustment 2 mm - Chipboard screws 629.1700 (included)
.5
19
H
32 20
Height
Spacing 0 mm 3 mm
Height 8.5 mm 11.5 mm
Part no. 175H5100.05 175H5130.05
Cruciform mounting plate

- Material: steel, nickel plated - Fixing with chipboard screws 3.5 and 4 mm - With height adjustment 3 mm - Recommended screw length 17 mm Spacing 0 mm 3 mm Height 8.5 mm 11.5 mm Part no. 173L6100 173L6130
H *
Height
57
32
* Fix with additional screw if used with wide angle hinges

37

- Material: zinc die-cast, nickel plated - Fixing with chipboard screws 3.5 and 4 mm - With height adjustment 3 mm - Recommended screw length 17 mm Spacing 0 mm 3 mm Height 8.5 mm 11.5 mm Part no. 175L6100 175L6130
H *
53
Height
56
32

37

- Material: steel, nickel plated - Fixing with pre-mounted chipboard screws for 3 mm line drilling - With height adjustment 2 mm
H *
51
Height
min 13.5
57
32
53
37
Spacing 0 mm
Height 8.5 mm
Part no. 173S6100 135 Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
Mounting plates
CLIP top

- Material: zinc die-cast, nickel plated - Fixing with chipboard screws 3.5 and 4 mm - With height adjustment 2 mm Part no. - Recommended screw 175H7100 length 17 mm 175H7130 175H7190 175H7190.22
H *
Height
Spacing 0 mm 3 mm 9 mm 18 mm
Height 8.5 mm 11.5 mm 17.5 mm 26.5 mm
68
26
32

37
Cruciform cam mounting plate

- Material: steel, nickel plated - Fixing with chipboard screws 3.5 and 4 mm - With cam height adjustment 2 mm H * * Fix with additional screw if used with wide angle hinges H Height
Spacing 0 mm 3 mm
Part no. 173H7100 173H7130
32
57
56
44
37

- Material: steel, nickel plated - Fixing with pre-mounted system screws 6 mm - With height adjustment 3 mm
57
H *
Height
min 11.5 * Fix with additional screw if used with wide angle hinges
53
Spacing 0 mm 3 mm
Part no. 173L8100 173L8130
37
Cruciform mounting plate for twin application

- Material: steel, nickel plated - Fixing with pre-mounted special system screws, 6 mm (668.1150), for twin application - With height adjustment 3 mm
H * *
53
5
32
Height
min 8.5
Spacing 0 mm
Height 8.5 mm
Part no. 173L8100.21 136
37
32
57
* Additional screw required as standard
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
Mounting plates
CLIP top
H * H Height min 11.5 * Fix with additional screw if used with wide angle hinges
53
Cruciform mounting plate (28/32)

57
Spacing 0 mm 3 mm
Part no. 173L8300 173L8330
28

- Material: zinc die-cast, nickel plated - Fixing with pre-mounted system screws 6 mm - With height adjustment 3 mm Spacing 0 mm 3 mm 9 mm 11 mm Height 8.5 mm 11.5 mm 17.5 mm 19.5 mm Part no. 175L8100 175L8130 175L8190 175L8190.21
56
32
Height
min 11.5
32
51
37

- Material: zinc die-cast, nickel plated - Fixing with pre-mounted system screws, 6 mm (668.1150) - With height adjustment 3 mm
56
Height
min 8.5
51
32
Spacing 0 mm
Height 8.5 mm
Part no. 175L8100.21
37

- Material: zinc die-cast, nickel plated - Fixing with pre-mounted system screws 6 mm - With height adjustment 3 mm
56
H * min 11.5
51
Spacing 0 mm 3 mm
Part no. 175L8300 175L8330 137
32
Height
28
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
Mounting plates
CLIP top

- Material: zinc die-cast, nickel plated - Fixing with system screws 6 x 14.5 mm (661.1450) - With height adjustment 2 mm Spacing 0 mm 3 mm 6 mm 9 mm 18 mm Height 8.5 mm 11.5 mm 14.5 mm 17.5 mm 26.5 mm Part no. 175H9100 175H9130 175H9160 175H9190 175H9190.22
68
Height
44
26
32

- Material: steel, nickel plated - Fixing with pre-mounted special screws with split dowels - With height adjustment 2 mm H * H Height min 11.5 * Fix with additional screw if used with wide angle hinges
53
57
Spacing 0 mm 3 mm
Part no. 174E6100.01 174E6130.01
32
37

- Material: steel, nickel plated - Fixing with pre-mounted special screws with split dowels, for twin application - With height adjustment 2 mm
H * *
37
Height
min 7.5
Spacing 0 mm
Height 8.5 mm
Part no. 174E610Z
37

- Material: steel, nickel plated - Fixing with pre-mounted special screws with split dowels - With height adjustment 2 mm
57
H *
32
57
53
Height
53
Spacing 0 mm 3 mm
Part no. 174E6300 174E6330 138
28
32
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
Mounting plates
CLIP top
H * H Height min 11.5 * Fix with additional screw if used with wide angle hinges
56
Cruciform cam mounting plate

- Material: Steel, nickel plated - Fixing with pre-mounted special screws with split dowels - With cam height adjustment 2 mm
Spacing 0 mm 3 mm
Part no. 174H7100E 174H7130E
32
57
37
Cruciform cam mounting plate for twin application

- Material: Steel, nickel plated - Fixing with pre-mounted special screws with split dowels - For twin application - With cam height adjustment 2 mm Spacing 0 mm 3 mm Height 8.5 mm 11.5 mm Part no. 174H710ZE 174H713ZE
H * *
Height
min 7.5
57
56
32
* 37

- Material: Zinc die-cast, nickel plated - Knock-in assembly with pre-xed dowels - With height adjustment 2 mm Assembly with insertion ram only 50 MZM.0050 Part no. Height 177M5100 8.5 mm 177M5130 11.5 mm
57. 5
H min 11.5
19
10
H
32 20
Height
Spacing 0 mm 3 mm
Horizontal cam mounting plate

- Material: Zinc die-cast, nickel plated - Knock-in assembly with pre-xed dowels - With cam height adjustment 2 mm
63
H min 11.5
19
Spacing 0 mm 3 mm
Assembly with insertion ram only 50 MZM.0050 Part no. Height 177H5100 8.5 mm 177H5130 11.5 mm 139
.5
10
H
32 20
Height
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
Mounting plates
CLIP top

- Material: steel, nickel plated - Knock-in assembly with pre-xed dowels - With height adjustment 3 mm
57
61.01
H *
Height
53
Spacing 0 mm 3 mm
MZM.0061.01 Part no. 174L6100.05 174L6130.05
32
37
+5 obtuse angled spacer

- +5 obtuse angled spacer - Material: Zinc die-cast, nickel plated - Suitable for mounting plates: 173H71X0 175H71X0 175H91X0 - Fixing with chipboard screws 3.5 and 4 mm
D
10
Spacing
Spacing 0.8 mm 3 mm 6 mm
Part no. 171A5010 171A5040 171A5070
32
37
-5 acute angled spacer

- -5 acute angled spacer - Material: zinc die-cast, nickel plated - Suitable for mounting plates: 173H71X0 175H71X0 175H91X0 - Fixing with chipboard screws 3.5 and Part no. 4 mm 171A5500
D
Spacing
32
37
Spacing 6 mm
140
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
Cover caps
CLIP top
Catalogue 2006
Hinge applications
Straight hinge arm
Cranked hinge arm Double cranked arm
120 120, special 107 Blind corner Aluminium frame door 120 Alu frame door 120 BLUMOTION 973A Bi-fold door
Steel plain 70.1503
Steel stamped 70.1503.BP
Steel plain
Steel Screen print 70.1663 70.1663.BL
CLIP 100 CLIP 107
Steel plain 90M2503 170 Nil protrusion hinge
Steel stamped 90M2503.BP
Steel plain
Steel Screen print 94M3603 94M3603.BL
Steel plain
Steel Steel Screen print plain 80.6507 80.6507.BL
Steel Screen print 80.6507 80.6507A0F 80.6507.BL
Prole/thick door Aluminium frame door 95 Alu frame door 95 BLUMOTION 973A Alu frame door 95 for clamping CRISTALLO Glass door Mini Angled application 5 +45 II angled hinge
Steel plain
Steel plain 70.1503 Remaining angled hinges Remaining angled applications
Steel stamped 70.1503.BT
Steel plain
Cover caps: Can be printed with customer logo minimums from 1000 pcs 141
CLIP top
Accessories
CLIP top
Chipboard screws
7

X
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
3.5
System screws
8

X
Centre bit

1.5
Nylon
natural
Part no. 993.710
8 mm door buffer
8 min.10
Nylon
Part no. 993.706
142
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
Accessories
CLIP top
- Cross-slotted, size 2 - Blade length 100 mm - Overall length 200 mm - Orange handle with Blum logo Nylon / steel Part no. 303.756.1 - Slotted, size 1.0 x 5.5 mm - Blade length 125 mm - Overall length 225 mm - Orange handle with Blum logo Nylon / steel Part no. 314.928.1 Steel nickel plated Part no. 70T1504 143 Catalogue 2006
Pozi screwdriver
Slotted screwdriver
Boss cover cap
CLIP top
CLIP top
INSERTA
Assembly
Removal
CLIP
Assembly
Removal
INSERTA cruciform mounting plate
Assembly
Adjustment
Height adjustment
Side Adjustment
Depth adjustment
144
Catalogue 2006
CLIP top
CLIP top
1 2
Boss cover cap
Assembly
Removal
145
Catalogue 2006
MODUL
Hinge System
This economical hinge system provides the right solution for many different applications. The systems combined slide-on and screwon feature has proven itself over the years.
Simple and easy slide-on assembly Very easy to adjust and achieve uniformed gaps via its 3-dimensional setting option
Simple slide-on door to cabinet assembly
146
Catalogue 2006
MODUL
Overview
Hinges
Standard door Prole/thick door Blind corner Refrigerator/appliance Angled hinges Symbol photo
148
Accessories
Mounting plates Cover caps Screw-on Centre bit Door buffer Screwdriver Symbol photo 162 166 167 167 167 168

Assembly and removal Adjustment 169 169
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request Accessories General Information Opening Angle Overlay application Dual application Inset application Overlay application for blind corners Angled application inset Angled application half overlay Angled application overlay Hinge with straight hinge arm Hinge with cranked hinge arm Hinge with double cranked hinge arm Screw-on boss Knock-in boss Cover caps Planning Assembly, removal and adjustment
147
Catalogue 2006
MODUL
MODUL
Overview hinges
Hinge
Application
Boss Fixing
Standard door 150 Standard door
MODUL
152 Prole/thick door 154 Blind corner 156 Refrigerator/Appliance 158 Corner cabinet 45 160
148
Catalogue 2006
MODUL
Standard door 45
161
161
161
Number of hinges Door height (mm)

2 2000 1000 500 0 4-6 6-12 12-17 17-22 3 4 5
The number of hinges depends on the door height and weight. To achieve good stability, hinge spacing distance should be as large as possible. Indications on weight and height apply to a standard door width of 600 mm.
kg 149 Catalogue 2006
MODUL
MODUL
100-hinge
Product
Description
- All metal hinge, nickel plated - 100 opening angle - With closing mechanism (spring) - Slide on hinge arm - 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant mounting plate)
Application
MODUL
Order information

Part no. 91M2550 MZM.0011 91M2580

Part no. 91M2650 MZM.0011 91M2680

Part no. 91M2750 MZM.0011 91M2780
Cover caps Steel plain stamped
nickel plated 90M2503 Blum 90M2503.BP
Cover caps Steel plain Screen print
nickel plated 90M2603 Blum 90M2603.BL
nickel plated 90M2603 Blum 90M2603.BL
Page instructions MODUL overview Mounting plates Cover caps Accessories Assembly and adjustment Assembly devices More technical details
147 162 166 167 169 420 510
150
Catalogue 2006
MODUL
100-hinge
Planning
20
30
38
58
58
58
3-6
3-6 9 F 11 18.5 1.5
3-6
27 7
Gap
Set mounting plate back by door thickness
Drilling distance Door overlay 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6 Mounting plate Door overlay -4.5 -3.5 -2.5 -1.5 -0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6 Mounting plate Door overlay -4 -3 -2 -1 0 3 4 5 6 3 6 9 Mounting plate
0 3 6 9
0 3 6 9
Adjustments + -
Drilling distance
3 4 5 6
22 2.3 2.0 1.8 1.7
2.0 mm
2.0 mm
Screw-on
min 10.5
Knock-in
min 10.5

57
3.2
3-6
9.5
45
151
37
35
3-6
35
Catalogue 2006
MODUL
MODUL
170-hinge
Product
Description
Application
MODUL
Order information
Part no. 91A6550
Part no. 91A6650
MZM.0018 91A6580
MZM.0018 91A6680
Warning: If young children have access to furniture with wide angle hinges then the 155 opening 0protrusion hinges should be used.
Accessories Opening angle stop Nylon black
130 70.6103
Chipboard screws for hinge boss xing 3.5 x 15 mm 609.1500 609.1700 3.5 x 17 mm
Warning: When using MODUL wide angle hinges in wardrobes, please make sure that the wardrobe is deep enough (min. 600 mm) so that clothing does not interfere with the hinge link mechanism.
Page instructions Warning MODUL overview Mounting plates Cover caps Accessories Assembly and adjustment Assembly devices More technical details
513 147 162 166 167 169 420 510
152
Catalogue 2006
MODUL
170-hinge
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm or 9 mm) Hinge and door protrusion at 90 opening angle Overlay application Dual application Inset application
max 65
max 75
max 84
69
69
69
3-8 F 8 11 17.5 1.5
3-8
3-8
26.5
7.5
Gap
Drilling distance Door overlay 5 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 6 7 8 Mounting plate Door overlay -4.5 -1.5 -0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5 9.5 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 6 7 8 Mounting plate Door overlay -4.5 -3.5 -2.5 -1.5 -0.5 0 3 6 9
0 3 6 9
0 3 6 9
Minimum gap requirement in mm based on doors with radiused edges (R = 1 mm) For doors up to 21 mm thick no gap is required. For doors in excess of 22 mm thick a trial is recommended.
Adjustments + max. 3.0 mm See mounting plates + +
2.0 mm
2.0 mm
Screw-on
min 11
Knock-in
min 11

57
2.2
3-8
35
9.5
3-8
35
45
153
47
Catalogue 2006
MODUL
MODUL
Product
Description
- All metal hinge, nickel plated - Hinge for thick doors and doors with prole - 95 opening angle - With closing mechanism (spring) - Slide on hinge arm - 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant mounting plate)
Application
MODUL
Order information

Part no. 91M9550 MZM.0011 91M9580

Part no. 91M9650 MZM.0011 91M9680

Part no. 91M9750 MZM.0011 91M9780
Cover caps Steel plain
Cover caps Steel plain
147 162 166 167 169 420 510
154
Catalogue 2006
MODUL
Planning
22
31
40
58
58
58
3-7
3-7
3-7 F 24 1.5 32.5 7 F
F 14.5 11
Gap
Drilling distance Door overlay 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 3 4 5 6 7 3 4 5 6 7 3 4 5 6 7 3 5 6 7 Mounting plate Door overlay -4.5 -2.5 -1.5 -0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5 3 4 5 6 7 3 4 5 6 7 3 4 5 6 7 3 5 6 7 Mounting plate Door overlay 0 3 6 9 Mounting plate -4 -3 -2 -1 0 3 4 5 6 7
0 3 6 9
0 3 6 9
Adjustments + -
Drilling distance
3 4 5 6 7
22 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9
24 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2
26 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7
28 2.6 2.5 2.4 2.3 2.1
29 3.1 2.9 2.8 2.7 2.6
30 3.8 3.5 3.3 3.2 3.1
31 4.5 4.1 3.8 3.6 3.4
32 5.4 max. 3.0 mm 4.8 See mounting 4.4 plates 4.1 3.9
2.0 mm
2.0 mm
Screw-on
min 12
Knock-in
min 12

57
3.2
3-7
9.5
45
155
37
35
3-7
35
Catalogue 2006
MODUL
MODUL
Blind corner hinge
Product
Description
Application
MODUL
Order information
Inset application

Part no. 99M9550 MZM.0019 99M9580
Mounting plate Zinc nickel plated Cover caps Steel plain stamped
199.8130
147 162 166 167 169 420 510
156
Catalogue 2006
MODUL
Blind corner hinge
Planning
Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 3 mm) Hinge and door protrusion at full opening angle Inset application
min 69 min 28 3-7 14 33 8 F
Fixing position from inside edge of muntin: 14 mm Special mounting plate for blind corner application: 199.8130 F Gap
23
Adjustments + -
Drilling distance
3 4 5 6 7
22 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9
24 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.2
max. 3.0 mm In these cases a tri- See mounting al is recommended plates 26 28 30 32
2.0 mm
0.8 mm
Screw-on
min 12
Knock-in
min 12

57
3.2
3-7
45
37
35
9.5
3-7
35
157
Catalogue 2006
MODUL
MODUL
Refrigerator/appliance hinge
Product
Description
- All metal hinge, nickel plated - Shallow hinge arm height - Hinge for refrigerator or appliance doors - 94 opening angle - With closing mechanism (spring) - Slide on hinge arm - 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant mounting plate)
Application
1
MODUL
Order information
Overlay application
Boss: Screw-on Zinc boss with spring Boss: Knock-in Zinc boss with spring Cover caps Steel plain stamped
Part no. 91M0500.21
91M0530.21
147 162 166 167 169 420 510
158
Catalogue 2006
MODUL
Refrigerator/appliance hinge
Planning
16
57
3-5 F 5 10.5
Gap
0 3 6 9
Door overlay 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5 9.5 10.511.512.513.514.515.5 3 4 5 3 4 5 3 4 5 3 4 5 Mounting plate
Minimum gap requirement in mm based on doors with radiused edges (R = 1 mm) Thickness of door 16 18 19 20 1.1 2.2 3.0 3.8 1.1 2.0 2.7 3.5 1.1 1.8 2.4 3.0 -
Adjustment area (gap) + -
Drilling distance
3 4 5 -
22 5.5 5.0 4.6 -
24 26 28 30 32 In these cases a trial is recommended
+ 0.0 mm - 4.0 mm
2.0 mm
Screw-on
min 12.5
Knock-in
min 12,5

57
2.5
3-5
9.5
45
45
37
35
9.5
3-5
35
159
Catalogue 2006
MODUL
MODUL
+45 angled hinge
Product
Description
- All metal hinge, nickel plated - +45 angled hinge - For corner cabinets with ush fronts - 107 opening angle - With closing mechanism (spring) - Slide on hinge arm - 3-dimensional adjustment (with relevant mounting plate)
Application
MODUL
Order information
Part no. 99M1550 MZM.0020 99M1580 Accessories Chipboard screws for hinge boss xing 3.5 x 15 mm 609.1500 609.1700 3.5 x 17 mm Buffer stop self adhesive Nylon 993.704 Page instructions MODUL overview Mounting plates Cover caps Accessories Assembly and adjustment Assembly devices More technical details
147 162 166 167 169 420 510
Planning
30.5
LW 56
5 3
5 1. 8
37
37
TB = LW - 3.6 mm
1 6.
2.5 13.6
LW TB
160
Catalogue 2006
MODUL
+45 angled hinge
45
45
45
33.5 30.5
48.5
61
54.5
31.6
16.6
5.5
13.6
2.5
Mounting plate
Part no. 195H9100.22
Use 3 mm spaced mounting plate
Use 0 mm spaced mounting plate
Adjustments + max. 3.0 mm See mounting plates Screw-on

3-6
1.8 mm
2.0 mm
Knock-in
3-6
min 11.5
min 11.5

57
3.2
9.5
45
161
37
35
35
Catalogue 2006
MODUL
73.5
42
64.5
45.5
MODUL
Mounting plates
Overview
Height adjustment INSERTA Chipboard screws 162 2 mm 2 mm 2 mm 3 mm 2 mm 2 mm 165 163 163 164 164 System screws EXPANDO
Knock-in dowel
without with Cam Elongated hole Elongated hole Screws (two-part) Cam
MODUL
162 163
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request Accessories General Information Horizontal mounting plate Cruciform mounting plate INSERTA-xing Chipboard screw xing System screw xing EXPANDO-xing Knock-in dowel xing Knock-in dowel xing assembly only with the insertion ram

- Material: zinc die-cast, zinc plated - Fixing with chipboard screws 3.5 mm - Recommended screw length 17 mm - Non height adjustable
H *
Height
66
32
29
Spacing 0 mm
Height 9.2 mm
Part no. 195.5100

- Material: steel, nickel plated - Fixing with chipboard screws 3.5 and 4 mm - With height adjustment 3 mm - Recommended screw length 17 mm Spacing 0 mm 3 mm Height 8.3 mm 11.3 mm Part no. 193L6100 193L6130 162
H *
15
Height
58
32

37
53
Catalogue 2006
MODUL
Mounting plates

- Material: zinc die-cast, nickel plated - Fixing with chipboard screws 3.5 and 4 mm - With height adjustment 2 mm - Recommended screw Part no. length 17 mm 195H7100 195H7130 195H7190
H *
Height
62
.5
Spacing 0 mm 3 mm 9 mm
Height 9.2 mm 12.2 mm 18.2 mm
32

37

58
H *
53
Height
min 11.5
32
Spacing 0 mm 3 mm
Part no. 193L8100 193L8130
37

- Material: steel, nickel plated - Fixing with pre-mounted system screws 6 mm for twin application - With height adjustment 3 mm
58
H *
Height
min 8.5
53
32
* 37
Spacing 0 mm
Height 8.3 mm
Part no. 193L8100.21
Cruciform mounting plate for blind corner applications

- Material: zinc die-cast, nickel plated - Fixing with pre-mounted system screws 6 mm - For blind corner applications - With height adjustment 2 mm
H min 11.5
50
28
32
Height
14
Spacing 3 mm
Height 12.2 mm
Part no. 199.8130 163 Catalogue 2006
MODUL
44
MODUL
Mounting plates

- Material: zinc die-cast, nickel plated - Fixing with system screws 6 x 14.5 mm (661.1450) - With height adjustment 2 mm Spacing 0 mm 3 mm 9 mm 18 mm Height 9.2 mm 12.2 mm 18.2 mm 27.2 mm Part no. 195H9100 195H9130 195H9190 195H9100.22
62 .5
H *
Height
min 11.5
MODUL
32
44

58
H
5
37
Height
min 11.5
*
28
53
Spacing 0 mm
Height 8.3 mm
Part no. 193L8300.22

- Material: steel, nickel plated - Fixing with pre-mounted special dowels - With height adjustment 2 mm
58
32
H *
53
Height
min 11.5
32
Spacing 0 mm 3 mm
Part no. 194E6100.ED 194E6130.ED
37

- Material: steel, nickel plated - Fixing with pre-mounted special screws with split dowels, for twin application - With height adjustment 2 mm
H *
Height
min 7.5
32
58
53
* 37
Spacing 0 mm
Height 8.3 mm
Part no. 194E610Z 164
Catalogue 2006
MODUL
Mounting plates

- Material: zinc die-cast, nickel plated - Knock-in assembly with pre-xed dowels - With height adjustment 2 mm
57. 5
H min 11.5
H
32 20
Height
Spacing 0 mm
Assembly with insertion ram only 50 MZM.0050 Height Part no. 9.2 mm 197M6100
165
Catalogue 2006
MODUL
19
10
MODUL
Cover caps
Hinge applications
Straight hinge arm
Cranked hinge arm Double cranked arm
100
MODUL
Steel plain 90M2503 Prole/thick door
Steel plain
Steel Screen print 90M2603 90M2603.BL
Steel plain 90M2503 170
Steel plain 94M3603
Steel plain
80.6507
80.6507.BL
Blind corner Refrigerator/Appliance +45 angled hinge
Steel plain 90M2503 Cover caps: Can be printed with customer logo minimums from 1000 pcs
166
Catalogue 2006
MODUL
Accessories
Chipboard screws
7

X
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
3.5
System screws
8

X
Centre bit

1.5
Nylon
natural
Part no. 993.710
8 mm door buffer
8 min.10
Nylon
Part no. 993.706
167
Catalogue 2006
MODUL
MODUL
Accessories
Pozi screwdriver
MODUL
Slotted screwdriver
168
Catalogue 2006
MODUL
Assembly
Removal
Adjustment
Height adjustment
Side Adjustment
Depth adjustment
169
Catalogue 2006
MODUL

Pull-out systems
We want you to have a choice

With a wide variety of design and nish option you always have plenty of choice with TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION: Do you want to match the white furniture fronts or the stainless steel electrical appliances? The numerous materials, colours, heights and variants of TANDEMBOX ensure that you will have the greatest exibility when realising your dreams and ideas.
W/G Steel white
EV/G Aluminium (Alu)
IG/G Stainless steel (Inox)
WA/G Steel metallic grey (RAL 9006)
170
Catalogue 2006

Overview
Basic components
Drawer Inner drawer High fronted pull-out Inner pull-out SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION Sink cabinet Larder unit
172
Symbol photo
ORGA-LINE-applications
Provisions Cutlery Odds and ends Crockery Plastic containers Cleaning utensils Cleaning materials Recycling/waste separation/cleaning agents Kitchen utensils/knives/small electric appliances Open provisions Spices Bottles Bottles/cutting boards Bottles/provisions Cooking utensils Pots/lids/pans/cooking utensils Baking ingredients Baking trays
240
Symbol photo
Accessories
Steel back Side stabilisation Front stabilisation METAFILE ORGA-LINE Screw-on Centre bit 226 227 227 228 269 229 229 Door buffer Screwdriver 229 230

Cabinet prole screw positions Drawer/High fronted pull-out Adjustment Double walled BOXSIDE Glass BOXSIDE BLUMOTION-retrot part Inner drawer / inner pull-out 231 232 233 233 233 234 234 Locking piece Z31A0008 Sink cabinet SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION ORGA-LINE 235 236 236 270
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request General Information Accessories SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION Sink cabinet Larder unit with door Drawer Inner drawer High fronted pull-out Inner pull-out Gallery Double gallery Double walled BOXSIDE Glass BOXSIDE Installation height and/or min. space requirement in cabinet Height of Drawer Side Dynamic carrying capacity in kg DYNAMIC SPACE-Consumables zone DYNAMIC SPACE-Non-consumables zone DYNAMIC SPACE-Cleaning zone DYNAMIC SPACE-Preparation zone DYNAMIC SPACE-Cooking zone Planning Cutting Assembly Assembly, removal and adjustment Dishwasher-proof up to 65C
171
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX

Overview standard elements
Standard cabinet
Drawer Basic element Inner drawer
TANDEMBOX
81.5
174
96.5
176
105
178
128.5
180 High fronted pull-out Basic element
160
Gallery
184
186
160
134
182 Inner pull-out
188
192
Gallery
190
192
192
224
Double gallery
194
196
224
198
224
Double walled BOXSIDE Z37H
200
202
224
204
224
Glass BOXSIDE Z36H000G.02
206
208
224
210
172
Catalogue 2006

SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION

Drawer without corner post Basic element Drawer with corner post
101.5
101.5
212 High fronted pull-out without corner post Basic element
214 High fronted pull-out with corner post
227.5
216
227.5
218
Sink cabinet
96.5
220 High fronted pull-out Basic element
96.5
178
224
222
200 202 Cabinet width 400 - 600 mm Larder unit
224
224
173
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX

Standard element drawer
Product
Description
- Concealed, guided, full extension - TANDEM inside unparalleled running action for the lifetime of the furniture - Steel drawer side white (W/G), steel grey (WA/G, RAL 9006), aluminium (EV/G) and stainless steel (IG/G, inox) - Dyn. load bearing 30 kg - Tool free front assembly - 2-dimensional front adjustment - Includes integrated BLUMOTION for a silent and effortless controlled closing action
Space requirement
TANDEMBOX
NL
Nominal length
Order information
1 Cabinet proles left/right 2 Drawer sides and cover caps left/right
Nominal length NL 400 mm 450 mm 500 mm 550 mm
30 kg 558.4001B 558.4501B 558.5001B 558.5501B
W/G WA/G EV/G (Alu) IG/G (Inox) 358N4002S 358N4002A 358N4002I 358N4502S 358N4502A 358N4502I 358N5002S 358N5002A 358N5002I 358N5502S 358N5502A 358N5502I Cover caps can be printed with customer name/logo minimums from 1000 pcs
Back xing left/right white, met. grey, nickel Steel back
Z30N000S.04 226
Front xing brackets INSERTA version Screw-on version Knock-in version
2x 2x 2x
ZSF.3902 ZSF.3502 ZSF.3602 2
1 4
174
Catalogue 2006

Planning
Space requirements in cabinet Installation dimensions for screw-on front B Front overlay Drilling dimensions for INSERTA Back installation dimensions and knock-in front
10 0.1
+ 0.2
min 33
12
37.5
15.5
Cabinet prole screw positions Nominal length NL (mm) 400 450 500 550
96 32 32 32 192 288 320 9 37
Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard

B
Back 69 mm
LW
LW - 87 mm Base Chipboard back NL - 24 mm Steel back NL - 22 mm

KB
KB LW NL
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
LW - 75 mm
96
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm Cabinet prole xing positions Page instructions Overview TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION 172 Accessories 227 Assembly and adjustment 232 Assembly devices 420 More technical details 510
231
175
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX
min 48.5
32
32.5
min 32.5 32
78.5
38 22

Product
Description
- Concealed, guided, full extension - TANDEM inside unparalleled running action for the lifetime of the furniture - Steel drawer side white (W/G), steel grey (WA/G, RAL 9006), aluminium (EV/G) and stainless steel (IG/G, inox) - Dyn. load bearing 30 and 50 kg - Tool free front assembly - 2-dimensional front adjustment - Includes integrated BLUMOTION for a silent and effortless controlled closing action
Space requirement
TANDEMBOX
NL
Nominal length
Order information
Nominal length NL 270 mm 300 mm 350 mm 400 mm 450 mm 500 mm 550 mm 600 mm 650 mm
30 kg 558.2701B 558.3001B 558.3501B 558.4001B 558.4501B 558.5001B 558.5501B
50 kg
559.4501B 559.5001B 559.5501B 559.6001B 559.6501B
W/G WA/G EV/G (Alu) IG/G (Inox) 358M2702S 358M2702A 358M2702I 358M3002S 358M3002A 358M3002I 358M3502S 358M3502A 358M3502I 358M4002S 358M4002A 358M4002I 358M4502S 358M4502A 358M4502I 358M5002S 358M5002A 358M5002I 358M5502S 358M5502A 358M5502I 359M6002S 359M6002A 359M6002I 359M6502S 359M6502A 359M6502I Cover caps can be printed with customer name/logo minimums from 1000 pcs
Z30M000S.04 226
2x 2x 2x
ZSF.3902 ZSF.3502 ZSF.3602

2
4 4
176
Catalogue 2006

Planning
0.2 10 + 0.1
min 63.5
20
min 33
12
37.5
15.5
Cabinet prole screw positions Nominal length NL (mm) 270 300 350 400 450 500 550
96 * 32 96 9

B
Back 84 mm
LW

KB
KB LW NL
LW - 75 mm
600 650
3232 32 32 32 480 320 192 37
32
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm * only for 558.4501B (30 kg) Cabinet prole xing positions Page instructions Overview TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION 172 Overview ORGA-LINE-applications 240 ORGA-LINE-application cutlery 242 ORGA-LINE-application odds & ends 244 ORGA-LINE-application kitchen utensils/ 248 knives/small electric appliances
231
ORGA-LINE-application cooking utensils 250 ORGA-LINE-sets/accessories Accessories Assembly and adjustment Assembly devices More technical details 252 227 232 420 510
177
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX
min 47.5 32
93.5
32
47.5
32

Standard element inner drawer
Product
Description
- Concealed, guided, full extension - TANDEM inside unparalleled running action for the lifetime of the furniture - Steel drawer side white (W/G), steel grey (WA/G, RAL 9006), aluminium (EV/G) and stainless steel (IG/G, inox) - Dyn. load bearing 30 and 50 kg - Tool free front assembly - 2-dimensional front adjustment - Includes integrated BLUMOTION for a silent and effortless controlled closing action - Inner drawers either with handle or handle and latch
Space requirement
TANDEMBOX
* NL
With handleZIF.7005 Nominal length
Order information
30 kg 558.2701B 558.3001B 558.3501B 558.4001B 558.4501B 558.5001B 558.5501B
50 kg
559.4501B 559.5001B 559.5501B 559.6001B 559.6501B
W/G WA/G EV/G (Alu) IG/G (Inox) 358M2702S 358M2702A 358M2702I 358M3002S 358M3002A 358M3002I 358M3502S 358M3502A 358M3502I 358M4002S 358M4002A 358M4002I 358M4502S 358M4502A 358M4502I 358M5002S 358M5002A 358M5002I 358M5502S 358M5502A 358M5502I 359M6002S 359M6002A 359M6002I 359M6502S 359M6502A 359M6502I Cover caps can be printed with customer name/logo minimums from 1000 pcs
Z30M000S.04 226
Front xing left/right RAL 7037 dust grey Incl. locking piece Z31A0008
ZIF.70M0
3 2
Front section white, met. grey, alu, nickel For cutting to size, 1081 mm Cutting: Internal cabinet width (LW) - 87 mm Handle (optional) Nylon RAL 7037 dust grey
Z31A1081A
4 2
6a
ZIF.7005
5 6a 4
Alternative to 6a Handle and latch (optional) 6b Nylon RAL 7037 dust grey
ZIF.7007
6b
178
Catalogue 2006

Planning
Space requirements in cabinet * With ZIF.7005 can be used with heights 72 mm and higher
= =
12
Front drilling distance for latch
Back installation dimensions
min. 17
25
x 61.5 x + 47
min 103.5 72*
20
37.5
Cabinet prole screw positions Nominal length NL (mm) 270 300 350 400 450 500 550
96 * 32 96 9
min 33

B
Back 84 mm
LW

KB
KB LW NL
LW - 75 mm
600 650
3232 32 32 32 480 320 192 37
32
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm * only for 558.4501B (30 kg) Cabinet prole xing positions Page instructions Overview TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION 172 Overview ORGA-LINE-applications 240 ORGA-LINE-application cutlery 242 ORGA-LINE-application odds & ends 244 ORGA-LINE-application cleaning utensils 246
231
ORGA-LINE-application kitchen utensils/ 248 knives/small electric appliances ORGA-LINE-application cooking utensils 250 ORGA-LINE-sets/accessories 252 Accessories 227 Assembly and adjustment 232 Assembly devices 420 More technical details 510 179 Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX
133.5
32

Product
Description
- Concealed, guided, full extension - TANDEM inside unparalleled running action for the lifetime of the furniture - Steel drawer side white (W/G), steel grey (WA/G, RAL 9006) - Dyn. load bearing 30 and 50 kg - Tool free front assembly - 2-dimensional front adjustment - Includes integrated BLUMOTION for a silent and effortless controlled closing action
Space requirement
TANDEMBOX
NL
Nominal length
Order information
Nominal length NL 400 mm 450 mm 500 mm 550 mm 600 mm 650 mm
30 kg 558.4001B 558.4501B 558.5001B 558.5501B
50 kg 559.4501B 559.5001B 559.5501B 559.6001B 559.6501B
W/G WA/G 358K4002S 358K4502S 358K5002S 358K5502S 359K6002S 359K6502S Cover caps can be printed with customer name/logo minimums from 1000 pcs
Back xing left/right white, met. grey Steel back
Z30K000S 226
2x 2x 2x
ZSF.3902 ZSF.3502 ZSF.3602
3 2
2 2 1
4 4
180
Catalogue 2006

Planning
10
min 95.5
+ 0.2 0.1
0.2 10 + 0.1
32 22
32
32
min 33
12
37.5
15.5
96 * 32 96 9

B
Back 116 mm
LW

KB
600 LW - 75 mm 650
3232 32 32 32 480 320 192 37
KB LW NL
32
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm * only for 558.4501B (30 kg) Cabinet prole xing positions Page instructions Overview TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION 172 ORGA-LINE-application cutlery 242 ORGA-LINE-application odds & ends 244 ORGA-LINE-application kitchen utensils/ 248 knives/small electric appliances ORGA-LINE-application cooking utensils 250
231
ORGA-LINE-sets/accessories Accessories Assembly and adjustment Assembly devices More technical details 252 227 232 420 510
181
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX
125.5
min 47.5 32
32
47.5
32

Product
Description
- Concealed, guided, full extension - TANDEM inside unparalleled running action for the lifetime of the furniture - Steel drawer side white (W/G) and steel grey (WA/G, RAL 9006) - Dyn. load bearing 30 and 50 kg - Tool free front assembly - 2-dimensional front adjustment - Includes integrated BLUMOTION for a silent and effortless controlled closing action - Inner drawers either with handle or handle and latch
Space requirement
TANDEMBOX
Order information
30 kg 558.4001B 558.4501B 558.5001B 558.5501B
50 kg 559.4501B 559.5001B 559.5501B 559.6001B 559.6501B
Back xing left/right white, met. grey Steel back
Z30K000S 226
ZIF.70K0
Front section white, met. grey, alu, nickel For cutting to size, 1081 mm Cutting: Internal cabinet width (LW) - 87 mm Handle (optional) Nylon RAL 7037 dust grey
Z31A1081A
2 5 1 4 4 6a 6b
6a
ZIF.7005
Alternative to 6a Handle and latch (optional) 6b Nylon RAL 7037 dust grey
ZIF.7007
182
Catalogue 2006

Planning
Space requirements in cabinet Front drilling distance for latch Back installation dimensions
12
min. 17
25
x 61.5 x + 47
min 101
32 22
37.5
96 * 32 96 9
min 33

B
Back 116 mm
LW

KB
600 LW - 75 mm 650
3232 32 32 32 480 320 192 37
KB LW NL
32
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm * only for 558.4501B (30 kg) Cabinet prole xing positions Page instructions Overview TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION 172 ORGA-LINE-application cutlery 242 ORGA-LINE-application odds & ends 244 ORGA-LINE-application cleaning utensils 246 ORGA-LINE-application kitchen utensils/ 248 knives/small electric appliances
231
ORGA-LINE-application cooking utensils 250 ORGA-LINE-sets/accessories Accessories Assembly and adjustment Assembly devices More technical details 252 227 232 420 510
183
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX
125.5
32

Standard element high fronted pull-out
Product
Description
- Concealed, guided, full extension - With simple gallery - TANDEM inside unparalleled running action for the lifetime of the furniture - Steel drawer side white (W/G), steel grey (WA/G, RAL 9006), aluminium (EV/G) and stainless steel (IG/G, inox) - Dyn. load bearing 30 and 50 kg - Tool free front assembly - 3-dimensional front adjustment - Includes integrated BLUMOTION for a silent and effortless controlled closing action
Space requirement
TANDEMBOX
NL
Nominal length
Order information
1 Cabinet proles left/right 2 Drawer sides and cover caps left/right 8 Longside gallery rail left/right
Nominal length NL 350 mm 400 mm 450 mm 500 mm 550 mm 600 mm 650 mm
30 kg 558.3501B 558.4001B 558.4501B 558.5001B 558.5501B
50 kg
559.4501B 559.5001B 559.5501B 559.6001B 559.6501B
W/G WA/G EV/G (Alu) IG/G (Inox) 358M3502S 358M3502A 358M3502I 358M4002S 358M4002A 358M4002I 358M4502S 358M4502A 358M4502I 358M5002S 358M5002A 358M5002I 358M5502S 358M5502A 358M5502I 359M6002S 359M6002A 359M6002I 359M6502S 359M6502A 359M6502I Cover caps can be printed with customer name/logo minimums from 1000 pcs Z30B000S.04 226
white, m. grey, alu, chrome ZRG.296V.IC ZRG.346V.IC ZRG.396V.IC ZRG.446V.IC ZRG.496V.IC ZRG.546V.IC ZRG.596V.IC
Back and gallery xing left/right white, met. grey, nickel Steel back
2x 2x 2x
ZSF.3902 ZSF.3502 ZSF.3602
8 4
184
Catalogue 2006

Planning
10
+ 0.2 0.1
10
+ 0.2 0.1
min 127
64
64
32
10
+ 0.2 0.1
39
min 33
37.5
12
15.5
Cabinet prole screw positions Nominal length NL (mm) 350 400 450 500 550 96 600 650 3232 32 32 32 480 320 192 37 * 32 96 9

B
Back 135 mm
LW

KB
KB LW NL
LW - 75 mm
32
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm * only for 558.4501B (30 kg) Cabinet prole xing positions Page instructions Overview TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION 172 ORGA-LINE-accessories 269 Accessories 227 Assembly and adjustment 232 Assembly devices 420 More technical details 510
231
185
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX
min 47.5 32
93.5
32
47.5
32
TANDEMBOX plus
Product
Description
- Concealed, guided, full extension - With simple gallery - TANDEM inside unparalleled running action for the lifetime of the furniture - Steel drawer side white (W/G), steel grey (WA/G, RAL 9006), aluminium (EV/G) and stainless steel (IG/G, inox) - Dyn. load bearing 80 kg - Tool free front assembly - 3-dimensional front adjustment - Available with retro-t BLUMOTION as an option for silent and effortless closing action
Space requirement
TANDEMBOX
* NL
+ 3 mm with BLUMOTION Z70.xxx Nominal length
Order information
Nominal length NL 450 mm 500 mm 550 mm 600 mm 650 mm
80 kg 557.4501A 557.5001A 557.5501A 557.6001A 557.6501A
W/G WA/G EV/G (Alu) IG/G (Inox) 357M4502S 357M4502A 357M4502I 357M5002S 357M5002A 357M5002I 357M5502S 357M5502A 357M5502I 357M6002S 357M6002A 357M6002I 357M6502S 357M6502A 357M6502I Cover caps can be printed with customer name/logo minimums from 1000 pcs
white, m. grey, alu, chrome ZRG.396V.IC ZRG.446V.IC ZRG.496V.IC ZRG.546V.IC ZRG.596V.IC
Z30B000S.04 226
2x 2x 2x
ZSF.3902 ZSF.3502 ZSF.3602
10
BLUMOTION and trigger left/right (optional) 80 kg
Z70.81E0
2
10
4 8
186
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX plus
Planning
Space requirements in cabinet * + 3 mm with BLUMOTION Z70.xxx Installation dimensions for screw-on front B Front overlay Drilling dimensions for INSERTA Back installation dimensions and knock-in front
10 10
+ 0.2 0.1
+ 0.2 0.1
min 111
64
64
32
10
+ 0.2 0.1
39
9*
12
40.5
15.5
Cabinet prole screw positions Nominal length NL (mm) 450 500 550 600 650

B
Back 135 mm
LW

KB
KB LW NL
LW - 81 mm
32 128 352 32 224 96 128 18 37 A
45 0.2 x 10 +1.0 - 0.2
Base assembly for BLUMOTION

56 0.3
10 0.2 x 12 +1.0 - 0.2
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm Cabinet prole xing positions Page instructions Overview TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION 172 ORGA-LINE-accessories 269 Accessories 227 Assembly and adjustment 232 Assembly devices 420 More technical details 510
231
187
960.2
Nominal length NL (mm) 450 500 550 600 650
X (mm) 155.0 198.0 198.0 262.5 282.5
64+0.2 X 0.5
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX
min 47.5* 32
93.5*
32
min 49*
47.5*
32

Standard element inner pull-out
Product
Description
- Concealed, guided, full extension - With simple gallery - TANDEM inside unparalleled running action for the lifetime of the furniture - Steel drawer side white (W/G), steel grey (WA/G, RAL 9006), aluminium (EV/G) and stainless steel (IG/G, inox) - Dyn. load bearing 30 and 50 kg - Tool free front assembly - 3-dimensional front adjustment - Includes integrated BLUMOTION for a silent and effortless controlled closing action - Inner pull-out
Space requirement
TANDEMBOX
NL
Nominal length
Order information
30 kg 558.3501B 558.4001B 558.4501B 558.5001B 558.5501B
50 kg
559.4501B 559.5001B 559.5501B 559.6001B 559.6501B
W/G WA/G EV/G (Alu) IG/G (Inox) 358M3502S 358M3502A 358M3502I 358M4002S 358M4002A 358M4002I 358M4502S 358M4502A 358M4502I 358M5002S 358M5002A 358M5002I 358M5502S 358M5502A 358M5502I 359M6002S 359M6002A 359M6002I 359M6502S 359M6502A 359M6502I Cover caps can be printed with customer name/logo minimums from 1000 pcs Z30B000S.04 226
ZIF.72B0
3
Front section white, met. grey, alu, nickel For cutting to size, 1081 mm Cutting: Internal cabinet width (LW) - 87 mm
Z31A1081A
2 5 8 4 4 1
188
Catalogue 2006

Planning
Space requirements in cabinet Back installation dimensions
min 127
32
39
37.5
min 33

B
Back 135 mm
LW

KB
KB LW NL
LW - 75 mm
32
231
189
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX
93.5
32

Product
Description
- Concealed, guided, full extension - With simple gallery - TANDEM inside unparalleled running action for the lifetime of the furniture - Steel drawer side white (W/G), steel grey (WA/G, RAL 9006) - Dyn. load bearing 30 and 50 kg - Tool free front assembly - 3-dimensional front adjustment - Includes integrated BLUMOTION for a silent and effortless controlled closing action
Space requirement
TANDEMBOX
NL
Nominal length
Order information
1 Cabinet proles left/right 2 Drawer sides and cover caps left/right 8 Longside gallery rail left/right white, met. grey ZRG.346V.IC ZRG.396V.IC ZRG.446V.IC ZRG.496V.IC ZRG.546V.IC ZRG.596V.IC
30 kg 558.4001B 558.4501B 558.5001B 558.5501B
50 kg 559.4501B 559.5001B 559.5501B 559.6001B 559.6501B
Back and gallery xing left/right white, met. grey Steel back
Z30C000S 226
2x 2x 2x
ZSF.3902 ZSF.3502 ZSF.3602
2 8 2 1
190
Catalogue 2006

Planning
0.2 10 + 0.1
64
min 159
+ 0.2 0.1
64
10
0.2 10 + 0.1
32
32
32
39
min 33
37.5
12
15.5
96 * 32 96 9

B
Back 167 mm
LW

KB
600 LW - 75 mm 650
3232 32 32 32 480 320 192 37
KB LW NL
32
231
191
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX
125.5
min 47.5 32
32
47.5
32
32

Product
Description
- Concealed, guided, full extension - With simple gallery - TANDEM inside unparalleled running action for the lifetime of the furniture - Steel drawer side white (W/G), steel grey (WA/G, RAL 9006) - Dyn. load bearing 30 and 50 kg - Tool free front assembly - 3-dimensional front adjustment - Includes integrated BLUMOTION for a silent and effortless controlled closing action - Inner pull-out with handle
Space requirement
TANDEMBOX
NL
Nominal length
Order information
1 Cabinet proles left/right 2 Drawer sides and cover caps left/right 8 Longside gallery rail left/right white, met. grey ZRG.346V.IC ZRG.396V.IC ZRG.446V.IC ZRG.496V.IC ZRG.546V.IC ZRG.596V.IC
30 kg 558.4001B 558.4501B 558.5001B 558.5501B
50 kg 559.4501B 559.5001B 559.5501B 559.6001B 559.6501B
Back and gallery xing left/right white, met. grey Steel back
Z30C000S 226
ZIF.72C0
3
Front section white, met. grey For cutting to size, 1081 mm Cutting: Internal cabinet width (LW) - 87 mm
Z31A1081A
Handle RAL 7037 dust grey ZIF.7008 Starting with cabinet width 900 mm we recommend 2 handles
7 8
1 6
Cross gallery white, met. grey For cutting to size, 1094 mm Cutting: Cabinet width (KB) - 106 mm
ZRG.1094U
192
Catalogue 2006

Planning
min 159
32
39
37.5
96 * 32 96 9
min 33

B
Back 167 mm
LW

KB
600 LW - 75 mm 650
3232 32 32 32 480 320 192 37
KB LW NL
32
231
193
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX
125.5
32
32

Product
Description
- Concealed, guided, full extension - With double gallery - TANDEM inside unparalleled running action for the lifetime of the furniture - Steel drawer side white (W/G), steel grey (WA/G, RAL 9006), aluminium (EV/G) and stainless steel (IG/G, inox) - Dyn. load bearing 30 and 50 kg - Tool free front assembly - 3-dimensional front adjustment - Includes integrated BLUMOTION for a silent and effortless controlled closing action
Space requirement
TANDEMBOX
NL
Nominal length
Order information
30 kg 558.3501B 558.4001B 558.4501B 558.5001B 558.5501B
50 kg
559.4501B 559.5001B 559.5501B 559.6001B 559.6501B
W/G WA/G EV/G (Alu) IG/G (Inox) 358M3502S 358M3502A 358M3502I 358M4002S 358M4002A 358M4002I 358M4502S 358M4502A 358M4502I 358M5002S 358M5002A 358M5002I 358M5502S 358M5502A 358M5502I 359M6002S 359M6002A 359M6002I 359M6502S 359M6502A 359M6502I Cover caps can be printed with customer name/logo minimums from 1000 pcs Z30D000S 226
2x 2x 2x 2x 2x 2x 2x
2x 2x 2x
ZSF.3902 ZSF.3502 ZSF.3602
2 4 8 4 2 1
194
Catalogue 2006

Planning
9
64
64
10
+ 0.2 0.1
min 191
64
64
min 47.5 32
min 33
37.5
12
15.5

B
Back 199 mm
LW

KB
KB LW NL
LW - 75 mm
32
231
195
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX
32
93.5
47.5
32
32
10
+ 0.2 0.1
64
32 8
10
+ 0.2 0.1
TANDEMBOX plus
Product
Description
- Concealed, guided, full extension - With double gallery - TANDEM inside unparalleled running action for the lifetime of the furniture - Steel drawer side white (W/G), steel grey (WA/G, RAL 9006), aluminium (EV/G) and stainless steel (IG/G, inox) - Dyn. load bearing 80 kg - Tool free front assembly - 3-dimensional front adjustment - Available with retro-t BLUMOTION as an option for silent and effortless closing action
Space requirement
TANDEMBOX
* NL
Order information
80 kg 557.4501A 557.5001A 557.5501A 557.6001A 557.6501A
2x 2x 2x 2x 2x
Z30D000S 226
2x 2x 2x
ZSF.3902 ZSF.3502 ZSF.3602
10
Z70.81E0
10
4 8 4 2
196
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX plus
Planning
Space requirements in cabinet * + 3 mm with BLUMOTION Z70.xxx Installation dimensions for screw-on front B Front overlay
10
+ 0.2 0.1
Drilling dimensions for INSERTA Back installation dimensions and knock-in front
+ 0.2 0.1
10
64
min 175
64
64
64
64
32 8
32
min 47.5* 32
93.5*
min 49*
47.5*
9*
12
40.5
15.5

B
Back 199 mm
LW
32
32
10
+ 0.2 0.1

KB
KB LW NL
LW - 81 mm
32 128 352 32 224 96 128 18 37 A
45 0.2 x 10 +1.0 - 0.2

56 0.3
10 0.2 x 12 +1.0 - 0.2
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm Cabinet prole xing positions Page instructions Overview TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION 172 ORGA-LINE-accessories 269 Accessories 227 Assembly and adjustment 232 Assembly devices 420 More technical details 510
231
197
960.2
X (mm) 155.0 198.0 198.0 262.5 282.5
64+0.2 X 0.5
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX

Product
Description
- Concealed, guided, full extension - With double gallery - TANDEM inside unparalleled running action for the lifetime of the furniture - Steel drawer side white (W/G), steel grey (WA/G, RAL 9006), aluminium (EV/G) and stainless steel (IG/G, inox) - Dyn. load bearing 30 and 50 kg - Tool free front assembly - 3-dimensional front adjustment - Includes integrated BLUMOTION for a silent and effortless controlled closing action - Inner pull-out with handle
Space requirement
TANDEMBOX
NL
Nominal length
Order information
30 kg 558.3501B 558.4001B 558.4501B 558.5001B 558.5501B
50 kg
559.4501B 559.5001B 559.5501B 559.6001B 559.6501B
W/G WA/G EV/G (Alu) IG/G (Inox) 358M3502S 358M3502A 358M3502I 358M4002S 358M4002A 358M4002I 358M4502S 358M4502A 358M4502I 358M5002S 358M5002A 358M5002I 358M5502S 358M5502A 358M5502I 359M6002S 359M6002A 359M6002I 359M6502S 359M6502A 359M6502I Cover caps can be printed with customer name/logo minimums from 1000 pcs Z30D000S 226
2x 2x 2x 2x 2x 2x 2x
ZIF.73D0
3
Z31A1081A
7 5 8
Cross gallery white, met. grey, alu, nickel For cutting to size, 1094 mm Cutting: Cabinet width (KB) - 106 mm
1 2
ZRG.1094U
4 4
198
Catalogue 2006

Planning
min 191
64
32 8
37.5
min 33

B
Back 199 mm
LW

KB
KB LW NL
LW - 75 mm
32
231
199
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX
93.5
32
32

Product
Description
- Concealed, guided, full extension - With double walled BOXSIDE - TANDEM inside unparalleled running action for the lifetime of the furniture - Steel drawer side white (W/G), steel grey (WA/G, RAL 9006), aluminium (EV/G) and stainless steel (IG/G, inox) - Dyn. load bearing 30 and 50 kg - Tool free front assembly - 3-dimensional front adjustment - Includes integrated BLUMOTION for a silent and effortless controlled closing action
Space requirement
TANDEMBOX
NL
Nominal length
Order information
30 kg 558.4501B 558.5001B 558.5501B
50 kg 559.4501B 559.5001B 559.5501B 559.6001B 559.6501B
Double walled BOXSIDE left/right
Nominal length NL 450 mm 500 mm 550 mm 600 mm 650 mm 3
Steel W/G WA/G Z37H418S.E Z37H468S.E Z37H518S.E Z37H568S.E Z37H618S.E
EV/G (Alu) Alu Z37H418A.E Z37H468A.E Z37H518A.E Z37H568A.E Z37H618A.E
Stainless steel (Inox) IG/G (Inox) Z37H418I.E Z37H468I.E Z37H518I.E Z37H568I.E Z37H618I.E
Z30D000S 226
2x 2x 2x
ZSF.3902 ZSF.3502 ZSF.3602
2 4 8 1 4 2
200
Catalogue 2006

Planning
Space requirements in cabinet Installation dimensions for screw-on front B Front overlay
10
+ 0.2 0.1
9
128
128
min 191
min 47.5 32
32
93.5
47.5
min 33
37.5
12
15.5
32 32 96 32 32 320 480 32 224 96 9 37

B
Back 199 mm
LW
32
32
10

KB
KB LW NL
LW - 75 mm
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm Cabinet prole xing positions Page instructions Overview TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION 172 Overview ORGA-LINE-applications 240 ORGA-LINE-application provisions 256 ORGA-LINE-application crockery 257 ORGA-LINE-application plastic containers 258
231
ORGA-LINE-application recycling/waste ORGA-LINE-application bottles/provisions 260 265 separation ORGA-LINE-application open provisions ORGA-LINE-application pots/lids/pans/ 261 cooking utensils 266 ORGA-LINE-application spices ORGA-LINE-application baking ingredients 262 267 ORGA-LINE-application bottles Accessories 227 263 Assembly and adjustment 232 ORGA-LINE-application bottles/cutting boards Assembly devices 420 264 More technical details 510 201 Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX
+ 0.2 0.1
64
32 8
10
+ 0.2 0.1
TANDEMBOX plus
Product
Description
- Concealed, guided, full extension - With double walled BOXSIDE - TANDEM inside unparalleled running action for the lifetime of the furniture - Steel drawer side white (W/G), steel grey (WA/G, RAL 9006), aluminium (EV/G) and stainless steel (IG/G, inox) - Dyn. load bearing 80 kg - Tool free front assembly - 3-dimensional front adjustment - Available with retro-t BLUMOTION as an option for silent and effortless closing action
Space requirement
TANDEMBOX
* NL
Order information
80 kg 557.4501A 557.5001A 557.5501A 557.6001A 557.6501A
Z30D000S 226
2x 2x 2x
ZSF.3902 ZSF.3502 ZSF.3602
10 4
9 2
8 1 4 2
10
Z70.81E0
202
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX plus
Planning
10
+ 0.2 0.1
10
+ 0.2 0.1
min 175
128
128
32
min 47.5* 32
93.5*
min 49*
47.5*
9*
12
40.5
15.5

B
Back 199 mm
LW
32
32
10

KB
KB LW NL
LW - 81 mm
32 128 352 32 224 96 128 18 37 A
45 0.2 x 10 +1.0 - 0.2

56 0.3
10 0.2 x 12 +1.0 - 0.2
231
ORGA-LINE-application recycling/waste ORGA-LINE-application pots/lids/pans/ 260 cooking utensils 266 separation ORGA-LINE-application open provisions ORGA-LINE-application baking ingredients 261 267 ORGA-LINE-application bottles Accessories 227 263 Assembly and adjustment 232 ORGA-LINE-application bottles/cutting boards Assembly devices 420 264 More technical details 510 ORGA-LINE-application bottles/provisions 265 203 Catalogue 2006
960.2
X (mm) 155.0 198.0 198.0 262.5 282.5
64+0.2 X 0.5
TANDEMBOX
+ 0.2 0.1
64
32 8

Product
Description
- Concealed, guided, full extension - With double walled BOXSIDE - TANDEM inside unparalleled running action for the lifetime of the furniture - Steel drawer side white (W/G), steel grey (WA/G, RAL 9006), aluminium (EV/G) and stainless steel (IG/G, inox) - Dyn. load bearing 30 and 50 kg - Tool free front assembly - 3-dimensional front adjustment - Includes integrated BLUMOTION for a silent and effortless controlled closing action - Inner pull-out with handle
Space requirement
TANDEMBOX
NL
Nominal length
Order information
30 kg 558.4501B 558.5001B 558.5501B
50 kg 559.4501B 559.5001B 559.5501B 559.6001B 559.6501B
Cross gallery white, met. grey, alu, nickel For cutting to size, 1094 mm Cutting: Cabinet width (KB) - 106 mm
ZRG.1094U
Back and gallery xing left/right white, met. grey, nickel Steel back Front xing left/right RAL 7037 dust grey Incl. locking piece Z31A0008 Front section white, met. grey, alu, nickel For cutting to size, 1081 mm Cutting: Internal cabinet width (LW) - 87 mm
Z30D000S 226
9
ZIF.73D0
7 8
Z31A1081A
1 6
Handle RAL 7037 dust grey ZIF.7008 Starting with cabinet width 900 mm we recommend 2 handles 204 Catalogue 2006

Planning
min 191
64
32 8
37.5
32 32 96 32 32 320 480 32 224 96 9 37
min 33

B
Back 199 mm
LW

KB
KB LW NL
LW - 75 mm
231
ORGA-LINE-application open provisions ORGA-LINE-application spices ORGA-LINE-application bottles
Accessories 261 Assembly and adjustment Assembly devices 262 More technical details
227 232 420 510
263 ORGA-LINE-application pots/lids/pans/ 266 cooking utensils ORGA-LINE-application baking ingredients 267 205 Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX
93.5
32
32

Product
Description
- Concealed, guided, full extension - With glass BOXSIDE - TANDEM inside unparalleled running action for the lifetime of the furniture - Steel drawer side white (W/G), steel grey (WA/G, RAL 9006), aluminium (EV/G) and stainless steel (IG/G, inox) - Dyn. load bearing 30 and 50 kg - Tool free front assembly - 3-dimensional front adjustment - Includes integrated BLUMOTION for a silent and effortless controlled closing action
Space requirement
TANDEMBOX
NL
Nominal length
Order information
30 kg 558.3501B 558.4001B 558.4501B 558.5001B 558.5501B
50 kg
559.4501B 559.5001B 559.5501B 559.6001B 559.6501B
W/G WA/G EV/G (Alu) IG/G (Inox) 358M3502S 358M3502A 358M3502I 358M4002S 358M4002A 358M4002I 358M4502S 358M4502A 358M4502I 358M5002S 358M5002A 358M5002I 358M5502S 358M5502A 358M5502I 359M6002S 359M6002A 359M6002I 359M6502S 359M6502A 359M6502I Cover caps can be printed with customer name/logo minimums from 1000 pcs Z36H000G.02
Adapter piece left / right Nylon RAL 7037 dust grey Glass: Not part of standard components! Back and gallery xing left/right white, met. grey, nickel Steel back
Z30D000S 226
2x 2x 2x
ZSF.3902 ZSF.3502 ZSF.3602
9 2 4 1 4 9 4
206
Catalogue 2006

Planning
10
+ 0.2 0.1
9
128
min 191
128
min 47.5 32
32
93.5
47.5
min 33
12
37.5
15.5

B
Back 199 mm
LW
32
32
10

KB
KB LW NL
LW - 75 mm
32
Cutting dimensions for 4 mm ESG glass The thermal treatment requires that all edges be formed. Approx. 0.7 mm x 45
98 +10
+0 1
4 + 0.
L-
40
05 .5
We recommend ESG glass (safety glass) and refer to the national and international safety standards.
231
207
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX
+ 0.2 0.1
64
32 8
10
+ 0.2 0.1
TANDEMBOX plus
Product
Description
- Concealed, guided, full extension - With glass BOXSIDE - TANDEM inside unparalleled running action for the lifetime of the furniture - Steel drawer side white (W/G), steel grey (WA/G, RAL 9006), aluminium (EV/G) and stainless steel (IG/G, inox) - Dyn. load bearing 80 kg - Tool free front assembly - 3-dimensional front adjustment - Available with retro-t BLUMOTION as an option for silent and effortless closing action
Space requirement
TANDEMBOX
* NL
Order information
80 kg 557.4501A 557.5001A 557.5501A 557.6001A 557.6501A
Z36H000G.02
Z30D000S 226
2x 2x 2x
ZSF.3902 ZSF.3502 ZSF.3602
10
Z70.81E0
10
9 2
4 1 4 4
208
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX plus
Planning
10
+ 0.2 0.1
9
10
+ 0.2 0.1
min 175
128
128
64
32 8
min 47.5* 32
32
93.5*
min 49*
47.5*
9*
12
40.5
15.5

B
Back 199 mm
LW
32
32
10
+ 0.2 0.1

KB
KB LW NL
LW - 81 mm
32 128 352 32 224 96 128 18 37 A
45 0.2 x 10 +1.0 - 0.2

56 0.3
10 0.2 x 12 +1.0 - 0.2
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm Cabinet prole xing positions Page instructions Overview TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION 172 ORGA-LINE-accessories 269 Accessories 227 Cutting dimensions for 4 mm ESG glass 207 Assembly and adjustment 232 Assembly devices 420 More technical details 510
231
209
960.2
X (mm) 155.0 198.0 198.0 262.5 282.5
64+0.2 X 0.5
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX

Product
Description
- Concealed, guided, full extension - With glass BOXSIDE - TANDEM inside unparalleled running action for the lifetime of the furniture - Steel drawer side white (W/G), steel grey (WA/G, RAL 9006), aluminium (EV/G) and stainless steel (IG/G, inox) - Dyn. load bearing 30 and 50 kg - Tool free front assembly - 3-dimensional front adjustment - Includes integrated BLUMOTION for a silent and effortless controlled closing action - Inner pull-out with handle
Space requirement
TANDEMBOX
NL
Nominal length
Order information
30 kg 558.3501B 558.4001B 558.4501B 558.5001B 558.5501B
50 kg
559.4501B 559.5001B 559.5501B 559.6001B 559.6501B
white, m. grey, W/G WA/G EV/G (Alu) IG/G (Inox) alu, chrome 358M3502S 358M3502A 358M3502I ZRG.296V.IC 358M4002S 358M4002A 358M4002I ZRG.346V.IC 358M4502S 358M4502A 358M4502I ZRG.396V.IC 358M5002S 358M5002A 358M5002I ZRG.446V.IC 358M5502S 358M5502A 358M5502I ZRG.496V.IC 359M6002S 359M6002A 359M6002I ZRG.546V.IC 359M6502S 359M6502A 359M6502I ZRG.596V.IC Cover caps can be printed with customer name/logo minimums from 1000 pcs Cross gallery 7 Z36H000G.02 white, met. grey, alu, nickel For cutting to size, 1094 mm Cutting: Cabinet width (KB) - 106 mm
ZRG.1094U
Z30D000S 226
ZIF.73D0
Z31A1081A
9 2 6 7 1 5
4 2
210
Catalogue 2006

Planning
min 191
64
32 8
37.5
min 33

B
Back 199 mm
LW

KB
KB LW NL
LW - 75 mm
32
98 +10
+0 1
4 + 0.
L-
40
05 .5
231
211
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX
93.5
32
32

SPACE CORNER standard element drawer
Product
Description
- Inspiring opening and closing function with SYNCROMOTION - Use of standard fronts - TANDEM inside unparalleled running action for the lifetime of the furniture - Steel drawer side white (W/G), steel grey (WA/G, RAL 9006), aluminium (EV/G) and stainless steel (IG/G, inox) - Dyn. load bearing 50 kg - 2-dimensional front adjustment - Includes integrated BLUMOTION for a silent and effortless controlled closing action
Space requirement
TANDEMBOX
NL
Nominal length
Cabinet proles left/right
Drawer sides and cover caps left/right
Nominal length NL 600 mm 650 mm
50 kg 559.6001B 559.6501B
W/G WA/G EV/G (Alu) IG/G (Inox) 359M6002S 359M6002A 359M6002I 359M6502S 359M6502A 359M6502I Cover caps can be printed with customer name/logo minimums from 1000 pcs
Corner back xing left/right white, met. grey, nickel Steel back
Z30M000S.45 226
SYNCROMOTION-Set
RAL 7037 dust grey Composed of: 4a Syncro front bracket 4b Corner front piece left/right 4c Front xing Syncro 4d Front xing roll left/right 4e Trigger left/right 4f Gap jig 4g BLUMOTION 4h Countersunk screw M5 x 25 4i Nylon screw 4.8 x 30
Z33M00E0A6 1x 1x 2x 1x 1x 1x 2x 2x 3x
4e
4f 4b 4a 1 4d 4g 4c 4e 4b 4d 2 2
4c
212
Catalogue 2006

SPACE CORNER standard element drawer
Planning
Space requirements in cabinet Front drilling distance right B Front overlay Front drilling distance left FH front height Back installation dimensions
22 (0.707 x LW)-94 D1
(0.707 x LW)-9422
D2
10
+ 0.2 0.1
32
12
Cutting dimensions for front

84

5
SL
D1 FB
D2 FD
PD min. 4 FR
PM
B2
Y = B x 0.707
B = LW-75
B1
Y - 16
B1 E
A
9 (9)
A
C2 D1
F B2
C1 D2
DistD
49 27.5
A
PtA
(B/2) + L
135
B A
60
LW
31.5
L = NL-29.5
FB = PM - PtA - SL - PD - FD - (2.828 - (FR x 0.586)) LW = (PM - PtA - DistD) x 1.414 Cabinet prole screw positions Nominal length NL (mm) 600 650
32 32 32 32 64 128 480 96 224 9 50 32 108
C B
LW NL PM PtA L B Y
(0.345 x B) - 64
(0.707 x LW) - 212 (0.707 x LW) - 212
D
16
C1
LW - 45
C2 E
R10.5 8.8 16 64 100 293
D
7
69
32
Internal cabinet width Nominal length Installation dimension Connection cabinet installation depth Drawer base drawer side length Drawer base width Drawer back width
m i n. 5 10 0
20.3 45
100
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 75 mm Cabinet prole xing positions Page instructions Overview TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION 172 Overview ORGA-LINE-applications 240 ORGA-LINE-application cutlery 242 ORGA-LINE-application odds & ends 244 ORGA-LINE-application kitchen utensils/ 248 knives/small electric appliances
231
Accessories Assembly and adjustment Assembly devices More technical details
227 232 420 510
213
64
55.8
26
14
26
We recommend planning with DYNALOG.
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX
32
min 47.5
min 47.5
32 20
R10
32
FH
FH
32
LW
m in .5 0

SPACE CORNER standard element drawer with corner post
Product
Description
Space requirement
TANDEMBOX
NL
Nominal length
50 kg 559.6001B 559.6501B
Corner back xing left/right white, met. grey, nickel Steel back
Z30M000S.45 226
3
SYNCROMOTION-Set
RAL 7037 dust grey Composed of: 4a Syncro front bracket 4b Corner front piece left/right 4c Front xing Syncro 4d Front xing roll left/right 4e Trigger left/right 4f Gap jig 4g BLUMOTION 4h Countersunk screw M5 x 25 4i Nylon screw 4.8 x 30 14 Corner front adapter Zinc nickel plated
Z33M00E0A6 1x 1x 2x 1x 1x 1x 2x 2x 3x
4e
4b 4a
1 4d 4g 14 4e 4c 4b 4d 2
Z33.0007
214
Catalogue 2006

SPACE CORNER standard element drawer with corner post
Planning
Space requirements in cabinet Front drilling distance right B Front overlay Front drilling distance left FH front height Back installation dimensions
22 (0.707 x LW)-94 D1
24.8
13
(0.707 x LW)-9422
D2
10
+ 0.2 0.1
FH
32
12

84

5
SL
D1 FB
D2 FD
PD
PM
B2
Y = B x 0.707
B = LW-75
B1
Y - 16
B1 E C1 D2 D3
A
9 (9)
A
C2
F B2
DistD D3 LW
45
49 27.5
A
PtA
(B/2) + L
135
B A
60
31.5
L = NL-29.5
EdB = PM - PtA - FB - (3 x SL) - PD
C B
LW NL PM PtA L B Y
Cabinet prole screw positions Nominal length NL (mm) 600 650

32 32 32 32 64 128 480 96 224 9 50 32 108
69
(0.345 x B) - 64
(0.707 x LW) - 212 (0.707 x LW) - 212
D
16
C1
LW - 45
C2 E
R10.5 8.8 16 64 100 293
D
7
32
D1 Internal cabinet width Nominal length Installation dimension Connection cabinet installation depth Drawer base drawer side length Drawer base width Drawer back width
m i n. 5 10 0
20.3 45
100
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 75 mm Cabinet prole xing positions Page instructions Overview TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION 172 Overview ORGA-LINE-applications 240 ORGA-LINE-application cutlery 242 ORGA-LINE-application odds & ends 244 ORGA-LINE-application kitchen utensils/ 248 knives/small electric appliances
231
227 232 420 510
215
64
55.8
26
14
26
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX
32
min 47.5
min 15.5
min 47.5
32
32 20
R10
32
M: 64 FH
FH
32
D3
Eb B .5 17
LW
m in .5 0

SPACE CORNER standard element high fronted pull-out
Product
Description
Space requirement
TANDEMBOX
NL
Nominal length
Longside gallery rail left/right
50 kg 559.6001B 559.6501B
white, m. grey, alu, chrome ZRG.546V.IC ZRG.596V.IC
Nominal length NL 600 mm 650 mm 3
Steel W/G WA/G Z37H568S.E Z37H618S.E
EV/G (Alu) Alu Z37H568A.E Z37H618A.E
Stainless steel (Inox) IG/G (Inox) Z37H568I.E Z37H618I.E
8 4e
Corner back and gallery xing left/right white, met. grey, nickel Steel back
Z30D000S.45 226
4b 4f
SYNCROMOTION-Set
4a
9 2
RAL 7037 dust grey Composed of: 4a Syncro front bracket 4b Corner front piece left/right 4c Front xing Syncro 4d Front xing roll left/right 4e Trigger left/right 4f Gap jig 4g BLUMOTION 4h Countersunk screw M5 x 25 4i Nylon screw 4.8 x 30
Z33D00E0A6 1x 1x 4x 1x 1x 1x 2x 2x 3x
4d 4g 1 4c
4c
2 4e 4b
4d
216
Catalogue 2006

SPACE CORNER standard element high fronted pull-out
Planning
Space requirements in cabinet Front drilling distance right B Front overlay 22 (0.707 x LW)-94
D1
Front drilling distance left FH front height (0.707 x LW)-94 22

D2 10
+ 0.2 0.1
32
32
min 194.5
32
32
64
FH
FH
64
81.5
81.5
64
32 8
37.5

PD min. 4 FR
199
min 33
12

PM
D1 FB
D2 FD
B2
Y = B x 0.707
B = LW-75
B1
Y - 16
SL
B1 C1 D2 D1
B2
A
9 (9)
DistD
49 27.5
5 9
C2
A
PtA
(B/2) + L
LW
135
L = NL-29.5
B A
60
31.5
m in. 10 50
FB = PM - PtA - SL - PD - FD - (2.828 - (FR x 0.586)) LW = (PM - PtA - DistD) x 1.414 Cabinet prole screw positions Nominal length NL (mm) 600 650
(0.345 x B) - 64
(0.707 x LW) - 212
165
D
16
128
C B
LW NL PM PtA L B Y
(0.707 x LW) - 212
Internal cabinet width Nominal length Installation dimension Connection cabinet installation depth Drawer base drawer side length Drawer base width Drawer back width
32 32
32 32 64 128 480
96 224
9 50 32 108
C1
C2 E
D
7
26
231
ORGA-LINE-application open provisions Accessories Assembly and adjustment Assembly devices More technical details 261 227 232 420 510
217
26
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX
32
min 47.5 32
93.5
min 47.5
32
32
9
R10
LW
m in .5 0

SPACE CORNER standard element high fronted pull-out with corner post Product Description
Space requirement
TANDEMBOX
NL
Nominal length
50 kg 559.6001B 559.6501B
white, m. grey, alu, chrome ZRG.546V.IC ZRG.596V.IC
Steel W/G WA/G Z37H568S.E Z37H618S.E
EV/G (Alu) Alu Z37H568A.E Z37H618A.E
Stainless steel (Inox) IG/G (Inox) Z37H568I.E Z37H618I.E
8 4e
Corner back and gallery xing left/right white, met. grey, nickel Steel back
Z30D000S.45 226
4b
SYNCROMOTION-Set
4a
9 2
RAL 7037 dust grey Composed of: 4a Syncro front bracket 4b Corner front piece left/right 4c Front xing Syncro 4d Front xing roll left/right 4e Trigger left/right 4f Gap jig 4g BLUMOTION 4h Countersunk screw M5 x 25 4i Nylon screw 4.8 x 30 14 Corner front adapter Zinc nickel plated
Z33D00E0A6 1x 1x 4x 1x 1x 1x 2x 2x 3x
4d 4g 1 14
4c
4c 4e 4b
4d
Z33.0007
218
Catalogue 2006

SPACE CORNER standard element high fronted pull-out with corner post Planning
Space requirements in cabinet Front drilling distance left FH front height (0.707 x LW)-94 22
D2 10
+ 0.2 0.1
Front drilling distance right B Front overlay 22 (0.707 x LW)-94

D1
24.8 13
32
32
32
min 194.5
32
D3
FH
81.5
81.5
D: 160 FH
64
FH
64
64
32 8
37.5

D1 FB DistD D3 LW
199
min 33
12

5
SL
D2 FD
PD
PM
B2
Y = B x 0.707
B = LW-75
B1
Y - 16
B1 C1 D2 D3
A
9 (9)
A
C2
B2
45
49 27.5
5 9
A
(B/2) + L
PtA
135
L = NL-29.5
B A
60
31.5
m i n. 5 10 0
EdB = PM - PtA - FB - (3 x SL) - PD
C B
LW NL PM PtA L B Y

165
(0.345 x B) - 64
(0.707 x LW) - 212 (0.707 x LW) - 212
D
16
128
32 32
32 32 64 128 480
96 224
9 50 32 108
C1
C2 E
D
7
26
D1 Internal cabinet width Nominal length Installation dimension Connection cabinet installation depth Drawer base drawer side length Drawer base width Drawer back width
231
ORGA-LINE-application open provisions Accessories Assembly and adjustment Assembly devices More technical details 261 227 232 420 510
219
26
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX
min 47.5 32
32
93.5
min 47.5
32
min 15.5
32
R10
32
Eb B .5 17
LW
m in .5 0

Sink cabinet standard element drawer
Product
Description
- Concealed, guided, full extension - TANDEM inside unparalleled running action for the lifetime of the furniture - Steel drawer side white (W/G), steel grey (WA/G, RAL 9006) and stainless steel (IG/G, inox) - Dyn. load bearing 30 kg - 2-dimensional front adjustment - Includes integrated BLUMOTION for a silent and effortless controlled closing action
Space requirement
NL
+3
TANDEMBOX
NL
Nominal length
Order information
Nominal length NL mm 400 450 mm 500 mm 550 mm 600 mm 650 mm
558.4001B 30 kg 558.4501B 558.5001B 558.5501B 559.6001B 559.6501B
Nominal length Stainless steel Steel IG/G (Inox) NL W/G WA/G (Inox) 2x 358M4502S 358M4502I 450 mm 2x 358M5002S 358M5002I 500 mm 2x 358M5502S 358M5502I 550 mm 359M6002S 359M6002I 2x 600 mm 359M6502S 359M6502I 2x 650 mm Cover caps can be printed with customer name/logo minimums from 1000 pcs
2 x Z30M000S.04 226
4x 4x 4x
ZSF.3902 ZSF.3502 ZSF.3602
3 2 1 2
220
Catalogue 2006
96.5

Sink cabinet standard element drawer
Planning
10
min 63.5
20
+ 0.2 0.1
10
+ 0.2 0.1
47.5
10
+ 0.2 0.1
10
+ 0.2 0.1
min 33
Y + 44
12
37.5
15.5
Cabinet prole screw positions Nominal length NL (mm) 450 500 550 600 Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard 650
32 32 96 32 32 320 480 32 224 96 9 37
B1 Y1 -12 Y1
B2 Y2 -12 Y2
Back 84 mm
LW
A1
B1 B2
A2
A SPW + 63 LW - 75
Base Chipboard back NL - 24 mm
KB
KB LW NL SPW
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length Internal width between sink drawer sides
We recommend planning with DYNALOG. Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm Cabinet prole xing positions Page instructions Overview TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION 172 Overview ORGA-LINE-applications 240 Accessories 227 Assembly and adjustment 232 Assembly devices 420 More technical details 510 231 Y min. = Y max. = 48 mm 127 mm
221
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX
32
min 47.5 32
93.5
32

Sink cabinet standard element high fronted pull-out
Product
Description
- Concealed, guided, full extension - TANDEM inside unparalleled running action for the lifetime of the furniture - Steel drawer side white (W/G), steel grey (WA/G, RAL 9006) and stainless steel (IG/G, inox) - With sink drawer side and divider for optimal storage space utilisation - Dyn. load bearing 30 kg - 3-dimensional front adjustment - Includes integrated BLUMOTION for a silent and effortless controlled closing action
Space requirement
NL
+3
TANDEMBOX
NL
Nominal length
Order information
1 Cabinet proles left/right 2 Drawer sides and cover caps left/right Cover caps can be printed with customer name/ logo minimums from 1000 pcs 11 Sink drawer side left/right
Nominal length NL mm 400 450 mm 500 mm 550 mm 600 mm 650 mm 9
558.4001B 30 kg 558.4501B 558.5001B 558.5501B 559.6001B 559.6501B Double walled BOXSIDE left/right
W/G WA/G 358M4502S 358M5002S 358M5502S 359M6002S 359M6502S 8
IG/G (Inox) 358M4502I 358M5002I 358M5502I 359M6002I 359M6502I
W/G WA/G 358M4504IG 358M5004IG 358M5504IG 358M6004IG 358M6504IG
IG/G (Inox) 358M4504SG 358M5004SG 358M5504SG 358M6004SG 358M6504SG
Nominal length Steel NL W/G WA/G 450 mm 2x Z37H418S.E 500 mm 2 x Z37H468S.E 550 mm 2 x Z37H518S.E 600 mm 2 x Z37H568S.E 650 mm 2 x Z37H618S.E 3
Nominal length white, m. grey, alu, chrome Alu NL 2 x ZRG.396V.IC 450 mm 2 x ZRG.446V.IC 500 mm 2 x ZRG.496V.IC 550 mm 2 x ZRG.546V.IC 600 mm 2 x ZRG.596V.IC 650 mm
2x
Z30D000S 226
Front xing brackets INSERTA version Screw-on version Knock-in version Back xing left/right white, met. grey, nickel
2x 2x 2x
ZSF.3902 ZSF.3502 ZSF.3602

2 12
11
12
13
Z30N000S.04
13
Adapter left/right grey
Z30N0002.6Z
222
Catalogue 2006
224

Sink cabinet standard element high fronted pull-out
Planning
10
+ 0.2 0.1
9
128
128
min 191
64
32 8
10
+ 0.2 0.1
10
+ 0.2 0.1
min 47.5 32
32
93.5
47.5
min 33
10 Y + 44
+ 0.2 0.1
12
37.5
15.5
Divider dimensions
9
650
32 32 96 32 32 320 480 32 224 96 9 37
53 38 22
Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard Back 199 mm

Y2 -12 Y2 A SPW + 63
140
B1 C B2
B1 Y1 -12 Y1
B2
32
32
10
+ 0.2 0.1
Base Chipboard back NL - 24 mm
KB
LW
A
LW - 75 C SPW - 86
KB LW NL SPW
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length Internal width between sink drawer sides
Divider 53 mm Y min. = Y max. = 48 mm 225 mm
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm Cabinet prole xing positions Page instructions Overview TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION 172 Overview ORGA-LINE-applications 240 ORGA-LINE-application cleaning utensils 259 (dishes) Accessories 227 Assembly and adjustment 232 Assembly devices 420 More technical details 510
231
223
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX

Larder unit with door
Product
Description
- The larder unit is equipped with inner drawers, and with shelves in the upper section - Enough space and plenty of stability, even for large and bulky items - ORGA-LINE inner dividing systems for pull-outs puts everything in order and allows easy access - Up to 55 % more storage space through the use of higher back and side walls - Allows access from all sides - Includes integrated BLUMOTION for a silent and effortless controlled closing action
TANDEMBOX
Order information
Basic element
Inner pull-out Application recommendation Inner pull-out Provisions Door CLIP top-0-protrusion hinge
198
204 256
210
72 Recommended cabinet widths: 450 - 600 mm We recommend planning with DYNALOG.
Page instructions Overview TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION 172 Overview ORGA-LINE-applications 240 ORGA-LINE-application provisions 256 CLIP top-0-protrusion hinge 72 BLUMOTION for doors 45
227 232 420 510
224
Catalogue 2006

Planning
Space requirements in cabinet Front drilling dimensions Each door must be attached to the front using at least three CLIP top 0-protrusion hinges. All dimensions are aligned with the 32 mm system.
276 32
1261
32
310
1001
260
691
260
431
32
921
383
37
276
1st system drilling used for cabinet base 16 mm and bottom gap = 0 mm.
16
32
48
225
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX

Accessories steel back
N drawer back
M drawer back
white, met. grey, nickel
Z30NxxxS.6
Part no. white, met. grey, nickel
Z30MxxxS.6
Part no.
TANDEMBOX
K drawer back
B drawer back
white, met. grey
Part no. Z30KxxxS.6
white, met. grey, nickel
Part no. Z30BxxxS.6
C drawer back
D drawer back
white, met. grey
Z30CxxxS.6
Part no. white, met. grey, nickel
Z30DxxxS.6
Part no.
Calculation of width
xx
xxx Width LW Internal cabinet width

x= LW -2 8
Example: Internal cabinet width 567 mm - 28 mm = back width 539 mm Order: Z30M539S in white
A
Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard Base NL - 22 mm LW NL Internal cabinet width Nominal length
16
LW
LW - 75 mm LW - 81 mm 226
30/50 kg 80 kg Catalogue 2006

Accessories
Side stabilisation
1
- Additional stabilisation for extra wide high fronted pull-outs - Recommendation: Cabinet width 900 up to 1200 mm
1 Cutting: Cabinet width (KB) - 124 mm Space requirements in cabinet Space requirements in cabinet Space requirements in cabinet
Nominal length 450 mm 500 mm 550 mm 600 mm 650 mm Cabinet prole xing positions
Part no. ZST.450BB ZST.500BB ZST.550BB ZST.600BB ZST.650BB 231
Assembly
1
107 min 127
125.5
139 min 159
93.5
93.5
171 min 191
3
37.5
min 33
37.5
37.5
Front stabilisation
- For stabilising wide and high fronts - Reinforces the connection between the drawer side and the front RAL 7037 dust grey Part no. Z96.10E1
min 33
min 33
Space requirements in cabinet
Front drilling dimensions
Assembly
12 10
+ 0.2 0.1
min 47.5 39.5 32
64
64
10
+ 0.2 0.1
9 6
10
32
64 X min (min 55) 10
227
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX

Accessories METAFILE
METAFILE le drawer
- For TANDEMBOX standard high fronted pullout element, height B with gallery - For nominal lengths 350 to 550 mm Cabinet widths 300 to 600 mm Steel / nylon RAL 9001 cream Basic element 30/50 kg B height 80 kg B height 188 186 Part no. ZRM.5500
TANDEMBOX
Installation dimensions for screw-on front B Front overlay min 36 10

+ 0.2 0.1
Back installation dimensions min 8 32
Assembly
32
32
160 64
160 64
135.5
9 2
min 260
10
+ 0.2 0.1
min 47.5 32
32
93.5
47.5
31
32
32
3 12
min 33
min 36 15.5 B
37.5
DIN A4 cutting dimensions across Min. internal cabinet width = 432 mm 2 1 A4 329 [1] Nominal length - 35 mm [2] Nominal length - 61 mm
DIN A4 cutting dimensions lengthwise Min. nominal length = 450 mm 3 1 [1] Nominal length - 35 mm 2 [2] 305 mm [3] Nominal length - 414 mm 5 A4 [4] Internal cabinet width - 115 mm 4 [5] Internal cabinet width - 138 mm
228
Catalogue 2006

Accessories
Chipboard screws
7

X
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
3.5

X
Special system screws

7

X
Length (X) 11.5 mm 13 mm 14.5 mm
Part no. 662.1150.HG 662.1300.HG 662.1450.HG
Centre bit

1.5
Nylon
natural
Part no. 993.710
8 mm door buffer
8 min.10
Nylon
Part no. 993.706
229
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX
System screws

Accessories
Pozi screwdriver
TANDEMBOX
Slotted screwdriver
230
Catalogue 2006

Cabinet prole xing positions
Cabinet prole 558 30 kg

Fixing onto cabinet A Chipboard screws 4 x 15 mm B Chipboard screws Part no. 661.145
A B 270 - 300

450 - 550
400
450 - 550
600 - 650

A B
450 - 650
Cabinet prole ZST lateral stabiliser

Nominal length NL (mm) 450 500 550 600 650 96 128 128 128 64
20 96 37
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 13 mm
231
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX

Drawer
TANDEMBOX
Assembly
Removal
High fronted pull-out

1 2 3 1
3 2
Front assembly
Back assembly
Back removal
Front removal
Drawer
Assembly
Drawer insertion and removal
Insertion
Removal
232
Catalogue 2006

Adjustment
2 1
1 2
Side adjustment: to the right 1 mm
Side adjustment: to the left 1 mm
Height adjustment: 2 mm
Tilt adjustment
3 2 1 2
Assembly
Removal

4 3
Assembly
Removal
233
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX

BLUMOTION Z70.81E0
min 3
cli
ck
6x max. 3.5
1 3
TANDEMBOX
Assembly
IO
O T
L U
click
BLUMOTION activation
L U
O T
IO
click
click
Inner drawer, height M and K ZIF.70M0
1
3
ca. 30
ca. 30
30 mm dimension can be reduced if ZIF.7005 handle is utilised
Inner pull-out, height B and C with gallery ZIF.72B0

4 1 5 6
234
Catalogue 2006

Inner pull-out, height D with double gallery ZIF.73D0

2 1 3 6 4 7 5 9 8
Inner pull-out, height D with double walled BOXSIDE ZIF.73D0

2 1 3 7 5 8 9 10 11
Inner pull-out, height D with glass BOXSIDE ZIF.73D0

2 1 3 5 8 7
10 9
4 6
Locking piece Z31A0008
235
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX

Handle ZIF.7005; handle and latch ZIF.7007
TANDEMBOX
Assembly
Attached to the centre on the latch
180
Latch is activated
Released when latch is activated
Activate or deactivate latch
Sink cabinet
2 1 3
SPACE CORNER
32
1 2 1
Connecting link assembly
Syncro front bracket assembly
Corner front piece assembly
Connecting piece assembly
236
Catalogue 2006

BLUMOTION assembly
Front xing Syncro/Roll assembly
SPACE CORNER without corner post

1 2 1 1 3 5 7 8 4 6
6 2 3
Front assembly
Fold ratchet lever
Adjustment
3
+ -
5 4 3 2
+ -
+ -
Height adjustment
Side adjustment
Tilt adjustment
- + + + +
Spring force adjustment
237
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX

SPACE CORNER with corner post

4
1 2 3 3
TANDEMBOX
Corner post assembly
1 2 1 1 3 4
Front assembly
Fold ratchet lever
Adjustment
3
+ -
5 4
+ -
+ 3 2
Height adjustment
Side adjustment
Tilt adjustment
- + + + +
Spring force adjustment
238
Catalogue 2006
239
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX
ORGA-LINE
Overview
DYNAMIC SPACE-zone overview

Optimised storage organisation in every zone.
TANDEMBOX
www.dynamicspace.com
Consumables
Provisions
256
Non-consumables
Cutlery Crockery
242 Odds and ends Plastic containers
257
244
258
Cleaning
Cleaning utensils Recycling/Waste separation / Cleaning agents
259 Cleaning materials
260
246
240
Catalogue 2006
ORGA-LINE
Overview
Preparation
Kitchen utensils/knives/small electric appliances Bottles
248 Open provisions Bottles/cutting boards
263
261 Spices Bottles/Provisions
264
262
265
Cooking
Cooking utensils Baking ingredients
250 Pots/Lids/Pans/Cooking utensils Baking trays
267
266
268
Accessories
Sets for special cabinet widths Adjustable cross dividers
252 Knife holder Plate holder
253
253 Containers Spice holder
257
253
262
241
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX
ORGA-LINE
Application cutlery
TANDEMBOX
- Full-tting sets for cabinet widths of 450 mm and above - Removable containers (dishwasher-proof) - High quality stainless steel containers and utensil dividers combined with wear resistant nylon parts in RAL 7037 (dust grey) - For TANDEMBOX standard drawer element height M and K - For nominal lengths 450 to 650 mm - Recommendation: Cabinet width 275 to 1200 mm - For side panel thicknesses 16 to 19 mm
Basic element
30/50 kg M height 30/50 kg K height SPACE CORNER-height M
176 180 212
178 182
Order information
Cabinet width 275 mm Cabinet width 300 - 350 mm Cabinet width 400 mm
Nominal length NL 450 mm 500 mm 550 mm 600 mm 650 mm Cabinet width 450 mm
Part no. ZSI.450BI1N ZSI.500BI1N ZSI.550BI1N ZSI.600BI1N ZSI.650BI1N
2x 2x 2x 2x 2x
Part no. ZSI.450BI3N ZSI.500BI3 ZSI.550BI3 ZSI.600BI3 ZSI.650BI3
Part no. ZSI.45VEI4 ZSI.45VEI6 ZSI.45VEI7 ZSI.45VEI8 ZSI.45VEI9
Part no. ZSI.55VEI4 ZSI.55VEI6 ZSI.55VEI7 ZSI.55VEI8 ZSI.55VEI9 Catalogue 2006
ORGA-LINE
Application cutlery
Cabinet width 600 mm
SPACE CORNER Installation dimension 900 - 1200 mm

900 - 1200
Part no. ZSI.12VEI4 ZSI.12VEI6 ZSI.12VEI7 Nominal length NL ZSI.12VEI8 600 mm ZSI.12VEI9 650 mm
Part no. ZSI.450BI3E ZSI.500BI3E
Page instructions Overview ORGA-LINE-applications 240 ORGA-LINE-sets/accessories 252 Recommended sets for special cabinet widths 254 Installation dimensions 253 Assembly and adjustment 270 More technical details 510
243
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX
ORGA-LINE
Application odds & ends
TANDEMBOX
Basic element
176 180 212
178 182
Order information
Cabinet width 275 - 400 mm Cabinet width 450 - 550 mm Cabinet width 600 mm
Part no. ZSI.450MI3 ZSI.500MI3 ZSI.550MI3 ZSI.600MI3 ZSI.650MI3
Part no. ZSI.60VKI4 ZSI.60VKI6 ZSI.60VKI7 ZSI.60VKI8 ZSI.60VKI9
Part no. ZSI.10VKI4 ZSI.10VKI6 ZSI.10VKI7 ZSI.10VKI8 ZSI.10VKI9 Catalogue 2006
ORGA-LINE
Application odds & ends

900 - 1200
Part no. ZSI.450MI3E ZSI.500MI3E
245
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX
ORGA-LINE
Application cleaning utensils
TANDEMBOX
Basic element
30/50 kg M height 30/50 kg K height
178 182
Order information
Cabinet width 600 mm Cabinet width 800 mm Cabinet width 900 mm
Part no. ZSI.60VUI4 ZSI.60VUI6 ZSI.60VUI7 ZSI.60VUI8 ZSI.60VUI9
Part no. ZSI.12VUI4 ZSI.12VUI6 ZSI.12VUI7 ZSI.12VUI8 ZSI.12VUI9 Catalogue 2006
ORGA-LINE
Application cleaning utensils
247
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX
ORGA-LINE
Application kitchen utensils/knives/small electric appliances
TANDEMBOX
- Full-tting sets for cabinet widths of 600 mm and above - Removable containers (dishwasher-proof) - High quality stainless steel containers and utensil dividers combined with wear resistant nylon parts in RAL 7037 (dust grey) - Optional knife holder - For TANDEMBOX standard drawer element height M and K - For nominal lengths 450 to 650 mm - Recommendation: Cabinet width 275 to 1200 mm - For side panel thicknesses 16 to 19 mm
Basic element
176 180 212
178 182
Order information
Cabinet width 275 - 300 mm Cabinet width 400 - 550 mm Cabinet width 600 mm
Knife holder (optional) ZSZ.02M0 Nominal length NL 450 mm 500 mm 550 mm 600 mm 650 mm Cabinet width 800 mm Part no. ZSI.450BI1N ZSI.500BI1N ZSI.550BI1N ZSI.600BI1N ZSI.650BI1N Nominal length NL 450 mm 500 mm 550 mm 600 mm 650 mm Cabinet width 900 mm Part no. ZSI.450FI2N ZSI.500FI2N ZSI.550FI2N ZSI.600FI2N ZSI.650FI2N
Knife holder (optional) ZSZ.02M0 Nominal length NL 450 mm 500 mm 550 mm 600 mm 650 mm Cabinet width 1000 mm Part no. ZSI.60VUI4 ZSI.60VUI6 ZSI.60VUI7 ZSI.60VUI8 ZSI.60VUI9
Knife holder (optional) ZSZ.02M0 Nominal length NL 450 mm 500 mm 550 mm 600 mm 650 mm Part no. ZSI.80VUI4 ZSI.80VUI6 ZSI.80VUI7 ZSI.80VUI8 ZSI.80VUI9
Knife holder (optional) ZSZ.02M0 Nominal length NL 450 mm 500 mm 550 mm 600 mm 650 mm 248 Part no. ZSI.90VUI4 ZSI.90VUI6 ZSI.90VUI7 ZSI.90VUI8 ZSI.90VUI9
Knife holder (optional) ZSZ.02M0 Nominal length NL 450 mm 500 mm 550 mm 600 mm 650 mm Part no. ZSI.10VUI4 ZSI.10VUI6 ZSI.10VUI7 ZSI.10VUI8 ZSI.10VUI9 Catalogue 2006
ORGA-LINE
Application kitchen utensils/knives/small electric appliances

900 - 1200
Knife holder
17 7.5
26
Knife holder (optional) ZSZ.02M0 Nominal length NL 450 mm 500 mm 550 mm 600 mm 650 mm
Part no. Knife holder (optional) ZSI.12VUI4 ZSZ.02M0 ZSI.12VUI6 ZSI.12VUI7 Nominal length NL Part no. ZSI.12VUI8 600 mm ZSI.450FI3 ZSI.12VUI9 650 mm ZSI.500FI3 RAL 7037 dust grey
4x
Part no. ZSZ.02M0
249
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX
Suitable for: ZSI.xxxFIx ZSI.xxVUIx
5x
ORGA-LINE
Application cooking utensils
TANDEMBOX
- Fits drawer sets with cabinet widths 600 mm and higher - Removable containers (dishwasher-proof) - High quality stainless steel containers and utensil dividers combined with wear resistant nylon parts in RAL 7037 (dust grey) - For TANDEMBOX standard drawer element height M and K - For nominal lengths 450 to 650 mm - Recommendation: Cabinet width 600 up to 1200 mm - For side panel thicknesses 16 - 19 mm
Basic element
30/50 kg M height 30/50 kg K height
176 180
178 182
Order information
Cabinet width 600 mm Cabinet width 800 mm Cabinet width 900 mm
Part no. ZSI.12VUI4 ZSI.12VUI6 ZSI.12VUI7 ZSI.12VUI8 ZSI.12VUI9 Catalogue 2006
ORGA-LINE
Application cooking utensils
251
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX
ORGA-LINE
Sets for special cabinet widths and accessories
Cutlery insert
Cutlery insert
Cutlery insert
103 64
192
280 64 42 303
NL
26
64
42 126
NL
26
42 215
NL
6 -2
TANDEMBOX
Nominal length NL 450 mm 500 mm 550 mm 600 mm 650 mm Utensil divider
Nominal length NL 450 mm 500 mm 550 mm 600 mm 650 mm Utensil divider
Part no. ZSI.450BI3N ZSI.500BI3 ZSI.550BI3 ZSI.600BI3 ZSI.650BI3
Cutlery insert and utensil divider
194 64 64
291 64 42 42
200
NL
26
NL
6 -2
NL
-2
42 223
Knife holder (optional) ZSZ.02M0 Nominal length NL 450 mm 500 mm 550 mm 600 mm 650 mm Part no. ZSI.450FI2N ZSI.500FI2N ZSI.550FI2N ZSI.600FI2N ZSI.650FI2N
Knife holder (optional) ZSZ.02M0 Nominal length NL 450 mm 500 mm 550 mm 600 mm 650 mm Cutlery insert and utensil divider Part no. ZSI.450FI3 ZSI.500FI3 ZSI.550FI3 ZSI.600FI3 ZSI.650FI3 Nominal length NL 450 mm 500 mm 550 mm 600 mm 650 mm Part no. ZSI.450KI2N ZSI.500KI2N ZSI.550KI2N ZSI.600KI2N ZSI.650KI2N
289 64 64 42 312
377 42 400 64
297 42 320
NL
6 -2
NL
-2
NL
6 -2
Knife holder (optional) ZSZ.02M0 Nominal length NL 450 mm 500 mm 550 mm 600 mm 650 mm Part no. ZSI.450KI3N ZSI.500KI3N ZSI.550KI3N ZSI.600KI3N ZSI.650KI3N Nominal length NL 450 mm 500 mm 550 mm 600 mm 650 mm 252 Part no. ZSI.450KI4N ZSI.500KI4 ZSI.550KI4 ZSI.600KI4 ZSI.650KI4 Nominal length NL 450 mm 500 mm 550 mm 600 mm 650 mm Part no. ZSI.450MI3 ZSI.500MI3 ZSI.550MI3 ZSI.600MI3 ZSI.650MI3 Catalogue 2006
ORGA-LINE
SPACE CORNER-cutlery insert
SPACE CORNER-cutlery insert and utensil divider

282 282 42 64 42
Knife holder
17 7.5
64
NL
76 -1
NL
76 -1
26
4x
Nominal length NL 600 mm 650 mm Containers
Part no. Nominal length NL ZSI.450BI3E 600 mm ZSI.500BI3E 650 mm Adjustable cross dividers
Part no. ZSI.450MI3E ZSI.500MI3E RAL 7037 dust grey
Part no. ZSZ.02M0
88 x 88 mm 88 x 176 mm 88 x 264 mm 88 x 352 mm
Part no. ZSI.010SI ZSI.020SI ZSI.030SI 88 mm ZSI.040SI 176 mm
Part no. ZSI.010Q ZSI.020Q
Planning
64 60 50 40 30 20 10
8.8 R 10.5 14 55.8 1.25
Page instructions Overview ORGA-LINE-applications 240 Recommended sets for special cabinet widths 254 Assembly and adjustment 270 More technical details 510
42
400
For additional inserts: E.g. wooden knife holder Example: Cabinet width 600 mm Cutlery & utensil combination ZSI.500KI4 X = Internal cabinet width LW - 400 mm - 42 mm
0 20 25 30 35 42 A
253
64
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX
Suitable for: ZSI.xxxFI2N ZSI.xxxFI3 ZSI.xxxKI3N
5x
ORGA-LINE
Sets for special cabinet widths
Order recommendation Cutlery

Sets
Cabinet width KB (mm) ZSI.xxxBI1N ZSI.xxxBI2N ZSI.xxxBI3 ZSI.xxxFI2N ZSI.xxxKI4 ZSI.xxxBI3E 275 - 299 1x 2x 300 - 399 1x 400 - 449 450 - 549 1x 1x 1x 1x 550 - 799 2x 800 - 899 1x 1x 900 - 999 2x 1000 - 1199 1x 1x 1x > 1200 1x SPACE CORNER When ordering replace each xxx by the desired nominal length NL (450, 500, 550, 600 and 650 mm). Exception: When ordering SPACE CORNER NL 600 mm = ZSI.450BI3E and NL 650 mm = ZSI.500BI3E!
TANDEMBOX
Odds and ends

Sets
Cabinet width KB ZSI.xxxBI1N ZSI.xxxFI2N ZSI.xxxKI2N ZSI.xxxMI3 ZSI.xxxMI3E (mm) 275 - 449 1x 450 - 599 1x 600 - 799 1x 1x 800 - 899 2x 900 - 999 1x 1x 1x > 1000 1x 1x 1x SPACE CORNER 1x When ordering replace each xxx by the desired nominal length NL (450, 500, 550, 600 and 650 mm). Exception: When ordering SPACE CORNER NL 600 mm = ZSI.450MI3E and NL 650 mm = ZSI.500MI3E!
Cleaning materials
Sets
Cabinet width KB (mm) ZSI.xxxBI1N ZSI.xxxFI2N ZSI.xxxFI3 ZSI.xxxKI2N ZSI.xxxKI3N 1x 1x 600 - 799 800 - 899 2x 900 - 999 1x 1x 1x 1000 - 1199 1x 1x 1x > 1200 1x 2x When ordering replace each xxx by the desired nominal length (450, 500, 550, 600 and 650 mm).
254
Catalogue 2006
ORGA-LINE
Order recommendation Kitchen utensils/knives/small electric appliances

Sets
Cabinet width KB (mm) ZSI.xxxBI1N ZSI.xxxFI2N ZSI.xxxFI3 ZSI.xxxKI2N ZSI.xxxKI3N 275 - 449 1x 450 - 599 1x 600 - 799 1x 1x 800 - 899 2x 900 - 999 1x 1x 1x 1000 - 1199 1x 1x 1x > 1200 1x 2x SPACE CORNER 1x When ordering replace each xxx by the desired nominal length NL (450, 500, 550, 600 and 650 mm). Exception: When ordering SPACE CORNER NL 600 mm = ZSI.450FI3 and NL 650 mm = ZSI.500FI3!
ZSZ.02M0 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x
Cooking utensils
Sets
Cabinet width KB ZSI.xxxBI1N ZSI.xxxFI2N ZSI.xxxFI3 ZSI.xxxKI2N ZSI.xxxKI3N (mm) 600 - 799 1x 1x 800 - 899 2x 900 - 999 1x 1x 1x 1000 - 1199 1x 1x 1x > 1200 1x 2x When ordering replace each xxx by the desired nominal length (450, 500, 550, 600 and 650 mm).
Page instructions Overview ORGA-LINE-applications 240 ORGA-LINE-sets/accessories 252 Installation dimensions 253 Assembly and adjustment More technical details 270 510
255
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX
ORGA-LINE
Application provisions
- ORGA-LINE exible dividing system - With cross divider to be cut to size for special cabinet widths and SPACE CORNER - Tool free assembly - For TANDEMBOX high fronted pull-out, standard element, height D with double walled BOXSIDE - For nominal lengths 450 to 650 mm - Recommendation: Cabinet width 300 to 1200 mm
Basic element
TANDEMBOX
30/50 kg D height 80 kg D height SPACE CORNER-height D
200 202 216
204
Order information
Standard cabinet widths Cross divider cut to size Lateral divider Recommendation
Cabinet width KB (mm) 300 Nominal length NL (mm) 450 1 x cross divider 500 550 600 650 2 x cross divider
Cabinet width KB 300 mm 400 mm 450 mm 500 mm 550 mm 600 mm 800 mm 900 mm 1000 mm 1200 mm
white, met. grey Steel Z40H177S Z40H277S Z40H327S Z40H377S Z40H427S Z40H477S Z40H677S Z40H777S Z40H877S Z40H1077S
Stainless steel (Inox) Z40H177I Z40H277I Z40H327I Z40H377I Z40H427I Z40H477I Z40H677I Z40H777I Z40H877I Length Z40H1077I 100 mm
400 450 500 550 600 800 900 1000 1200 1 x cross divider, 3 x lateral dividers 2 x cross divider, 6 x lateral dividers 1 x cross divider, 2 x lateral dividers 2 x cross divider, 3 x lateral dividers
white, met. grey Steel Z43H100S.01
Stainless steel (Inox) Z43H100I.01
Special cabinet widths and SPACE CORNER Cross divider for cutting to size Cross divider connector Cutting: Internal cabinet width (LW) - 91 mm
Recommendation
Cabinet width KB (mm) Special cabinet widths Nominal length NL (mm) 450 500 550 600 650
Cross divider for cutting to size (quantity see above) Nominal length NL (mm)
For cutting to size, 1077 mm Alu Lateral divider
white, met. grey, nickel RAL 7037 dust grey Z40H1077A Order 2 x for each cross divider
Nylon Z40H000A
600 SPACE CORNER
650
1 x cross divider cut to size, 2 x cross divider connectors, 2 x lateral dividers
Page instructions Overview ORGA-LINE-applications 240 Assembly and adjustment More technical details 272 510
Length 100 mm
Stainless steel (Inox) Z43H100I.01 256 Catalogue 2006
ORGA-LINE
Application crockery
- ORGA-LINE plate holder for plate storage and transport - For TANDEMBOX high fronted pull-out, standard element, height D with double walled BOXSIDE - For nominal lengths 450 to 650 mm - Recommendation: cabinet width 400 to 1200 mm
Basic element
200 202 216
204
Order information
Standard, special cabinet widths and SPACE CORNER Plate holder Recommendation
Standard and special cabinet widths

Cabinet width KB (mm) starting at 400 starting at 800 starting at 1000 Nominal length NL (mm) 450 500 550 600 650
2 x plate holders 4 x plate holders 6 x plate holders
SPACE CORNER
Installation dimensiNominal length NL (mm) 600 2 x plate holders 3 x plate holders 650
Diameter of plates Overall height Stacking height of plates RAL 7037 dust grey
180 - 320 mm 171 mm 144 mm ZTH.0350
on PL (mm) up to 1050 starting at 1050
257
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX
ORGA-LINE
Application plastic containers
- ORGA-LINE exible dividing system - With cross divider to be cut to size for special cabinet widths and SPACE CORNER - Tool free assembly - For TANDEMBOX high fronted pull-out, standard element, height D with double walled BOXSIDE - For nominal lengths 450 to 650 mm - Recommendation: cabinet width 300 to 1200 mm
Basic element
TANDEMBOX
200 202 216
204
Order information
Cabinet width KB (mm) 300 Nominal length NL (mm) 450 500 550 600 650
1 x cross divider
400 450 500 550 600 800 900 1000 1200 1 x cross divider, 3 x lateral dividers 1 x cross divider, 2 x lateral dividers
Recommendation
Nylon Z40H000A
600 SPACE CORNER
650
Length 100 mm
ORGA-LINE
Application cleaning utensils (dishes)
- ORGA-LINE exible dividing system - With cross divider to be cut to size for standard and special cabinet widths - Tool free assembly - For TANDEMBOX high fronted pull-out, standard element, sink cabinet, height D with double walled BOXSIDE - For nominal lengths 450 to 650 mm - Recommendation: cabinet width 900 to 1200 mm
Basic element
30/50 kg D height
200
Order information
Standard and special cabinet widths Cross divider for cutting to size Cutting: Base width (BB) - 16 mm Cross divider connector Recommendation
Cabinet width KB (mm) 900 - 1200 Nominal length NL (mm) 450 500 550 600 650
BB
2 x cross dividers per side, 8 x cross divider connectors
For cutting to size, 1077 mm Alu
Nylon Z40H000A
259
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX
ORGA-LINE
Application recycling/Waste separation
- ORGA-LINE exible dividing system - Easy-to-clean stainless steel drip tray - Dividing wall for separating recycling/waste and cleaning agents - For TANDEMBOX high fronted pull-out, standard element, height D with double walled BOXSIDE - For nominal lengths 450 to 650 mm - Recommendation: cabinet width 900 to 1200 mm
Basic element
TANDEMBOX
30/50 kg D height 80 kg D height
200 202
Order information
Standard and special cabinet widths Bottle set Dividing wall Recommendation
Cabinet width KB (mm) 900 1000 1200 Special cabinet widths 1 x bottle set, 1 x dividing wall Nominal length NL (mm) 450 500 550 600 650
white, met. grey Steel ZFI.30BZS4N ZFI.30BZS6N ZFI.30BZS7N ZFI.30BZS8N ZFI.30BZS9N
Stainless steel (Inox) ZFI.30BZI4N ZFI.30BZI6N ZFI.30BZI7N ZFI.30BZI8N ZFI.30BZI9N
white, met. grey Steel Z46C420S.E2 Z46C470S.E2 Z46C520S.E2 Z46C570S.E2 Z46C620S.E2
Stainless steel (Inox) Z46C420I.E2 Z46C470I.E2 Z46C520I.E2 Z46C570I.E2 Z46C620I.E2
260
Catalogue 2006
ORGA-LINE
Application open provisions
- ORGA-LINE exible dividing system - With cross divider to be cut to size for special cabinet widths and SPACE CORNER - Tool free assembly - For TANDEMBOX high fronted pull-out, standard element, height D with double walled BOXSIDE - For nominal lengths 450 to 650 mm - Recommendation: cabinet width 300 to 1200 mm
Basic element
200 202 216
204
Order information
Recommendation
Nylon Z40H000A
600 SPACE CORNER
650
Length 100 mm
TANDEMBOX
ORGA-LINE
Application spices
- Removable spice holder with base xing bracket - For a variety of spice container sizes - For TANDEMBOX high fronted pull-out, standard element, height D with double walled BOXSIDE - For nominal lengths 450 to 650 mm - Recommendation: cabinet width 300 to 450 mm
Basic element
TANDEMBOX
30/50 kg D height
200
204
Order information
Standard cabinet widths Spice holder Cross divider cut to size Recommendation
Cabinet width KB
120
(mm)
2. 17
Cabinet width KB 300 mm 400 mm 450 mm
white, met. grey Steel Z40H177S Z40H277S Z40H327S
Stainless steel (Inox) Z40H177I Z40H277I Z40H327I
300 2 x spice holders, 1 x cross divider 2 x spice holders, 2 x cross divider
400
450 2 x spice holders, 1 x cross divider, 2 x lateral dividers 2 x spice holders, 2 x cross divider, 3 x lateral dividers
Lateral divider Stainless steel (Inox) ZFZ.30G0I ZFZ.40G0I Length ZFZ.45G0I 100 mm
Cabinet width KB 300 mm 400 mm 450 mm
Width 212 mm 312 mm 362 mm
Special cabinet widths Spice holder
Cross divider for cutting to size Cutting: Internal cabinet width (LW) - 91 mm Stainless steel (Inox) ZFZ.30G0I ZFZ.40G0I For cutting to size, 1077 mm ZFZ.45G0I Alu Lateral divider
Recommendation
Cabinet width KB (mm) Special cabinet widths Nominal length NL (mm) 450 500 550 600 650 2 x spice holders, Cross divider for cutting to size (quantity see above)
2. 17
120
5
white, met. grey, nickel Z40H1077A Page instructions Overview ORGA-LINE-applications 240 Assembly and adjustment More technical details 272 510
Cross divider connector
RAL 7037 dust grey Order 2 x for each cross divider
Nylon Z40H000A Length 100 mm
white, met. grey Steel Z43H100S.01 262
Stainless steel (Inox) Z43H100I.01 Catalogue 2006
ORGA-LINE
Application bottles
- ORGA-LINE exible dividing system - Easy-to-clean stainless steel drip tray - Tool free assembly - For TANDEMBOX high fronted pull-out, standard element, height D with double walled BOXSIDE - For nominal lengths 450 to 650 mm - Recommendation: cabinet width 275 to 300 mm
Basic element
200 202
204
Order information
Special cabinet widths Drip tray Cross divider cut to size Recommendation
Cabinet width KB (mm) 275 Nominal length NL (mm) 450 1 x bottle holder, 3 x cross divider 500 550 600 650
300
1 x bottle holder, 4 x cross divider
1 x bottle holder, 5 x cross divider
275 mm Z48.27B0I6 Z48.27B0I7 Z48.27B0I8 Z48.27B0I9
Cabinet width KB 300 mm Z48.30B0I4 Z48.30B0I6 Z48.30B0I7 Z48.30B0I8 Z48.30B0I9
Cabinet width KB 275 mm 300 mm
white, met. grey Steel Z40H152S Z40H177S
Stainless steel (Inox) Z40H152I Z40H177I
263
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX
ORGA-LINE
Application bottles/cutting boards
- ORGA-LINE exible dividing system - Easy-to-clean stainless steel drip tray - Dividing wall for separating bottles and cutting boards - For TANDEMBOX high fronted pull-out, standard element, height D with double walled BOXSIDE - For nominal lengths 450 to 650 mm - Recommendation: cabinet width 400 to 600 mm
Basic element
TANDEMBOX
200 202
Order information
Standard cabinet widths Bottle set Dividing wall Recommendation
Cabinet width KB (mm) 400 450 500 550 600 1 x bottle set, 1 x dividing wall 1 x bottle set, 2 x dividing wall Nominal length NL (mm) 450 500 550 1 x bottle set 600 650
Stainless steel (Inox) ZFI.30BZI4N ZFI.30BZI6N ZFI.30BZI7N ZFI.30BZI8N ZFI.30BZI9N
264
Catalogue 2006
ORGA-LINE
Application bottles/provisions
- ORGA-LINE exible dividing system - Easy-to-clean stainless steel drip tray - Dividing wall for separating bottles and provisions - For TANDEMBOX high fronted pull-out, standard element, height D with double walled BOXSIDE - For nominal lengths 450 to 650 mm - Recommendation: cabinet width 800 to 1200 mm
Basic element
200 202
Order information
Special cabinet widths Bottle set Cross divider for cutting to size Cutting: Cabinet width (KB) - 352 mm Recommendation
1 x bottle set, Cross divider for cutting to size
Stainless steel (Inox) ZFI.30BZI4N ZFI.30BZI6N ZFI.30BZI7N ZFI.30BZI8N For cutting to size, 1077 mm ZFI.30BZI9N Alu
white, met. grey, nickel Z40H1077A
Lateral divider
RAL 7037 dust grey Order 2 x for each cross divider
Stainless steel (Inox) Z43H100I.01 Page instructions Overview ORGA-LINE-applications 240 Assembly and adjustment More technical details 272 510
265
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX
ORGA-LINE
Application pots/lids/pans/cooking utensils
- ORGA-LINE exible dividing system - With cross divider to be cut to size for special cabinet widths - Tool free assembly - For TANDEMBOX high fronted pull-out, standard element, height D with double walled BOXSIDE - For nominal lengths 450 to 650 mm - Recommendation: cabinet width 600 to 1200 mm
Basic element
TANDEMBOX
200 202
204
Ordering information
Cabinet width KB (mm) 600 1 x cross divider, 2 x lateral dividers 2 x cross divider, 3 x lateral dividers Nominal length NL (mm) 450 500 550 600 650
800 900 1 x cross divider, 3 x lateral dividers 2 x cross divider, 6 x lateral dividers
Cabinet width KB 600 mm 800 mm 900 mm 1000 mm 1200 mm
white, met. grey Steel Z40H477S Z40H677S Z40H777S Z40H877S Z40H1077S
Stainless steel (Inox) Z40H477I Z40H677I Z40H777I Z40H877I Length Z40H1077I 100 mm
1000 1200
Special cabinet widths Cross divider for cutting to size Cutting: Internal cabinet width (LW) - 91 mm
Recommendation
Cross divider for cutting to size (quantity see above)
Nylon Z40H000A
Length 100 mm
ORGA-LINE
Application baking ingredients
- ORGA-LINE exible dividing system - With cross divider to be cut to size for special cabinet widths - Tool free assembly - For TANDEMBOX high fronted pull-out, standard element, height D with double walled BOXSIDE - For nominal lengths 450 to 650 mm - Recommendation: cabinet width 300 to 1200 mm
Basic element
200 202
204
Order information
Special cabinet widths Cross divider for cutting to size Cutting: Internal cabinet width (LW) - 91 mm
Recommendation
Cross divider for cutting to size (quantity see above)
Nylon Z40H000A
Length 100 mm
TANDEMBOX
ORGA-LINE
Application baking trays/tins
- ORGA-LINE exible dividing system - Dividing wall for separating baking trays and baking tins - For TANDEMBOX high fronted pull-out, standard element, height D with double walled BOXSIDE - For nominal lengths 450 to 650 mm - Recommendation: cabinet width 300 to 500 mm
Basic element
TANDEMBOX
30/50 kg D height
200
Order information
Standard cabinet widths Dividing wall Recommendation
Cabinet width KB (mm) 300 400 450 500 3 x dividing wall Nominal length NL (mm) 450 500 550 600 650
1 x dividing wall 2 x dividing wall
268
Catalogue 2006

Accessories ORGA-LINE
Cross divider for cutting to size

- Cross divider for cutting to size - Material: aluminium white, met. grey, alu, nickel For cutting to size, 1077 mm Part no. Z40H1077A
Cutting: Internal cabinet width (LW) - 91 mm
- Cross divider connector for gallery - Material: nylon - Slide-on connection of cross divider to cross divider connector - Insertion and screw-on xing
Nylon RAL 7037 dust grey
Part no. Z40H0002.R
Cross gallery rails for cutting to size

- Cross gallery rails for cutting to size - Material: aluminium white, m. grey, alu, chrome For cutting to size, 1094 mm Part no. ZRG.1094U
Cutting: Cabinet width (KB) - 106 mm
Cross gallery connector

- Cross gallery connector for two cross gallery rails - Material: nylon - Slide-on connection of gallery to gallery xing - Insertion and screw-on xing Nylon RAL 7037 dust grey Part no. ZRU.00Z0
Lateral divider
- Gallery division - Material: nylon - Clip-on xing to gallery Nylon RAL 7037 dust grey Part no. ZRU.00F0
269
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX
ORGA-LINE
Cutlery
TANDEMBOX
SPACE CORNER
Odds and ends
SPACE CORNER
270
Catalogue 2006
ORGA-LINE
Kitchen, cooking and cleaning utensils
SPACE CORNER
Knife holder ZSZ.02M0 with utensil combination
Assembly
Knife holder ZSZ.02M0 without utensil combination

1
Assembly
271
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX
ORGA-LINE
Provisions/plastic containers/pots/baking ingredients

4 3 2 1
6 5
1 2 3 4
TANDEMBOX
Plate holder ZTH.0350
1 2 2
Recycling/waste separation
Spice holder ZFZ.xxG01

2 3 6 7
4 1
272
Catalogue 2006
ORGA-LINE
Bottles
19 LW = 236 - 237
1
N L LW 84 26
min. 10
For 19 mm wall thickness and cabinet width 275 mm
Bottles/Provisions
3 2 1
273
Catalogue 2006
TANDEMBOX
METABOX
Pull-out systems
Blums METABOX programme is a versatile steel drawer and pull-out system with many application options. The quick assembly version saves time and money when putting drawers together.
Single drawer side system for economical solutions Equipped with the BLUMATIC self-closing feature Excellent runner action, high side stability, low sag values
Good organisation options through a exible gallery system 3-dimensional front adjustment Tool-free front assembly
Drawer side height N = 54 mm
Drawer side height M = 86 mm
Drawer side height K = 118 mm
Drawer side height H = 150 mm
Screw-on version
Quick assembly version C15
274
Catalogue 2006
METABOX
Overview
Basic components
Drawer Inner drawer High fronted pull-out
276
Symbol photo
Accessories
Side stabilisation Child safety latch Anti-tilt device Spacers METAFILE le drawer Contoured prole Pull-out stop 306 306 307 307 308 309 309 POSISTOP ORGA-LINE Screw-on Centre bit Door buffer Screwdriver 309 310 311 311 311 312
Symbol photo

Cabinet prole xing positions Drawer / inner drawer High fronted pull-out Adjustment 313 314 314 316
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request General Information Accessories Drawer Inner drawer High fronted pull-out Full extension Single extension Gallery Double gallery Single BOXSIDE Installation height and/or min. space requirement in cabinet Height of Drawer Side Dynamic carrying capacity in kg Planning Cutting Assembly Assembly, removal and adjustment
275
Catalogue 2006
METABOX
METABOX
Standard cabinet
68 78*
278
286
68 78*
278
286
100 110*
280
288
100 110*
280
288
METABOX
132 142*
282
290
132 142*
282
290
164 174*
284 292 High fronted pull-out Basic element
164 174*
284
292
Gallery
167
294
300
Double gallery
231
296
302
Gallery and single BOXSIDE
231
298 * 25 kg single extension
304
276
Catalogue 2006
METABOX
277
Catalogue 2006
METABOX
METABOX
Standard element single extension drawer/inner drawer
Product
Description
- Single extension with 54 mm high - Epoxy coated steel drawer sides - Drawer sides in cream (RAL 9001) as standard and in grey (RAL 9006) and white upon request - High impact nylon rollers - Dyn. load bearing 25 kg - BLUMATIC self closing feature - 2-dimensional front adjustment
Space requirement
NL
Nominal length
Order information
1
METABOX
Cabinet prole drawer side left/ right, RAL 9001 cream
Nominal length Screw-on Quick assemNL version bly 320N2700C 320N2700C15 270 mm 320N3500C 320N3500C15 350 mm 320N4000C 320N4000C15 400 mm 320N4500C 320N4500C15 450 mm 320N5000C 320N5000C15 500 mm 320N5500C 320N5500C15 550 mm Other colours available upon request (white or grey)
2c
Standard front xing brackets left Screw-on version Knock-in version Order left and right
ZSF.1510 ZSF.1610
2c
Front xing for inner drawers Nylon RAL 9001 cream Order left and right
ZIF.3010
2c
278
Catalogue 2006
METABOX
Planning
Space requirements in cabinet * + 3 mm for inner drawer Installation dimensions for screw-on front B Front overlay Drawer Inner drawer Drilling dimensions for knock-in or EXPANDO front Drawer Back installation dimensions
min 24
8.5
0.2 10 + 0.1
min 54*
min 5
54
18
32 49
49
32
min 13.5
8.5
min 8
12
15.5
8.5
18.5
Cabinet prole screw positions Nominal length NL (mm) 270

192
Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard B LW - 31 mm Base Drawer NL - 2 mm Inner drawer NL - 18 mm

KB
Back 39 mm
LW
350 400
96
450 500
64
KB LW NL
LW - 31 mm
9 2 37
550
128 128 96 128
C LW - 64 mm
Front inner drawer 61 mm
Base assembly for quick assembly version

5
Drawer
9 9
X 69 mm 53 mm
Inner drawer
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 4 mm Cabinet prole xing positions Page instructions Overview METABOX Accessories Assembly and adjustment Assembly devices More technical details
32
313
276 306 314 420 510
279
Catalogue 2006
METABOX
METABOX
Product
Description
Space requirement
NL
Nominal length
Order information
1
METABOX
Nominal length Screw-on Quick assemNL version bly 320M2700C 320M2700C15 270 mm 320M3500C 320M3500C15 350 mm 320M4000C 320M4000C15 400 mm 320M4500C 320M4500C15 450 mm 320M5000C 320M5000C15 500 mm 320M5500C 320M5500C15 550 mm Other colours available upon request (white or grey)
2a
CLIP-front xing brackets Screw-on version Knock-in version EXPANDO version Order left and right
ZSF.1200 ZSF.1300 ZSF.130E
2b
Cover caps for 2a Nylon RAL 9001 cream Order left and right Alternative to 2a Standard front xing brackets left 2c Screw-on version Knock-in version Order left and right Cover caps for 2c Nylon RAL 9001 cream Front xing for inner drawers Nylon RAL 9001 cream Order left and right
ZAA.3700
ZSF.1700 ZSF.1800
2d
2x
ZAA.3500
2c
2d
2a 2b
ZIF.3000
280
Catalogue 2006
METABOX
Planning
min 24
0.2 10 + 0.1
8.5
64
min 86*
86
64 81
min 5
18
81
min 13.5
8.5
min 8
12
15.5
8.5
18.5
32

192

KB
Back 71 mm
LW
350 400
96
450 500
64
KB LW NL
LW - 31 mm
9 2 37
550
128 128 96 128
C LW - 64 mm

5
Drawer
9 9
X 69 mm 53 mm
Inner drawer
32
313
276 306 314 420 510
281
Catalogue 2006
METABOX
METABOX
Product
Description
Space requirement
NL
Nominal length
Order information
1
METABOX
Nominal length Screw-on Quick assemNL version bly 320K3500C 320K3500C15 350 mm 320K4000C 320K4000C15 400 mm 320K4500C 320K4500C15 450 mm 320K5000C 320K5000C15 500 mm 320K5500C 320K5500C15 550 mm Other colours available upon request (white or grey)
2a
ZSF.1200 ZSF.1300 ZSF.130E
2b
ZAA.3700
ZSF.1700 ZSF.1800
2d
2c
2x
ZAA.3500
2a 2b 2d
ZIF.3030
282
Catalogue 2006
METABOX
Planning
min 24
17.5
0.2 10 + 0.1
64
min 118*
118
64
113
32
113
min 45.5
min 5
40.5
15.5
8.5
min 8
12
18.5
32
32

96

KB
Back 103 mm
LW
450 500
64
550
9 128 128 96 128 37
KB LW NL
LW - 31 mm C LW - 64 mm Front inner drawer 93 mm

5
Drawer
9 9
X 69 mm 53 mm
Inner drawer
32
313
276 306 314 420 510
283
Catalogue 2006
METABOX
METABOX
Product
Description
Space requirement
NL
Nominal length
Order information
1
METABOX
Nominal length Screw-on Quick assemNL version bly 320H3500C 320H3500C15 350 mm 320H4000C 320H4000C15 400 mm 320H4500C 320H4500C15 450 mm 320H5000C 320H5000C15 500 mm 320H5500C 320H5500C15 550 mm Other colours available upon request (white or grey)
2a
ZSF.1200 ZSF.1300 ZSF.130E
2b
ZAA.3700
ZSF.1700 ZSF.1800
2d
2d
2c
2x
ZAA.3500
2a 2b
ZIF.3050
284
Catalogue 2006
METABOX
Planning
Space requirements in cabinet * + 3 mm for inner drawer Installation dimensions for screw-on front B Front overlay Drawer Inner drawer Drilling dimensions for knock-in or EXPANDO front Drawer
9
17.5
0.2 10 + 0.1
min 24
64
min 150*
150
145
64
64
145
min 5
min 77.5
72.5
15.5
min 8
12 9
8.5
18.5
32
32
32

96

KB
Back 135 mm
LW
450 500
64
550
9 128 128 96 128 37
KB LW NL

5
Drawer
9 9
X 69 mm 53 mm
Inner drawer
32
313
276 306 314 420 510
285
Catalogue 2006
METABOX
METABOX
Standard element full extension drawer/inner drawer
Product
Description
- Full extension with 54 mm high drawer sides - Epoxy coated steel drawer sides - Drawer sides in cream (RAL 9001) as standard and in grey (RAL 9006) and white upon request - High impact nylon rollers - Dyn. load bearing 30 kg - BLUMATIC self closing feature - 2-dimensional front adjustment
Space requirement
NL
Nominal length
Order information
Cabinet prole, centre prole and drawer side left / right, RAL 9001 cream Nominal length Screw-on Quick assemNL version bly 330N270PC 330N270PC15 270 mm 330N350PC 330N350PC15 350 mm 330N400PC 330N400PC15 400 mm 330N450PC 330N450PC15 450 mm 330N500PC 330N500PC15 500 mm 330N550PC 330N550PC15 550 mm Other colours available upon request (white or grey) 1
METABOX
2c
Standard front xing brackets left Screw-on version Knock-in version Order left and right
ZSF.1510 ZSF.1610
2c
Front xing for inner drawers Nylon RAL 9001 cream Order left and right
ZIF.3010
2c 3
286
Catalogue 2006
METABOX
Planning
8.5
9
0.2 10 + 0.1
min 46
min 5
54
18
min 13.5 32
32
17
min 22*
8.5 17
15.5
8.5
min 8
12
18.5

192
Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard B LW - 31 mm

64
Back 39 mm
LW
350 400
96
450 500
64
Base Drawer NL - 2 mm Inner drawer NL - 18 mm
KB
KB LW NL
LW - 31 mm
20
550
128
128
96
128
37
C LW - 64 mm

5
Drawer
9 9
X 69 mm 53 mm
Inner drawer
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 12 mm Over extension = 8 mm Cabinet prole xing positions Page instructions Overview METABOX Accessories Assembly and adjustment Assembly devices More technical details
32
313
276 306 314 420 510
287
Catalogue 2006
METABOX
METABOX
Product
Description
Space requirement
NL
Nominal length
Order information
Cabinet prole, centre prole and drawer side left / right, RAL 9001 cream Nominal length Screw-on Quick assemNL version bly 330M270PC 330M270PC15 270 mm 330M350PC 330M350PC15 350 mm 330M400PC 330M400PC15 400 mm 330M450PC 330M450PC15 450 mm 330M500PC 330M500PC15 500 mm 330M550PC 330M550PC15 550 mm Other colours available upon request (white or grey) 1
METABOX
2a
ZSF.1200 ZSF.1300 ZSF.130E
2b
ZAA.3700
ZSF.1700 ZSF.1800
2d
2x
ZAA.3500
2c
2d
ZIF.3000
3
2a 2b
288
Catalogue 2006
METABOX
Planning
min 54* min 46
8.5
0.2 10 + 0.1
86
64
18
min 5
49
49
min 13.5
64
8.5
15.5
8.5
min 8
12
18.5
32

192
Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard B LW - 31 mm

64
Back 71 mm
LW
350 400
96
450 500
64
Base Drawer NL - 2 mm Inner drawer NL - 18 mm
KB
KB LW NL
LW - 31 mm
20
550
128
128
96
128
37
C LW - 64 mm

5
Drawer
9 9
X 69 mm 53 mm
Inner drawer
32
313
276 306 314 420 510
289
Catalogue 2006
METABOX
METABOX
Product
Description
Space requirement
NL
Nominal length
Order information
Cabinet prole, centre prole and drawer side left / right, RAL 9001 cream Nominal length Screw-on Quick assemNL version bly 330K350PC 330K350PC15 350 mm 330K400PC 330K400PC15 400 mm 330K450PC 330K450PC15 450 mm 330K500PC 330K500PC15 500 mm 330K550PC 330K550PC15 550 mm Other colours available upon request (white or grey) 1
METABOX
2a
ZSF.1200 ZSF.1300 ZSF.130E

1
2b
ZAA.3700
ZSF.1700 ZSF.1800
2d
2x
ZAA.3500
2c
2a 2b
2d
ZIF.3030
3
290
Catalogue 2006
METABOX
Planning
min 46
17.5
0.2 10 + 0.1
64
118
64
min 86*
32
81
min 45.5
min 5
40.5
81
15.5
8.5
min 8
12
18.5
32
32
Cabinet prole screw positions Nominal length NL (mm) 350 64 400 96 450 500 64 550 128 128 96 128 37 20

KB
Back 103 mm
LW
KB LW NL

5
Drawer
9 9
X 69 mm 53 mm
Inner drawer
32
313
276 306 314 420 510
291
Catalogue 2006
METABOX
METABOX
Product
Description
Space requirement
NL
Nominal length
Order information
Cabinet prole, centre prole and drawer side left / right, RAL 9001 cream Nominal length Screw-on Quick assemNL version bly 330H350PC 330H350PC15 350 mm 330H400PC 330H400PC15 400 mm 330H450PC 330H450PC15 450 mm 330H500PC 330H500PC15 500 mm 330H550PC 330H550PC15 550 mm Other colours available upon request (white or grey) 1
METABOX
2a
ZSF.1200 ZSF.1300 ZSF.130E

1
2b
ZAA.3700
ZSF.1700 ZSF.1800
2d
2d
2c
2x
ZAA.3500
2a 2b
ZIF.3050
292
Catalogue 2006
METABOX
Planning
Space requirements in cabinet * + 3 mm for inner drawer Installation dimensions for screw-on front B Front overlay Drawer Inner drawer Drilling dimensions for knock-in or EXPANDO front Drawer
9
min 46
17.5
0.2 10 + 0.1
64
150
64
min 118*
64
113
113
min 77.5
min 5
72.5
15.5
8.5
min 8
12 9
18.5
32
32
32

KB
Back 135 mm
LW
KB LW NL

5
Drawer
9 9
X 69 mm 53 mm
Inner drawer
32
313
276 306 314 420 510
293
Catalogue 2006
METABOX
METABOX
Standard element single extension high fronted pull-out
Product
Description
- Single extension with 86 mm high - Epoxy coated steel drawer sides - Drawer sides in cream (RAL 9001) as standard and in grey (RAL 9006) and white upon request - High impact nylon rollers - Dyn. load bearing 25 kg - BLUMATIC self closing feature - 3-dimensional front adjustment - Tool free assembly of gallery system (INSERTA/CLIP)
Space requirement
NL
Nominal length
Order information
1
METABOX
Longside gallery rails with back xing left/right RAL 9001 Alu cream ZRE.321S.ID ZRE.371S.ID ZRE.421S.ID ZRE.471S.ID ZRE.521S.ID
Nominal length Screw-on Quick assemNL version bly 320M3500C 320M3500C15 350 mm 320M4000C 320M4000C15 400 mm 320M4500C 320M4500C15 450 mm 320M5000C 320M5000C15 500 mm 320M5500C 320M5500C15 550 mm Other colours available upon request (white or grey)
2a
ZSF.1200 ZSF.1300 ZSF.130E
2b
Cover caps for 2a Nylon RAL 9001 cream Order left and right Alternative to 2a Standard front xing brackets left 2c Screw-on version Knock-in version Order left and right Cover caps for 2c Nylon RAL 9001 cream
ZAA.3700
ZSF.1700 ZSF.1800
2d
2x
ZAA.3500
2c
2a 2b
2d
294
Catalogue 2006
METABOX
Planning
Space requirements in cabinet Installation dimensions for screw-on front B Front overlay Drilling dimensions for knock-in or EXPANDO front Back installation dimensions
0.2 10 + 0.1
min 89
64
64
64
143
min 86
86
min 5
64 81
min 13.5
15.5
8.5
8.5
12
18.5
32
32
0.2 10 + 0.1
32

96

B
Back 127 mm
LW - 31 mm Base NL - 2 mm
A
64
LW KB
450 500 550

9 128 128 96 128 37
KB LW NL
LW - 31 mm

5
X 69 mm
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 4 mm Cabinet prole xing positions Page instructions Overview METABOX Accessories ORGA-LINE-accessories Assembly and adjustment Assembly devices More technical details
32
313
276 306 310 314 420 510
295
Catalogue 2006
METABOX
METABOX
Product
Description
Space requirement
NL
Nominal length
Order information
1
METABOX
Nominal length Screw-on Quick assemNL version bly 320M3500C 320M3500C15 350 mm 320M4000C 320M4000C15 400 mm 320M4500C 320M4500C15 450 mm 320M5000C 320M5000C15 500 mm 320M5500C 320M5500C15 550 mm Other colours available upon request (white or grey)
Nominal length NL 2x 350 mm 2x 400 mm 2x 450 mm 2x 500 mm 2x 550 mm
2a
ZSF.1200 ZSF.1300 ZSF.130E
2b
ZAA.3700
ZSF.1700 ZSF.1800
1
2d
2x
ZAA.3500
2c
2a 2b
2d
296
Catalogue 2006
METABOX
Planning
Space requirements in cabinet Installation dimensions for screw-on front B Front overlay Drilling dimensions for knock-in or EXPANDO front
0.2 10 + 0.1
64
min 153
64
207
64
64
min 86
86
64
min 5
min 13.5
64
15.5
8.5
8.5
12
18.5
32
32
0.2 10 + 0.1
32
32
0.2 10 + 0.1
32

96

B
Back 191 mm
A
64
LW KB
450 500 550

9 128 128 96 128 37
KB LW NL
LW - 31 mm

5
X 69 mm
32
313
276 306 310 314 420 510
297
Catalogue 2006
METABOX
METABOX
Product
Description
Space requirement
NL
Nominal length
Order information
1
METABOX
Cabinet prole drawer side left/ right, RAL 9001 cream Screw-on version 320M4000C 320M4500C 320M5000C 320M5500C Quick assembly 320M4000C15 320M4500C15 320M5000C15 320M5500C15
Longside gallery rails with back xing left/right RAL 9001 Alu cream ZRE.371S.ID ZRE.421S.ID ZRE.471S.ID ZRE.521S.ID
Single BOXSIDE
Nominal length NL 2x 400 mm 2x 450 mm 2x 500 mm 2x 550 mm
RAL 9001 Steel cream Z36H367SE01 Z36H417SE01 Z36H467SE01 Z36H517SE01
2a
ZSF.1200 ZSF.1300 ZSF.130E
2b
ZAA.3700
ZSF.1700 ZSF.1800
4 1
2d
2x
ZAA.3500
2c
2a 2b
2d
298
Catalogue 2006
METABOX
Planning
0.2 10 + 0.1
min 153
128
128
207
0.2 10 + 0.1
min 86
86
min 5
64
min 13.5
64
15.5
8.5
8.5
12
18.5
32
96
32

96

B
Back 191 mm
450 500
64
9 128 128 96 128 37 2
A
LW KB
550
KB LW NL
LW - 31 mm

5
X 69 mm
32
313
276 306 310 314 420 510
299
Catalogue 2006
METABOX
METABOX
Standard element full extension high fronted pull-out
Product
Description
- Full extension with 86 mm high drawer sides - Epoxy coated steel drawer sides - Drawer sides in cream (RAL 9001) as standard and in grey (RAL 9006) and white upon request - High impact nylon rollers - Dyn. load bearing 30 kg - BLUMATIC self closing feature - 3-dimensional front adjustment - Tool free assembly of gallery system (INSERTA/CLIP)
Space requirement
NL
Nominal length
Order information
Cabinet prole, centre prole and drawer side left / right, RAL 9001 cream Nominal length Screw-on Quick assemNL version bly 330M350PC 330M350PC15 350 mm 330M400PC 330M400PC15 400 mm 330M450PC 330M450PC15 450 mm 330M500PC 330M500PC15 500 mm 330M550PC 330M550PC15 550 mm Other colours available upon request (white or grey) 1 4
METABOX
2a
ZSF.1200 ZSF.1300 ZSF.130E
2b
ZAA.3700
ZSF.1700 ZSF.1800
4 1
2d
2x
ZAA.3500
2c
2a 2b
2d
300
Catalogue 2006
METABOX
Planning
Space requirements in cabinet Installation dimensions for screw-on front B Front overlay Drilling dimensions for knock-in or EXPANDO front Back installation dimensions
0.2 10 + 0.1
min 113
64
64
143
86
64
min 54
min 5
49
min 13.5
64
15.5
8.5
8.5
12
18.5
32
32
0.2 10 + 0.1
32

B
Back 127 mm
A
LW KB
KB LW NL
LW - 31 mm

5
X 69 mm
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 12 mm Over extension = 8 mm Cabinet prole xing positions Page instructions Overview METABOX Accessories ORGA-LINE-accessories Assembly and adjustment Assembly devices More technical details
32
313
276 306 310 314 420 510
301
Catalogue 2006
METABOX
METABOX
Product
Description
Space requirement
NL
Nominal length
Order information
Cabinet prole, centre prole and drawer side left / right, RAL 9001 cream Nominal length Screw-on Quick assemNL version bly 330M350PC 330M350PC15 350 mm 330M400PC 330M400PC15 400 mm 330M450PC 330M450PC15 450 mm 330M500PC 330M500PC15 500 mm 330M550PC 330M550PC15 550 mm Other colours available upon request (white or grey) 1 4
METABOX
Nominal length NL 2x 350 mm 2x 400 mm 2x 450 mm 2x 500 mm 2x 550 mm
2a
ZSF.1200 ZSF.1300 ZSF.130E
2b
ZAA.3700
4
ZSF.1700 ZSF.1800
1
2d
2x
ZAA.3500
2c
2a 2b
2d
302
Catalogue 2006
METABOX
Planning
0.2 10 + 0.1
64
64
min 177
64
64
86
min 54
min 5
64
min 13.5
64
15.5
8.5
8.5
12
18.5
32
32
0.2 10 + 0.1
207
32
32
0.2 10 + 0.1
32

B
Back 191 mm
A
LW KB
KB LW NL
LW - 31 mm

5
X 69 mm
32
313
276 306 310 314 420 510
303
Catalogue 2006
METABOX
METABOX
Product
Description
Space requirement
NL
Nominal length
Order information
Cabinet prole, centre prole and drawer side left / right, RAL 9001 cream Nominal length Screw-on Quick assemNL version bly 330M400PC 330M400PC15 400 mm 330M450PC 330M450PC15 450 mm 330M500PC 330M500PC15 500 mm 330M550PC 330M550PC15 550 mm 1 4
METABOX
Longside gallery rails with back xing left/right RAL 9001 Alu cream ZRE.371S.ID ZRE.421S.ID ZRE.471S.ID ZRE.521S.ID
Single BOXSIDE
Nominal length NL 2x 400 mm 2x 450 mm 2x 500 mm 2x 550 mm
RAL 9001 Steel cream Z36H367SE01 Z36H417SE01 Z36H467SE01 Z36H517SE01
2a
ZSF.1200 ZSF.1300 ZSF.130E
2b
ZAA.3700
ZSF.1700 ZSF.1800
4 1
2d
2x
ZAA.3500
2c
5 1
2a 2b
2d
304
Catalogue 2006
METABOX
Planning
0.2 10 + 0.1
min 177
128
128
207
0.2 10 + 0.1
86
min 54
min 5
64
min 13.5
64
15.5
8.5
8.5
12
18.5
32
96
32
Cabinet prole screw positions Nominal length NL (mm) 400 450 500
64

B
96
Back 191 mm
20 128 128 96 128 37
A
LW KB
550
KB LW NL
LW - 31 mm

5
X 69 mm
32
313
276 306 310 314 420 510
305
Catalogue 2006
METABOX
METABOX
Accessories
Side stabilisation
- For full extension with wooden back - Additional stabilisation for extra wide drawers and high fronted pull-outs Nominal length 450 mm 500 mm 550 mm Part no. ZST.450MH ZST.500MH ZST.550MH
1 Cutting: Cabinet width (KB) - 124 mm Space requirements in cabinet Space requirements in cabinet Space requirements in cabinet
Cabinet prole xing positions 313 Installation dimensions height M, K and H Assembly
29
METABOX
150
32
min 118
18.5 - M 50.5 - K 82.5 - H
118
32
32
86
32 min 54
15.5
15.5
min 86
15.5
Child safety latch 320/330

- Made of high impact natural coloured nylon - To prevent small children from opening the drawer natural Part no. 295.5500
Cabinet installation dimensions 320
Front installation dimensions 320
Cabinet installation dimensions 330 [1] Drilling
Front installation dimensions 330
Assembly
16 28
7 max. 10 min. 5 5 1
16 28
min. 50
14.4
37
14.4
37
min. 50
1 2
306
Catalogue 2006
METABOX
Accessories
Anti-tilt device
- For central locking of all pull-outs - In combination with locking systems - For locking bar systems (suitable for single and full extension drawers) - If one drawer is open, the others are locked (pull-out lock) - Please read locking system manufacturers instructions 320 320 A B N 56 48.5 M 88 80.5 K 120 112.5 H 152 144.5 330 330 A B M 56 48.5 K 88 80.5 H 120 112.5 21 9 RAL 9001 cream Part no. 295.5300
Assembly
A B
.5 20 A = 37 B=
A 11
B min A
min 7
B min A
min 7
21 9
15.5
Spacers
- For inner drawers with single extensions - Made of high impact nylon RAL 9001 - To space drawers beyond the door protrusion - Stacking possible (up to 24 mm) - Screw xing with version available for predrilled 5 mm holes Spacing 4 mm 8 mm 8 mm with dowel 5 mm Part no. 320M0048 320M0088 320M0188
7.5
Spacer combinations The number of xing points required depends on the length of the cabinet prole: Up to 450 mm min. 2 xing points Up to 550 mm min. 3 xing points Up to 650 mm min. 4 xing points
Assembly
Hinge 170 100 / 107 / 120 Prole/thick door Maximum spacing
Spacer / xing 8 mm 4 x 20 mm 12 mm 4 x 25 mm 16 mm 4 x 30 mm 24 mm 4 x 40 mm
Spacers / quantity and part no. 1x 1x 1x 1x 2x 1x 3x 2x 320M0088 320M0188 320M0048 320M0048 320M0088 320M0088 320M0088 320M0088 Catalogue 2006
1x 1x 1x 1x 307
320M0088 320M0188 320M0188 320M0188
+ + + +
METABOX
C 24 min 46
METABOX
Accessories METAFILE
METAFILE le drawer
- For METABOX high fronted pull-out base element, height B with gallery 25 und 30 kg - For nominal lengths 450 to 550 mm - For cabinet widths 275 to 600 mm Steel / nylon RAL 9001 cream Part no. ZRM.5500
Basic element 25 kg B height 30 kg B height Space requirements in cabinet Installation dimensions for screw-on front B Front overlay 15 min 213 32 32 Front drilling dimensions Back installation dimensions Assembly 294 300
1 8 32
METABOX
160
160
10
min 86
86
64 81
min 5
min. 13.5
64
18.5
32
166
8.5
15
12
15.5
8.5
Installation dimensions for screw-on front B Front overlay min 15 32
min 8 32 32 10 12 DIN A4 cutting dimensions lengthwise Min. nominal length = 500 mm 3 2 1 [1] Nominal length - 28 mm [2] 305 mm [3] Nominal length - 406 mm [4] Internal cabinet width - 82 mm [5] Internal cabinet width - 59 mm 4 5 308 18.5 32 166 9
min 237
160
86
min 54
min 5
64 49
15.5
8.5
DIN A4 cutting dimensions across Min. internal width = 376 mm 2 1 A4 [1] Nominal length - 28 mm [2] Nominal length - 53 mm
8.5
min 13.5
min 15
64
160
Catalogue 2006
METABOX
Accessories
Contoured prole
1 - Screw-on version - For 16 mm base - Nylon, RAL 9001 cream Cutting dim. for 16 mm chipboard Standard drawer NL - 2 mm Inner drawer NL - 18 mm LW - 34 mm
For cutting to size, 1200 mm
Part no. ZSD.1200S
1 Cutting: Nominal length (NL) - 18 mm
Pull-out stop 320

- Made of high impact natural coloured nylon - To prevent accidental removal of drawer specially for cutlery or machine/applicance pull-outs Part no. 320M0009.01 Assembly
natural
Pull-out stop 330

- Made of high impact nylon - To prevent accidental removal of drawer specially for cutlery or machine/applicance pullouts Part no. 330.0029 Assembly
orange
POSISTOP 320
- Stop in runner system - Made of high impact natural coloured nylon - Developed to relieve pressure on the drawer front - For single extension only - Produces either a 1.5 or 3 mm gap - Symmetrical Assembly
Gap 1.5 mm 3 mm
Part no. 298.3210.01 298.3230.01
POSISTOP 330
- Stop in runner system - Made of high impact natural coloured nylon - Developed to relieve pressure on the drawer front - For full extensions only - Produces a 1.5 mm gap Assembly
Left and right
Part no. 330.0028
309
Catalogue 2006
METABOX
METABOX

- Cross gallery rails for cutting to size - Material: aluminium
RAL 9001 cream For cutting to size, 1104 mm
Part no. ZRG.1104U
1 Cutting: Cabinet width (KB) - 103 mm
Gallery connector
- Clip-on to gallery - Connects the cross gallery with BOXSIDE - Material: nylon/steel Assembly
RAL 9001 cream
Part no. ZRU.10B1E
METABOX

- Cross gallery rails for cutting to size - Material: aluminium
RAL 9001 cream For cutting to size, 1104 mm
Part no. ZRG.1104U
1 Cutting: Cabinet width (KB) - 96 mm

- Cross gallery connector (made of high impact nylon) for two gallery rails - Slide-on connection of gallery to gallery xing - Insertion and screw-on xing 2 tier RAL 9001 cream Part no. ZRU.00Z0
Lateral divider
- Gallery division made of high impact nylon - Clip-on xing to gallery
RAL 9001 cream
Part no. ZRU.00F0
310
Catalogue 2006
METABOX
Accessories
Chipboard screws
7 - Nickel plated - 3.5 mm Length (X) 15 mm 17 mm Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
3.5
System screws
8 - Nickel plated - 6 mm - Drilling diameter 5 mm Length (X) 10 mm 11.5 mm 13 mm 14.5 mm 20 mm Part no. 661.1000.HG 661.1150.HG 661.1300.HG 661.1450.HG 661.2000.HG

7 - Nickel plated - 6 mm - Drilling diameter 5 mm Length (X) 11.5 mm 13 mm 14.5 mm Part no. 662.1150.HG 662.1300.HG 662.1450.HG
Centre bit

- For noise reduction Nylon natural Part no. 993.710
8 mm door buffer
8 min.10 - For noise reduction - Gap 2 mm - Two-part Nylon Part no. 993.706
1.5
311
Catalogue 2006
METABOX
METABOX
Accessories
Pozi screwdriver
Slotted screwdriver
METABOX
312
Catalogue 2006
METABOX

Fixing onto cabinet A Chipboard screws 4 x 15 mm B Chipboard screws Part no. 661.145 C Chipboard screws 3.5 x 15 mm For high fronted pull-out
A B A B A B A B A B 350 270 C
400 - 450
500
550

A B 270 A B 350 - 450 A B 500 - 550
Cabinet prole ZST lateral stabiliser

Nominal length NL (mm) 450 mm 500 mm 550 mm
128 128 96 128
64 7 37
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length + 25 mm
313
Catalogue 2006
METABOX
METABOX
Drawer 320/330 N
Inner drawer 320/330 N
2 1 1
ZSF.1510/1610 Assembly
Assembly
Drawer 320/330 M/K/H
METABOX
ZSF.1200/1300/130E Assembly
ZSF.1700/1800 Assembly
Inner drawer 320/330 M/K/H
Assembly

1 2 3
3 2
Front assembly
Back assembly
Back removal
Front removal
314
Catalogue 2006
METABOX
Drawer wooden back

2 3
320
330
315
Catalogue 2006
METABOX
METABOX
Side adjustment
1.5 2 1.5
Tilt adjustment
1.3
ZSF.1200/1300/130E
ZSF.1700/1800
ZSF.1510/1610
ZSF.1200/1300/130E/1700
Height adjustment
METABOX
- 1.8 2
3
5 + 3.6
ZSF.1200/1300/130E
1.8 2
ZSF.1700/1800
+ 1.8
ZSF.1510/1610
316
Catalogue 2006
METABOX
317
Catalogue 2006
METABOX

Runner systems
Inspire your customers with variety and comfort

The TANDEM runner system is Blums premier solution for wooden drawers and pull-outs. This concealed ttings technology will enable you to make furniture that will meet your customers highest expectations. This versatility ensures that there are a variety of options for making functional as well as beautiful wooden furniture. Quality features such as TANDEM ultra light running action, the new BLUMOTION (completely integrated into the runner system) as well as tool-free adjustment options provide you with perfect motion for your furniture.
BLUMOTION The perfection motion, silent and effortless from the next generation of BLUMOTION
Easy adjustment The innovative tilt and height adjustment feature makes front adjustment fast and precise. All without the need for tools
Slide-on or clip-on feature Both xing technologies make assembly and removal easier. Its also an advantage for your customer when spring cleaning
TIP-ON for handle-less furniture With TIP-ON drawers can be opened easily with just a light touch on the front. This opens up a new dimension in furniture design
318
Catalogue 2006

Overview
Basic components
Drawer Inner drawer High fronted pull-out Inner pull-out Pull-out surround Video runner Larder unit
Symbol photo
ORGA-LINE-applications
Provisions Cutlery Odds and ends Crockery Nylon tray Kitchen utensils/knives/small electric appliances Open provisions Spices Bottles Cooking utensils Pots/lids/pans/cooking utensils Baking ingredients
Symbol photo
Accessories
ORGA-LINE Screw-on Centre bit Door buffer Screwdriver Symbol photo 388 368 368 368 369
Cabinet prole xing positions Drawer/High fronted pull-out Glass BOXSIDE Drawer insertion and removal Front adjuster Pull-out surround and video runner Lock-open stop
370 372 372 373 374 374 374
TIP-ON ORGA-LINE
375 389
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request Accessories General Information Larder unit with door Drawer Inner drawer High fronted pull-out Pull-out surround Video runner Full extension Single extension Gallery Double gallery Glass BOXSIDE Deep pull-out Locking device feature Clip-on feature Dynamic carrying capacity in kg DYNAMIC SPACE-Consumables zone DYNAMIC SPACE-Non-consumables zone 319 Catalogue 2006 DYNAMIC SPACE-Cleaning zone DYNAMIC SPACE-Preparation zone DYNAMIC SPACE-Cooking zone Planning Cutting Assembly Assembly, removal and adjustment Dishwasher-proof up to 65C
TANDEM

Standard cabinet
Drawer Basic element 560H 566H 322 324 560H 566H 322 324 Inner drawer
550H 326 561H 328

min 7 min 7
550H 326 561H 328
551H 330 High fronted pull-out Basic element 560H 566H 332 334
551H 330 Inner pull-out
Gallery 550H 336 560H 566H 338 340
TANDEM
Double gallery 550H 342 560H 566H 344 346
Glass BOXSIDE 550H 348 560H 566H 350 352
min 7
min 7
min 7
min 7
min 130
550H 354
Pull-out surround
Pull-out surround Basic element 560H 566H 356 358
min 7
550H 360
320
min 130
Deep pull-out
min 7
560H 566H 350 352
Catalogue 2006

Video runner
Basic element Video runner Cabinet assembly 560H 362 Video runner Base mounting 560H 362
550H 364 Cabinet width 400 - 600 mm Larder unit
550H 364
366
321
Catalogue 2006
TANDEM

Standard element drawer/inner drawer
Product
Description
- Concealed TANDEM full extension with integrated BLUMOTION for silent and effortless closing action - Dyn. load bearing 30 kg - TANDEM inside for unparalleled running action for the lifetime of the furniture - Tool-free height adjustment in locking device - Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment - Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation - BLUMATIC self closing feature
Space requirement
NL
+3
NL
Nominal length
Order information
1 Runners left/right
Nominal length NL 250 mm 270 mm 300 mm 320 mm 350 mm 380 mm 400 mm 420 mm 450 mm 480 mm 500 mm 520 mm 550 mm 3
TANDEM plus BLUMOTION 560H2500B 560H2700B 560H3000B 560H3200B 560H3500B 560H3800B 560H4000B 560H4200B 560H4500B 560H4800B 560H5000B 560H5200B 560H5500B
TANDEM plus * 560H2500C 560H2700C 560H3000C 560H3200C 560H3500C 560H3800C 560H4000C 560H4200C 560H4500C 560H4800C 560H5000C 560H5200C 560H5500C
* Suitable for TIP-ON Drawer

6
TANDEM
6 1 4
Locking device left/right orange left hand orange Right
T51.1700.04 T51.1700.04
Front adjustment bracket (optional) Nylon natural
Inner drawer 295.1000

6
POSISTOP (optional) Nylon RAL 7037 dust grey Depth stop for inner drawers TIP-ON left/right (optional) TIP-ON For handle-less fronts Only suitable for TANDEM plus Delivery start Sept 2006
298.5500
T55.7150
5
3 1
322
Catalogue 2006

Planning
Space requirements in cabinet * + 1 mm with TIP-ON T55.7150 Drawer / inner drawer SKW Internal drawer width LW Inner cabinet width Drawer SKL Drawer length NL Nominal Length Inner drawer ISKL Inner drawer length SKL Drawer length NL Nominal Length
min 7
SKW = LW - 42
+ 0.0 1.5
x SKL = NL - 10 37 32 ISKL = SKL + x 37
27.5*
37*
12 - 15
max 16
4 21 min 27.5
NL
10
22
NL
10
Cabinet prole screw positions Nominal length NL (mm) 250, 270

96
Drawer assembly
11 55 10 33 *
300, 320 350, 380 400, 420

64
Use drilling jig T65.1000

128
450, 480 500, 520, 550

14 224 32 9 37
* 85 mm with TIP-ON T55.X150 Use drilling jig T65.1000
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm Cabinet prole xing positions Page instructions Overview TANDEM plus BLUMOTION 320 Overview ORGA-LINE-applications 378 ORGA-LINE-application cutlery ORGA-LINE-application odds & ends
370
ORGA-LINE-application cooking utensils 381 ORGA-LINE-sets/accessories Accessories 380 Assembly and adjustment Assembly devices 380 More technical details 382 368 372 420 510
ORGA-LINE-application kitchen utensils/ 380 knives/small electric appliances 323 Catalogue 2006
TANDEM

Product
Description
Space requirement
NL
+3
NL
Nominal length
Order information
Nominal length NL 450 mm 500 mm 520 mm 550 mm 580 mm 600 mm 650 mm 700 mm 750 mm 3
TANDEM plus BLUMOTION 566H4500B 566H5000B 566H5200B 566H5500B 566H5800B 566H6000B 566H6500B 566H7000B 566H7500B
TANDEM
TANDEM plus 566H4500C 566H5000C 566H5200C 566H5500C 566H5800C 566H6000C 566H6500C
Drawer
T51.1700.04 T51.1700.04
295.1000
Inner drawer 5 POSISTOP (optional) Nylon RAL 7037 dust grey Depth stop for inner drawers 298.5500
3 5 1
324
Catalogue 2006

Planning
Space requirements in cabinet Drawer / inner drawer SKW Internal drawer width LW Inner cabinet width Drawer SKL Drawer length NL Nominal Length Inner drawer ISKL Inner drawer length SKL Drawer length NL Nominal Length
min 7
SKW = LW - 42
+ 0.0 1.5
x SKL = NL - 10 37 32 ISKL = SKL + x 37
27.5
37
12 - 15
max 16
4 21 min 27.5
NL
10
22
NL
10

96
Drawer assembly
11 55 10 33
500
192
520 550 Use drilling jig T65.1000 580 600 650 700 750
14 64 288 32 9 37
370
TANDEM
TANDEM BLUMOTION
Product
Description
- Concealed TANDEM single extension with integrated BLUMOTION for silent and effortless closing action - Dyn. load bearing 30 kg - TANDEM inside for unparalleled running action for the lifetime of the furniture - Tool-free height adjustment in locking device - Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation - BLUMATIC self closing feature
Space requirement
NL
+3
NL
Nominal length
Order information
TANDEM
TANDEM BLUMOTION 550H2700B 550H3000B 550H3500B 550H4000B 550H4500B 550H5000B 550H5500B
TANDEM * 550H2700.03 550H3000.03 550H3500.03 550H4000.03 550H4500.03 550H5000.03 550H5500.03 550H6000.03 550H6500.03

6
T51.1700.04 T51.1700.04
1 4
295.1000
Inner drawer 5 POSISTOP (optional) Nylon RAL 7037 dust grey Depth stop for inner drawers TIP-ON left/right (optional) TIP-ON For handle-less fronts Only suitable for TANDEM Delivery start Sept 2006 298.5500
6
T55.1150
6 3 5 1
326
Catalogue 2006
TANDEM BLUMOTION
Planning
Space requirements in cabinet A 3 mm distance to interchange with full extension Drawer / inner drawer SKW Internal drawer width LW Inner cabinet width Drawer SKL Drawer length NL Nominal Length Inner drawer ISKL Inner drawer length SKL Drawer length NL Nominal Length
min 7
SKW = LW - 42
+ 0.0 1.5
x 37 SKL = NL - 10 37 ISKL = SKL + x
24.5
34
max 13
max 16
4 min 24.5
NL
10
22
NL
10
21
Cabinet prole screw positions Nominal length NL (mm) 270 96 300, 350, 400, 450 128 500, 550 224 600 228 650 14 352 9 37
Drawer assembly
11 55 10 33 *
370
TANDEM

Product
Description
- Concealed TANDEM full extension with pegs and integrated BLUMOTION for silent and effortless closing action - Dyn. load bearing 30 kg - TANDEM inside for unparalleled running action for the lifetime of the furniture - Lift-off stop and height adjustment integrated into runner system - Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment - BLUMATIC self closing feature
Space requirement
NL
+3
NL
Nominal length
Order information
TANDEM plus * 561H2601A 561H2851A 561H3101A 561H3351A 561H3601A 561H3851A 561H4101A 561H4351A 561H4601A 561H4851A 561H5101A 561H5351A 561H5601A
TANDEM
295.1000
TIP-ON left/right (optional) TIP-ON For handle-less fronts Only suitable for TANDEM plus Delivery start Sept 2006
Inner drawer T55.7150
6
1
328
Catalogue 2006

Planning
Space requirements in cabinet * + 1 mm with TIP-ON T55.7150 Drawer / inner drawer SKW Internal drawer width LW Inner cabinet width Drawer SKL Drawer length NL Nominal Length Inner drawer ISKL Inner drawer length SKL Drawer length NL Nominal Length
min 7
SKW = LW - 42
+ 0.0 1.5
x SKL = NL - 10 37 32 ISKL = SKL + x 37
27.5*
37*
11-13
11-16
4 21 min 27.5
NL
10
22
NL
10

96
Drawer assembly
11 13 5 10
285 310, 335 360, 385
Use drilling jig T65.1000 410

64
435, 460, 485

128
510, 535 560

14 64 224 32 9 37
X3 X2
Nominal length NL (mm) 260 285 310 335 360 385 410 435 460 485 510 535
Pegs X2 (mm) 205 220 230 245 275 285 300 310 335 350 360 375 405
Lift-off stop X3 (mm) 185 200 242 257 287 297 344 354 379 394 436 451 481
370
560
TANDEM
9
7
TANDEM BLUMOTION
Product
Description
- Concealed TANDEM single extension with pegs and integrated BLUMOTION for silent and effortless closing action - Dyn. load bearing 30 kg - TANDEM inside for unparalleled running action for the lifetime of the furniture - Lift-off stop and height adjustment integrated into runner system - BLUMATIC self closing feature
Space requirement
NL
+3
NL
Nominal length
Order information
TANDEM BLUMOTION 551H2601B 551H2851B 551H3101B 551H3351B 551H3601B 551H3851B 551H4101B 551H4351B 551H4601B 551H4851B 551H5101B 551H5351B 551H5601B
TANDEM * 551H2601 551H2851 551H3101 551H3351 551H3601 551H3851 551H4101 551H4351 551H4601 551H4851 551H5101 551H5351 551H5601
TANDEM
6 1 4
295.1000
TIP-ON left/right (optional) TIP-ON For handle-less fronts Only suitable for TANDEM Delivery start Sept 2006
Inner drawer T55.3150
6 1
330
Catalogue 2006
TANDEM BLUMOTION
Planning
Space requirements in cabinet A 3 mm distance to interchange with full extension Drawer / inner drawer SKW Internal drawer width LW Inner cabinet width Drawer SKL Drawer length NL Nominal Length Inner drawer ISKL Inner drawer length SKL Drawer length NL Nominal Length
min 7
SKW = LW - 42
+ 0.0 1.5
x 37 SKL = NL - 10 37 ISKL = SKL + x
24.5
34
max 13
11-16
4 min 24.5
NL
10
22
NL
10
21

96
Drawer assembly
11 13 5 10
310, 335, 360, 385, 410, 435

128
9
7
460, 485 510, 535
Use drilling jig T65.1000 560

14 64 224 9 37
Nominal length
Pegs X2 (mm) 205 220 230 245 275 285 300 310 335 350 360 375 405
Lift-off stop X1 (mm) 185 200 210 225 255 265 280 290 315 330 340 355 385
X2 X1
NL (mm) 260 285 310 335 360 385 410 435 460 485 510 535
370
560
TANDEM

Product
Description
Space requirement
NL
+3
NL
Nominal length
Order information
1 Runners left/right 7 Longside gallery rails with back xing left/right
TANDEM
Nominal length NL 400 mm 450 mm 480 mm 500 mm 520 mm 550 mm 3
TANDEM plus BLUMOTION 560H4000B 560H4500B 560H4800B 560H5000B 560H5200B 560H5500B
TANDEM plus * 560H4000C 560H4500C 560H4800C 560H5000C 560H5200C 560H5500C
* Suitable for TIP-ON
chrome plated ZRE.363A.ID ZRE.413A.ID ZRE.443A.ID ZRE.463A.ID ZRE.483A.ID ZRE.513A.ID
T51.1700.04 T51.1700.04
295.1000 High fronted pull-out
T55.7150
6 1
332
Catalogue 2006

Planning
Space requirements in cabinet * + 1 mm with TIP-ON T55.7150 High fronted pull-out SKW Internal drawer width LW Inner cabinet width
11.5
High fronted pull-out SKL Drawer length NL Nominal Length
min 7
16
6.5
10 +0.2 0.1
27.5*
37*
37*
12-15
SKW = 0.0 LW-42 + 1.5 max 16
6.5
11.5
32
12
SKL = NL - 10 37 32
4 min 27.5
NL
10
21

64
Drawer assembly
11 55 10 33 *
450, 480
128
500, 520, 550

14 224 32 9 37
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm Cabinet prole xing positions Page instructions Overview TANDEM plus BLUMOTION 320 ORGA-LINE-accessories Accessories Assembly and adjustment Assembly devices More technical details 388 368 372 420 510
370
333
Catalogue 2006
TANDEM

Product
Description
Space requirement
NL
+3
NL
Nominal length
Order information
TANDEM
chrome plated ZRE.413A.ID ZRE.463A.ID ZRE.483A.ID ZRE.513A.ID ZRE.543A.ID ZRE.563A.ID ZRE.613A.ID ZRE.663A.ID ZRE.713A.ID
T51.1700.04 T51.1700.04 High fronted pull-out
295.1000
1 4
334
Catalogue 2006

Planning
Space requirements in cabinet High fronted pull-out SKW Internal drawer width LW Inner cabinet width
min 7
11.5
16
6.5
10 +0.2 0.1
27.5
37*
37
12-15
SKW = 0.0 LW-42 + 1.5 max 16
6.5
11.5
32
12
SKL = NL - 10 37 32
4 min 27.5
NL
10
21

96
Drawer assembly
11 55 10 33
500
192
14 64 288 32 9 37
370
335
Catalogue 2006
TANDEM
TANDEM BLUMOTION
Product
Description
Space requirement
NL
+3
NL
Nominal length
Order information
TANDEM
TANDEM BLUMOTION 550H4000B 550H4500B 550H5000B 550H5500B
TANDEM * 550H4000.03 550H4500.03 550H5000.03 550H5500.03 550H6000.03 550H6500.03
T51.1700.04 T51.1700.04
T55.1150
7
6 1 4
336
Catalogue 2006
TANDEM BLUMOTION
Planning
Space requirements in cabinet A 3 mm distance to interchange with full extension
min 7 16
11.5
High fronted pull-out SKW Internal drawer width LW Inner cabinet width
32
6.5
max 13
10
SKW = 0.0 LW-42 + 1.5 max 16
6.5
11.5
12
+0.2 - 0.1
37
SKL = NL - 10
24.5
34
24.5
34
4 min 24.5
NL
10
21

128
Drawer assembly
11 55 10 33 *
500, 550
224
600
228
6 9
650
14 352

37
370
337
Catalogue 2006
TANDEM

Product
Description
- Concealed TANDEM full extension with integrated BLUMOTION for silent and effortless closing action - Dyn. load bearing 30 kg - TANDEM inside for unparalleled running action for the lifetime of the furniture - Tool-free height adjustment via a locking device - Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment - Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation - BLUMATIC self closing feature
Space requirement
Order information
TANDEM
Nominal length chrome plated NL 400 mm 2 x ZRE.363A.ID 450 mm 2 x ZRE.413A.ID 480 mm 2 x ZRE.443A.ID 500 mm 2 x ZRE.463A.ID 520 mm 2 x ZRE.483A.ID 550 mm 2 x ZRE.513A.ID
T51.1700.04 T51.1700.04
T55.7150
6 1
338
Catalogue 2006

Planning
Space requirements in cabinet * + 1 mm with TIP-ON T55.7150
min 7 16
11.5
32
6.5
6.5
11.5
12
27.5*
37*
37*
12 - 15
SKW = 0.0 LW-42 + 1.5 max 16
10 +0.2 0.1
SKL = NL - 10 37 32
4 21 min 27.5
NL
10

64
Drawer assembly
11 55 10 33 *
450, 480
128
500, 520, 550

14 224 32 9 37
370
339
Catalogue 2006
TANDEM

Product
Description
- Concealed TANDEM full extension with integrated BLUMOTION for silent and effortless closing action - Dyn. load bearing 50 kg - TANDEM inside for unparalleled running action for the lifetime of the furniture - Tool-free height adjustment via a locking device - Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment - Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation - BLUMATIC self closing feature
Space requirement
Order information
TANDEM
Nominal length chrome plated NL 450 mm 2 x ZRE.413A.ID 500 mm 2 x ZRE.463A.ID 520 mm 2 x ZRE.483A.ID 550 mm 2 x ZRE.513A.ID 580 mm 2 x ZRE.543A.ID 600 mm 2 x ZRE.563A.ID 650 mm 2 x ZRE.613A.ID 700 mm ZRE.663A.ID 2x 750 mm ZRE.713A.ID 2x
295.1000
1 4
340
Catalogue 2006

Planning
6.5
min 7
32
16
11.5
6.5
11.5
12
27.5
37
37
12 - 15
SKW = 0.0 LW-42 + 1.5 max 16
10 +0.2 0.1
SKL = NL - 10 37 32
4 21 min 27.5
NL
10

96
Drawer assembly
11 55 10 33
500
192
14 64 288 32 9 37
370
341
Catalogue 2006
TANDEM
TANDEM BLUMOTION
Product
Description
- Concealed TANDEM single extension with integrated BLUMOTION for silent and effortless closing action - Dyn. load bearing 30 kg - TANDEM inside for unparalleled running action for the lifetime of the furniture - Tool-free height adjustment via a locking device - Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation - BLUMATIC self closing feature
Space requirement
Order information
TANDEM
TANDEM * 550H4000.03 550H4500.03 550H5000.03 550H5500.03 550H6000.03 550H6500.03
Nominal length chrome plated NL 400 mm 2 x ZRE.363A.ID 450 mm 2 x ZRE.413A.ID 500 mm 2 x ZRE.463A.ID 550 mm 2 x ZRE.513A.ID 600 mm 2 x ZRE.563A.ID 650 mm 2 x ZRE.613A.ID
T51.1700.04 T51.1700.04
T55.1150
7
1 4
342
Catalogue 2006
TANDEM BLUMOTION
Planning
min 7 16
11.5
32
6.5
6.5
11.5
12
max 13
SKW = 0.0 LW-42 + 1.5 max 16
10 +0.2 - 0.1
37
SKL = NL - 10
24.5
34
24.5
34
4 min 24.5
21
NL
10

128
Drawer assembly
11 55 10 33 *
500, 550
224
600
228
6 9
650
14 352

37
370
343
Catalogue 2006
TANDEM

Product
Description
Space requirement
Order information
TANDEM
T51.1700.04 T51.1700.04
TIP-ON left/right (optional) TIP-ON For handle-less fronts Only suitable for TANDEM plus Delivery start Sept 2006 Adapter piece left / right Nylon RAL 7037 dust grey Glass: Not part of standard components!
T55.7150
7 8
Z36H000G1
6 8 4 1
344
Catalogue 2006

Planning
Space requirements in cabinet * + 1 mm with TIP-ON T55.7150
min 7 16
11.5
6.5
32
min 3
SKW = 0.0 LW-42 + 1.5 max 16
6.5
11.5
12
min 5
10 +0.2 0.1
27.5*
37*
27.5
37*
12 - 15
SKL = NL - 10 37 32
4 min 27.5
NL
10
21

64
Drawer assembly
11 55 10 33 *
450, 480
128
500, 520, 550

14 224 32 9 37
Cutting dimensions for 4 mm ESG glass The thermal treatment requires that all edges be formed. Approx. 0.7 mm x 45 We recommend ESG glass (safety glass) and refer to the national and international safety standards.
98 +10
4 + 0.
NL
-4
+0 1
05 .5
370
345
Catalogue 2006
TANDEM

Product
Description
Space requirement
Order information
TANDEM
chrome plated ZRE.413A.ID ZRE.463A.ID ZRE.483A.ID ZRE.513A.ID ZRE.543A.ID ZRE.563A.ID ZRE.613A.ID ZRE.663A.ID ZRE.713A.ID
295.1000
Adapter piece left / right Nylon RAL 7037 dust grey Glass: Not part of standard components!
Z36H000G1
8 1 4 8
346
Catalogue 2006

Planning
6.5
min 7
32
16
11.5
min 3
SKW = 0.0 LW-42 + 1.5 max 16
6.5
11.5
12
min 5
10 +0.2 0.1
27.5
27.5
37
37
12 - 15
SKL = NL - 10 37 32
4 min 27.5
NL
10
21

96
Drawer assembly
11 55 10 33
500
192
98 +10
14 64 288 32 9 37
4 + 0.
NL
-4
+0 1
05 .5
370
347
Catalogue 2006
TANDEM
TANDEM BLUMOTION
Product
Description
Space requirement
Order information
TANDEM
TANDEM * 550H4000.03 550H4500.03 550H5000.03 550H5500.03 550H6000.03 550H6500.03
T51.1700.04 T51.1700.04
TIP-ON left/right (optional) TIP-ON For handle-less fronts Only suitable for TANDEM Delivery start Sept 2006 Adapter piece left / right Nylon RAL 7037 dust grey Glass: Not part of standard components!
T55.1150
7
Z36H000G1
6 8 1 4 8
348
Catalogue 2006
TANDEM BLUMOTION
Planning
min 7
6.5
32
16
11.5
min 3
min 5
6.5
11.5
12
max 13
SKW = 0.0 LW-42 + 1.5 max 16
10 +0.2 0.1
37
SKL = NL - 10
34
24.5
24.5
34
4 min 24.5
21
NL
10

128
Drawer assembly
11 55 10 33 *
500, 550
224
600
228
6 9
650
14 352

37
Cutting dimensions for 4 mm ESG glass The thermal treatment requires that all edges be formed. Approx. 0.7 mm x 45 We recommend ESG glass (safety glass) and refer to the national and international safety standards.
98 +10
4 + 0.
NL
-4
+0 1
05 .5
370
349
Catalogue 2006
TANDEM

Standard element high fronted pull-out/inner pull-out
Product
Description
Space requirement
NL
+3
NL
Nominal length
Order information
Nominal length NL 450 mm 500 mm 550 mm 3
TANDEM plus BLUMOTION 560H4500B 560H5000B 560H5500B
TANDEM plus * 560H4500C 560H5000C 560H5500C
* Suitable for TIP-ON High fronted pull-out

6 8
TANDEM
T51.1700.04 T51.1700.04
6
295.1000
1 4
POSISTOP (optional) Nylon RAL 7037 dust grey Depth stop for inner pull-out TIP-ON left/right (optional) TIP-ON For handle-less fronts Only suitable for TANDEM plus Delivery start Sept 2006 Side liners
298.5500
T55.7150
Inner pull-out
6 8
Nominal length NL 450 mm 500 mm 550 mm
grey Steel ZHI.450SS65 ZHI.500SS65 ZHI.550SS65
Stainless steel (Inox) ZHI.450SS65 ZHI.500SS65 ZHI.550SS65
6 3 5 1
350
Catalogue 2006

Planning
Space requirements in cabinet * + 1 mm with TIP-ON T55.7150 High fronted pull-out / inner pull-out SKW Internal drawer width LW Inner cabinet width High fronted pull-out SKL Drawer length NL Nominal Length Inner pull-out ISKL Inner drawer length SKL Drawer length NL Nominal Length
12 - 15
SKW = 0.0 LW-42 + 1.5 max 16
SKL = NL - 10 37 32
SKL = NL - 10 37 32
4 min 27.5
NL
10
NL
10

128
Drawer assembly
11 55
9 37
500, 550
14 224 32
10
33
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm Cabinet prole xing positions Page instructions Overview TANDEM plus BLUMOTION 320 Overview ORGA-LINE-applications 378 ORGA-LINE-application provisions 384 ORGA-LINE-application crockery
370
368 372 420 510
385 ORGA-LINE-application pots/lids/pans/ 384 cooking utensils 386 ORGA-LINE-application plastic containers ORGA-LINE-application baking ingredients 384 386 351 Catalogue 2006
TANDEM

Product
Description
Space requirement
NL
+3
NL
Nominal length
Order information
TANDEM plus BLUMOTION 566H4500B 566H5000B 566H5500B
TANDEM plus 566H4500C 566H5000C 566H5500C
TANDEM
T51.1700.04 T51.1700.04
295.1000
1 4
POSISTOP (optional) Nylon RAL 7037 dust grey Depth stop for inner pull-out Side liners
298.5500
Inner pull-out Nominal length NL 450 mm 500 mm 550 mm grey Steel ZHI.450SS65 ZHI.500SS65 ZHI.550SS65 Stainless steel (Inox) ZHI.450SS65 ZHI.500SS65 ZHI.550SS65
3 5 1
352
Catalogue 2006

Planning
Space requirements in cabinet High fronted pull-out / inner pull-out SKW Internal drawer width LW Inner cabinet width High fronted pull-out SKL Drawer length NL Nominal Length Inner pull-out ISKL Inner drawer length SKL Drawer length NL Nominal Length
12 - 15
SKW = 0.0 LW-42 + 1.5 max 16
SKL = NL - 10 37 32
SKL = NL - 10 37 32
4 min 27.5
NL
10
NL
10

96
Drawer assembly
11 55 10 33
500
192
550
14 128
32
9 37
370
368 372 420 510
TANDEM
TANDEM BLUMOTION
Product
Description
Space requirement
NL
+3
NL
Nominal length
Order information
TANDEM BLUMOTION 550H4500B 550H5000B 550H5500B
TANDEM * 550H4500.03 550H5000.03 550H5500.03
TANDEM
T51.1700.04 T51.1700.04
295.1000
TIP-ON left/right (optional) TIP-ON For handle-less fronts Only suitable for TANDEM Delivery start Sept 2006 Side liners
High fronted pull-out T55.1150

6 8
grey Steel ZHI.450SS65 ZHI.500SS65 ZHI.550SS65
Stainless steel (Inox) ZHI.450SS65 ZHI.500SS65 ZHI.550SS65

4
354
Catalogue 2006
TANDEM BLUMOTION
Planning
Space requirements in cabinet A 3 mm distance to interchange with full extension High fronted pull-out SKW Internal drawer width LW Inner cabinet width High fronted pull-out SKL Drawer length NL Nominal Length
min 7
max 13
SKW = 0.0 LW-42 + 1.5 max 16
SKL = NL - 10 37
24.5
34
4 min 24.5
21
NL
10

128
Drawer assembly
11 55
9 224 37
500, 550
14
10
33
370
368 372 420 510
TANDEM

Standard element pull-out surround
Product
Description
- Concealed TANDEM full extension with integrated BLUMOTION for silent and effortless closing action - Dyn. load bearing 30 kg - TANDEM inside for unparalleled running action for the lifetime of the furniture - Tool-free height adjustment via a locking device - Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation - Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment - BLUMATIC self closing feature
Space requirement
51/138/188
NL
1 +2
NL
Nominal length
Order information
1 Runners left/right 10 Gallery rail chrome plated For cutting to size, 1094 mm Cutting: Cabinet width (KB) - 106 mm Nominal length (NL) - 64 mm ZRG.1094U
TANDEM plus * 560H2500C 560H2700C 560H3000C 560H3200C 560H3500C 560H3800C 560H4000C 560H4200C 560H4500C 560H4800C 560H5000C 560H5200C 560H5500C
3 tier gallery surround rail

6 9 4 6 10
TANDEM
T51.1700.04 T51.1700.04
3 5
Rear xing bracket (optional) Nylon natural
2 tier gallery surround rail T51.7000

6 9
POSISTOP (optional) Nylon RAL 7037 dust grey Depth stop TIP-ON left/right (optional) TIP-ON For handle-less fronts Only suitable for TANDEM plus Delivery start Sept 2006 Corner connectors 2 tier RAL 7037 dust grey 3 tier RAL 7037 dust grey
298.5500
6 10
T55.7150
1
ZTU.00Z0 ZTU.00D0
3 5
356
Catalogue 2006

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet without gallery * + 1 mm with TIP-ON T55.7150 Space requirement in cabinet with 2 tier gallery Space requirement in cabinet with 3 tier gallery Installation dimensions for corner connectors
min 7
130.5* 87
180.5*
137
min 7
min 7
43.5*
37*
16
16
16
37*
37*
22.5
22.5
22.5
21
21
21
19

96
Pull-out surround TB Shelf width LW Internal cabinet width TL NL [1]
Pull-out surround Shelf length Nominal length Rear xing bracket
300, 320 350, 380 400, 420

64
TB = 0.0 LW - 42 + 1.5
12 - 15
450, 480
128
TL = NL - 20 + x 37 22
10
10
500, 520, 550

14 224 32 9 37
x = max. 16 x = max. 16
NL
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm Cabinet prole xing positions Page instructions Overview TANDEM plus BLUMOTION Accessories Assembly and adjustment Assembly devices More technical details 320 368 372 420 510
370
357
Catalogue 2006
TANDEM

Product
Description
- Concealed TANDEM full extension with integrated BLUMOTION for silent and effortless closing action - Dyn. load bearing 50 kg - TANDEM inside for unparalleled running action for the lifetime of the furniture - Tool-free height adjustment in locking device - Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation - BLUMATIC self closing feature
Space requirement
51/138/188
NL
1 +2
NL
Nominal length
Order information
TANDEM
9 4 10 1
T51.1700.04 T51.1700.04
T51.7000
POSISTOP (optional) Nylon RAL 7037 dust grey Depth stop Corner connectors 2 tier RAL 7037 dust grey 3 tier RAL 7037 dust grey
2 tier gallery surround rail 298.5500

9
ZTU.00Z0 ZTU.00D0
10 1
10
Gallery rail chrome plated For cutting to size, 1094 mm Cutting: Cabinet width (KB) - 106 mm Nominal length (NL) - 64 mm
ZRG.1094U
3 5
358
Catalogue 2006

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet without gallery Space requirement in cabinet with 2 tier gallery Space requirement in cabinet with 3 tier gallery Installation dimensions for corner connectors
min 7
min 7
180.5 137
87
min 7
130.5
43.5
16
37
37
16
16
37
22.5
22.5
22.5
21
21
21
19

96
500
192
520 550 580 600 650 700 750

14 64 288 32 9 37
x = max. 16 TB = 0.0 LW - 42 + 1.5
12 - 15
TL = NL - 20 + x 37 22
10
10
x = max. 16
NL
370
359
Catalogue 2006
TANDEM
TANDEM BLUMOTION
Product
Description
- Concealed TANDEM single extension with integrated BLUMOTION for silent and effortless closing action - Dyn. load bearing 30 kg - TANDEM inside for unparalleled running action for the lifetime of the furniture - Tool-free height adjustment via a locking device - Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation - BLUMATIC self closing feature
Space requirement
51/138/188
NL
1 +2
NL
Nominal length
Order information
1 Runners left/right 10 Gallery rail chrome plated For cutting to size, 1094 mm Cutting: Cabinet width (KB) - 106 mm Nominal length (NL) - 64 mm ZRG.1094U
TANDEM
TANDEM BLUMOTION 550H2700B 550H3000B 550H3500B 550H4000B 550H4500B 550H5000B 550H5500B
TANDEM * 550H2700.03 550H3000.03 550H3500.03 550H4000.03 550H4500.03 550H5000.03 550H5500.03 550H6000.03 550H6500.03

6
9 4 6 10
T51.1700.04 T51.1700.04
T51.7000
3 5
POSISTOP (optional) Nylon RAL 7037 dust grey Depth stop TIP-ON left/right (optional) TIP-ON For handle-less fronts Only suitable for TANDEM Delivery start Sept 2006 Corner connectors 2 tier RAL 7037 dust grey 3 tier RAL 7037 dust grey
2 tier gallery surround rail 298.5500

6 9
T55.1150
10
4 6 1
ZTU.00Z0 ZTU.00D0
3 5
360
Catalogue 2006
TANDEM BLUMOTION
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet without gallery A 3 mm distance to interchange with full extension Space requirement in cabinet with 2 tier gallery Space requirement in cabinet with 3 tier gallery Installation dimensions for corner connectors
130.5 87
180.5 137
min 7
min 7
min 7
43.5 16
24.5
34
24.5
34
24.5
16
16
34
22.5
22.5
22.5
21
21
21
19
Cabinet prole screw positions Nominal length NL (mm) 270 96 300, 350, 400, 450 128 500, 550 600 228 650 14 352 9 37 224
TB = 0.0 LW - 42 + 1.5
max 13
TL = NL - 20 + x 37 22 10
10
x = max. 16 x = max 16
NL
370
361
Catalogue 2006
TANDEM

Standard element video runner
Product
Description
- Concealed TANDEM full extension with integrated BLUMOTION for silent and effortless closing action - Dyn. load bearing 30 kg - TANDEM inside for unparalleled running action for the lifetime of the furniture - Tool-free height adjustment via a locking device - Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation - Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment - BLUMATIC self closing feature - For cabinet and base mounting
Space requirement
NL
Nominal length
Order information
1 Runners for cabinet assembly left/right
TANDEM plus BLUMOTION 560H3500B 560H4000B Runners for base mounting left/right
Cabinet assembly
TANDEM
TANDEM plus BLUMOTION 560H3500BU 560H4000BU
11
11
T51.1700.04 T51.1700.04
3
4 Rear xing bracket (optional) Nylon natural
5
T51.7000 Base mounting
POSISTOP (optional) Nylon RAL 7037 dust grey Depth stop Lock-open stop (optional) Nylon natural
298.5500
11
11
295.5600
4 2
11
3 5
362
Catalogue 2006

Planning
Space requirement in cabinet cabinet assembly Space requirement in cabinet base mounting Video runner TB Shelf width LW Internal cabinet width TL NL [1] Video runner Shelf length Nominal length Rear xing bracket
TB = 0.0 LW - 42 + 1.5
12 - 15
TL = NL - 20 + x 37 22
10
10
27.5
27.5
37
x = max. 16 x = max. 16
NL
21 21
8.8
Cabinet prole screw positions Cabinet assembly Nominal length NL (mm) 350 400 64 128 32 224 9 37
Base mounting Nominal length NL (mm) 350 400 256 352 9 55
370
363
Catalogue 2006
TANDEM
TANDEM BLUMOTION
Product
Description
- Concealed TANDEM single extension with integrated BLUMOTION for silent and effortless closing action - Dyn. load bearing 30 kg - TANDEM inside for unparalleled running action for the lifetime of the furniture - Tool-free height adjustment in locking device - Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation - BLUMATIC self closing feature - For cabinet and base mounting
Space requirement
NL
Nominal length
Order information
TANDEM BLUMOTION 550H3500B 550H4000B Runners left/right
Cabinet assembly
TANDEM
TANDEM BLUMOTION 550H3500BU 550H4000BU

11
11
T51.1700.04 T51.1700.04
3 5
T51.7000 Base mounting
POSISTOP (optional) Nylon RAL 7037 dust grey Depth stop Lock-open stop (optional) Nylon natural
298.5500
11
11
295.5600
4 2
11
3 5
364
Catalogue 2006
TANDEM BLUMOTION
Planning
Space requirement in cabinet cabinet assembly A 3 mm distance to interchange with full extension Space requirement in cabinet base mounting Video runner TB Shelf width LW Internal cabinet width TL NL [1] Video runner Shelf length Nominal length Rear xing bracket
TB = 0.0 LW - 42 + 1.5
max 13
TL = NL - 20 + x 37 22 10
10
24.5
34
24.5
21 21
x = max. 16 x = max 16
NL
8.8
Cabinet prole screw positions Cabinet assembly Nominal length NL (mm) 350 400 128
9 37
Base mounting Nominal length NL (mm) 350 400 192 224 9 55
370
365
Catalogue 2006
TANDEM

Product
Description
- The larder unit is equipped with inner drawers, with shelves in the upper section - Enough space and plenty of stability, even for large, bulky items - ORGA-LINE inner dividing systems for pull-outs puts everything in order and allows easy access - Up to 55 % more storage space through the use of higher back and side walls - Allows access from all sides - Available with BLUMOTION for silent and effortless closing action
Order information
Basic element
Inner pull-out Application recommendation Inner pull-out Provisions Door
352 384
TANDEM
CLIP top-0-protrusion hinge 72 Recommended cabinet widths: 450 - 600 mm We recommend planning with DYNALOG.
Page instructions Overview TANDEM plus BLUMOTION ORGA-LINE-application provisions
Assembly devices 320 More technical details 384
420 510
CLIP top-0-protrusion hinge 72 BLUMOTION for doors Accessories Assembly and adjustment 45 368 372 366 Catalogue 2006

Planning
Space requirements in cabinet Front drilling dimensions Each door must be attached to the front using at least three CLIP top 0-protrusion hinges. All dimensions are aligned with the 32 mm system.
276 32 32
37
276
32
921
16
37*
* 1st system drilling used for cabinet base 16 mm and bottom gap = 0 mm (+ 1 mm for TIP-ON).
367
Catalogue 2006
TANDEM

Accessories
Chipboard screws
7

X
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
3.5
System screws
8

X

7

X
Part no. 662.1150.HG 662.1300.HG 662.1450.HG
TANDEM
Centre bit

1.5
Nylon
natural
Part no. 993.710
8 mm door buffer
8 min.10
Nylon
Part no. 993.706
368
Catalogue 2006

Accessories
Pozi screwdriver
Slotted screwdriver
369
Catalogue 2006
TANDEM

Cabinet prole 560H 30 kg

A B 250 - 380 A B 400 - 480 A B 500 - 550

A B 450 A B 500 - 550 A B 580 - 600 A B 650 - 750
TANDEM

A B 260 - 385 A B 410 - 485 A B 510 - 535 A A A B 560

A B 270 A B 300 - 450 A B 500 - 600 A B 650
370
Catalogue 2006


A B 260 - 485 A B 510 - 535 A B 560
Cabinet prole 560H 30 kg bottom mounting

A A A B 350
400
Cabinet prole 550H 30 kg base mounting

A A A B 350 A A A B 400
371
Catalogue 2006
TANDEM
A A
A B

Locking device
75 75
Inner drawer
3 1 3 2
Four sided drawer
Three sided drawer
Adjustment
2 1
TANDEM
Height + 3 mm
560/566: tilt adjustment

1 2
Front assembly
Back assembly
Back removal
Front removal
Assembly
Removal
372
Catalogue 2006

Drawer insertion and removal (560/566/550H)
Insertion
Removal
Drawer insertion (561/551H)
Drawer removal (561/551H)
Unlock 561H
Unlock 551H
Removal
Height adjustment (561/551H)
561H: + 2.5 mm
551H: + 2.5 mm
373
Catalogue 2006
TANDEM
Insertion
Lock 561H
Lock 551H

Front adjuster
20 10.5
Insertion ram for MINIPRESS + PRO-CENTER MZM.0095
Use screw M4x20
Pull-out surround and video pull-out

20
8
16
TANDEM
Rear xing bracket assembly
Locking device assembly
POSISTOP - depth stop
Four sided drawer Three sided drawer
Lock-open stop
NL x 250 270 300 320 350 380 400 420 450 480 500 X 560H 79 74 74 70 80 82 60 80 60 70 60 X 566H 80 80 X 550H 134 134 134 154 154 176 NL 520 550 580 600 650 700 750 X 560H 80 60 X 566H 80 80 80 80 80 80 73 X 550H 176 219 219 -
75
12
9.0
10 8
6.5
NL
Nominal length
374
Catalogue 2006

TIP-ON 56X
Assembly
Only for 560H
click
TIP-ON 550/551
Assembly
Only for 550H
TIP-ON 550
Assembly
Latch
375
Catalogue 2006
TANDEM
Assembly
Latch

TIP-ON 551
Assembly
Latch
Adjustment
+ -
+ -
TANDEM
Depth adjustment TIP-ON 56X/550/551
376
Catalogue 2006
377
Catalogue 2006
TANDEM
ORGA-LINE
Overview
DYNAMIC SPACE-zone overview

Optimised storage organisation in every zone.
www.dynamicspace.com
Consumables
Provisions
TANDEM
384
Non-consumables
Cutlery Crockery
380 Odds and ends Plastic containers
384
380
384
Cleaning
Cleaning utensils
378
Catalogue 2006
ORGA-LINE
Overview
Preparation
Kitchen utensils/knives/small electric appliances Spices
380 Open provisions Bottles
385
385
385
Cooking
Cooking utensils Baking ingredients
381 Pots/Lids/Pans/Cooking utensils
386
386
Accessories
Sets Plate holder
382 Containers Spice holder
387
383 Adjustable cross dividers
387
383
379
Catalogue 2006
TANDEM
ORGA-LINE
Order recommendation Cutlery

Sets
Cabinet width KB (mm) ZHI.xxxBI1 ZHI.xxxBI3 ZHI.xxxFI3 ZHI.xxxKI2 ZHI.xxxMI3 275 - 299 1x 300 - 399 2x 400 - 549 1x 550 - 699 600 700 - 899 1x 1x 900 - 1199 1x > 1200 2x 1x When ordering replace each xxx by the desired nominal length (450, 500 and 550 mm).
ZHI.xxxKI4
ZHI.xxxTI5
1x 1x 1x
Odds and ends

Sets
Cabinet width KB ZHI.xxxBI1 ZHI.xxxBI3 ZHI.xxxFI3 ZHI.xxxKI2 ZHI.xxxMI3 (mm) 275 - 349 1x 350 - 449 1x 450 - 699 1x 700 - 899 1x 1x 900 - 1199 1x 1x > 1200 1x 1x 1x When ordering replace each xxx by the desired nominal length (450, 500 and 550 mm).
TANDEM
Kitchen utensils/knives/small electric appliances

Sets
Cabinet width KB (mm) ZHI.xxxBI1 ZHI.xxxBI3 ZHI.xxxFI1 ZHI.xxxFI2 ZHI.xxxFI3 1x 275 - 349 350 - 449 1x 450 - 599 1x 600 - 699 1x 700 - 899 1x 900 - 1199 1x > 1200 1x 1x 1x When ordering replace each xxx by the desired nominal length (450, 500 and 550 mm).
ZHI.xxxKI2
ZHI.xxxMI3
1x 1x 1x
380
Catalogue 2006
ORGA-LINE
Order recommendation Cooking utensils

Sets
Cabinet width KB (mm) ZHI.xxxBI3 ZHI.xxxFI3 ZHI.xxxKI2 ZHI.xxxMI3 600 - 699 1x 700 - 899 1x 1x 1x 1x 900 - 1199 > 1200 1x 1x 1x When ordering replace each xxx by the desired nominal length (450, 500 and 550 mm).
Page instructions Overview ORGA-LINE-applications 378 ORGA-LINE-sets/accessories 382 Installation dimensions 383 Assembly and adjustment 389 More technical details 510 381 Catalogue 2006
TANDEM
ORGA-LINE
Cutlery insert
Cutlery insert
Utensil divider
65.5
65.5
0NL -4 8
24
0285
108
0NL 8 -4
24
24
NL
48
65.5 108 Part no. ZHI.387FI1 ZHI.437FI1 ZHI.487FI1
Nominal length NL 450 mm 500 mm 550 mm Utensil divider
Part no. ZHI.387BI1 ZHI.437BI1 ZHI.487BI1
Nominal length NL 450 mm 500 mm 550 mm Utensil divider
Part no. ZHI.387BI3 ZHI.437BI3 ZHI.487BI1
Nominal length NL 450 mm 500 mm 550 mm Cutlery insert and utensil divider
65.5
0NL 8 -4
65.5
24
205
0NL -4 8
24
294
0NL 8 -4
24
65.5 205 Part no. ZHI.387KI2 ZHI.437KI2 ZHI.487KI2
TANDEM
Part no. ZHI.387FI2 ZHI.437FI2 ZHI.487FI2
Part no. ZHI.387FI3 ZHI.437FI3 ZHI.487FI3
65.5
65.5
0N 4 L8
382 24
0NL 48
24
302
65.5 512 - 528
0N 4 L8
24
Part no. ZHI.387KI4 ZHI.437KI4 ZHI.487KI4
Part no. ZHI.387MI3 ZHI.437MI3 ZHI.487MI3
Part no. ZHI.387TI5 ZHI.437TI5 ZHI.487TI5 Catalogue 2006
ORGA-LINE
Containers
Adjustable cross dividers
88 x 88 mm 88 x 176 mm 88 x 264 mm 88 x 352 mm
Part no. ZSI.010SI ZSI.020SI ZSI.030SI 88 mm ZSI.040SI 176 mm
Part no. ZSI.010Q ZSI.020Q
Planning
Page instructions Overview ORGA-LINE-applications 378 Assembly and adjustment
65.5
389 More technical details

382
510 Recommended sets for special cabinet widths 380
For additional inserts: e.g. wooden knife holder Example: Cabinet width 600 mm Cutlery & utensil combination ZHI.500KI4 X = internal cabinet width 382 mm - 42 mm
383
Catalogue 2006
TANDEM
ORGA-LINE
Application high fronted pull-out/inner pull-out
Order recommendation Provisions

Required components
Nominal length NL (mm) 450 450 450 500, 550 500, 550 500, 550
Cabinet width KB (mm) 300 - 449 450 - 799 800 - 1200 300 - 449 450 - 799 800 - 1200
Z40H1077A 1x 1x 1x 2x 2x 2x
Z40H000A 2x 2x 2x 4x 4x 4x
Z43H100X 2x 3x 3x 6x
Crockery
Required components
TANDEM
Nominal length NL (mm) 450, 500, 550 450, 500, 550 450, 500, 550
Cabinet width KB (mm) starting at 400 starting at 800 starting at 1000
ZTH.0350 2x 4x 6x
Plastic containers
Required components
Cabinet width KB (mm) 300 - 449 450 - 799 800 - 1200
Z40H1077A 1x 1x 1x
Z40H000A 2x 2x 2x
Z43H100X 2x 3x
384
Catalogue 2006
ORGA-LINE
Order recommendation Open provisions

Required components
Z40H1077A 1x 1x 1x 2x 2x 2x
Z40H000A 2x 2x 2x 4x 4x 4x
Z43H100X 2x 3x 3x 6x
Spices
Required components
2x
Bottles
Required components
Nominal length NL (mm) 450 500, 550
Cabinet width KB (mm) 275 - 300 275 - 300
Z40H1077A 3x 4x
Z40H000A 6x 8x
385
Catalogue 2006
TANDEM
Cabinet width KB (mm) 300 400 450
ZFZ.XXG0I 2x 2x 2x
Z40H1077A 1x 1x 1x
Z40H000A 2x 2x 2x
Z43H100X
ORGA-LINE
Order recommendation Pots/Lids/Pans/Cooking utensils

Required components
Nominal length NL (mm) 450 450 500, 550 500, 550
Cabinet width KB (mm) 600 - 799 800 - 1200 600 - 799 800 - 1200
Z40H1077A 1x 1x 2x 2x
Z40H000A 2x 2x 4x 4x
Z43H100X 2x 3x 3x 6x
Baking ingredients
Required components
TANDEM
Z40H1077A 1x 1x 1x 2x 2x 2x
Z40H000A 2x 2x 2x 4x 4x 4x
Z43H100X 2x 3x 3x 6x
386
Catalogue 2006
ORGA-LINE
Individual parts and accessories
Cross divider for cutting to size Cutting: Internal cabinet width (LW) - 91 mm
Lateral divider
For cutting to size, 1077 mm Alu Plate holder
white, met. grey, nickel RAL 7037 dust grey Z40H1077A Order 2 x for each cross divider Spice holder
2. 17
120
5
Diameter of plates Overall height Stacking height of plates RAL 7037 dust grey
180 - 320 mm 171 mm Cabinet width KB 144 mm 300 mm 400 mm ZTH.0350 450 mm
Stainless steel (Inox) ZFZ.30G0I ZFZ.40G0I ZFZ.45G0I Page instructions Overview ORGA-LINE-applications More technical details 378 510
387
Catalogue 2006
TANDEM
ORGA-LINE
Cross divider for cutting to size

- Cross divider for cutting to size - Material: aluminium white, met. grey, alu, nickel For cutting to size, 1077 mm Part no. Z40H1077A
Cutting: Internal cabinet width (LW) - 91 mm

- Cross divider connector for gallery - Material: nylon - Slide-on connection of cross divider to cross divider connector - Insertion and screw-on xing Nylon RAL 7037 dust grey Part no. Z40H0002.R

- Cross gallery rails for cutting to size - Material: aluminium white, m. grey, alu, chrome For cutting to size, 1094 mm Part no. ZRG.1094U
TANDEM
Cutting: Cabinet width (KB) - 106 mm

- Cross gallery connector for two cross gallery rails - Material: nylon - Slide-on connection of gallery to gallery xing - Insertion and screw-on xing Nylon RAL 7037 dust grey Part no. ZRU.00Z0
Lateral divider
- Gallery division - Material: nylon - Clip-on xing to gallery Nylon RAL 7037 dust grey Part no. ZRU.00F0
388
Catalogue 2006
ORGA-LINE
ORGA-LINE cutlery
ORGA-LINE kitchen utensils / odds and ends
ORGA-LINE deep pull-out
389
Catalogue 2006
TANDEM
STANDARD
Runner systems
The long-term success story for wood furniture

STANDARD runner technology has proved itself time and time again over the years. A reliable partner for the requirements of modern wood furniture construction. The success of STANDARD is based on a simple concept. These include: Good runner action High lateral stability Full and single extension Quality for the life of your furniture As with all of Blums products, STANDARD fulls the high demands that we place on ourselves for perfect function that will last for the lifetime of the furniture.
Full extension STANDARD 430E 30 kg
Single extension STANDARD 230M/E 25 kg
Full extension STANDARD Pull-out surround 430E 30 kg
Single extension STANDARD Pull-out surround 230M/E 25 kg
390
Catalogue 2006
STANDARD
Overview
Basic components
Drawer full extension Drawer single extension Pull-out surround full extension Pull-out surround single extension 392 394 396 398
Symbol photo
Accessories
Screw-on Centre bit Door buffer Screwdriver 400 400 400 401
Symbol photo

Cabinet prole xing positions Drawer Front adjuster Front xing bracket Door protector 402 403 403 404 404
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request General Information Accessories Drawer Pull-out surround Full extension Single extension Dynamic carrying capacity in kg Planning Cutting Assembly, removal and adjustment
391
Catalogue 2006
STANDARD
STANDARD
Product
Description
- BLUMATIC self closing feature with closed position stops - Epoxy coated, cream (RAL 9001) or brown - Full extension dyn. carrying capacity 30 kg - Built-in locator for easy assembly - Integrated pull-out stop (for runners over 300 mm long) - Two-side guided runner system
Space requirement
NL
+3
NL
Nominal length
Order information
1 Cabinet, centre and drawer prole left/right
STANDARD
Nominal length NL 250 mm 300 mm 350 mm 400 mm 450 mm 500 mm 550 mm 600 mm 650 mm 700 mm 750 mm 800 mm 2
RAL 9001 Steel cream 430E2500 430E3000V 430E3500V 430E4000V 430E4500V 430E5000V 430E5500V 430E6000V 430E6500V 430E7000V 430E7500V 430E8000V
brown brown Steel 430E2500 430E3000V 430E3500V 430E4000V 430E4500V 430E5000V 430E5500V 430E6000V
Front adjuster Nylon natural
295.1000
2 1
392
Catalogue 2006
STANDARD
Planning
min 3
44
12.5
Cabinet prole screw positions Nominal length NL (mm) 250 300, 350 400 450 500 550, 600 650 700, 750 800
96 32
min 50
Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard Base NL

A
192
LW KB
LW - 25 mm KB LW NL Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
64
96 128 128 128 128 96 128 37 9 4
Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length NL + 3 mm Cabinet prole xing positions Page instructions STANDARD overview Accessories Assembly and adjustment Assembly devices More technical details
402
391 400 403 420 510
393
Catalogue 2006
STANDARD
STANDARD
Product
Description
- BLUMATIC self closing feature (230M) and/ or closed position stops (230E) - Epoxy coated, cream (RAL 9001) or brown - Single extension dyn. carrying capacity 25 kg - Lock-out stop - One-side guided runner system
Space requirement
NL
+3
NL
Nominal length
Order information
1 Cabinet and drawer prole left/right
STANDARD
RAL 9001 Steel cream 230M2500 230M3000 230M3500 230M4000 230M4500 230M5000 230M5500 230M6000 230M6500 230E7000 230E7500 230E8000
brown brown Steel 230M2500 230M3000 230M3500 230M4000 230M4500 230M5000 230M5500 230M6000
Front adjuster Nylon natural
295.1000
394
Catalogue 2006
STANDARD
Planning
min 17
() 230E
12.5

192
min 20 (18.5)
14 (12.5)
Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard Base NL

A
300, 350
32
LW KB
400
96
LW - 25 mm KB LW NL Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
450 500
64
550, 600 650

96
700, 750
128 128 128 128 96 128 37 9 2
800
402
391 400 403 420 510
395
Catalogue 2006
STANDARD
STANDARD
Product
Description
- BLUMATIC self closing feature with closed position stops - Epoxy coated, cream (RAL 9001) or brown - Full extension dyn. carrying capacity 30 kg - Built-in locator for easy assembly - Integrated pull-out stop (for runners over 300 mm long) - Two-side guided runner system - Gallery system for pull-out surround
Space requirement
NL
+3
NL
Nominal length
Order information
1 Cabinet, centre and drawer prole left/right
STANDARD
RAL 9001 Steel cream 430E2500 430E3000V 430E3500V 430E4000V 430E4500V 430E5000V 430E5500V 430E6000V 430E6500V 430E7000V 430E7500V 430E8000V
brown brown Steel 430E2500 430E3000V 430E3500V 430E4000V 430E4500V 430E5000V 430E5500V 430E6000V
3 4
Corner connectors 2 tier 3 tier RAL 7037 dust grey, RAL 9001 cream
ZTU.00Z0 ZTU.00D0
Gallery rail chrome plated For cutting to size, 1094 mm ZRG.1094U RAL 9001 cream ZRG.1104U For cutting to size, 1104 mm Cutting Longside gallery rail: Nominal length NL - 60 mm Cross gallery rail: Cabinet width KB - 96 mm Door protector (optional) Steel RAL 9001 cream
298.2200
6 5
Front adjustment element left/right Steel RAL 9001 cream
296.4500
396
Catalogue 2006
65/122/172
STANDARD
Planning
Space requirements in cabinet * + 15 mm with door protector 298.2200 Space requirement in cabinet with 2 tier gallery Space requirement in cabinet with 3 tier gallery Inst. dimensions for corner conn./front adj. element 22.5 22.5 min 122
min 15
104 87
12.5 7
min 50
min 72
154 137
22.5
24.5
15
min 50*
12.5
12.5 32 32 Space requirements in cabinet
min 50
2 10
Cabinet prole screw positions Nominal length NL (mm) 250 300, 350 400 450 96 32
Installation dimensions for front
192
min.124
147
500 550, 600 650 700, 750 800
64 min 50
12
32
32
32
32
96 12.5 128 128 128 128 96 128 37 9 4 Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard Base NL A
KB
19 21
LW
402
LW - 25 mm KB LW NL
391 400 403 420 510
397
Catalogue 2006
STANDARD
STANDARD
Product
Description
- BLUMATIC self closing feature (230M) and/ or closed position stops (230E) - Epoxy coated, cream (RAL 9001) or brown - Single extension dyn. carrying capacity 25 kg - Lock-out stop - One-side guided runner system - Gallery system for pull-out surround
Space requirement
NL
+3
NL
Nominal length
Order information
1 Cabinet and drawer prole left/right
STANDARD
RAL 9001 Steel cream 230M2500 230M3000 230M3500 230M4000 230M4500 230M5000 230M5500 230M6000 230M6500 230E7000 230E7500 230E8000
brown brown Steel 230M2500 230M3000 230M3500 230M4000 230M4500 230M5000 230M5500 230M6000
3 4
Corner connectors 2 tier 3 tier RAL 7037 dust grey, RAL 9001 cream
ZTU.00Z0 ZTU.00D0
Gallery rail chrome plated For cutting to size, 1094 mm ZRG.1094U RAL 9001 cream ZRG.1104U For cutting to size, 1104 mm Cutting Longside gallery rail: Nominal length NL - 60 mm Cross gallery rail: Cabinet width KB - 96 mm Door protector (optional) Steel RAL 9001 cream
298.2200
6 5
Front adjustment element left/right Steel RAL 9001 cream
296.4500
398
Catalogue 2006
44/122/172
STANDARD
Planning
Space requirements in cabinet * + 15 mm with door protector 298.2200 Space requirement in cabinet with 2 tier gallery Space requirement in cabinet with 3 tier gallery Inst. dimensions for corner conn./front adj. element 22.5 22.5
min 24
12.5 7 15
min 20
min 102
104 87
min 20*
12.5
12.5
min 20
min 152
22.5
12
154
137
32 32
2 10
Cabinet prole screw positions Nominal length NL (mm) 250 192 300, 350 32 96
Installation dimensions for front
min 152
450 147 500 64 14 550, 600 650 96 700, 750 128 800 9 128 128 128 96 128 37 2
29 32
32
32
32
400
12.5
21
Cutting dimensions for 16 mm chipboard Base NL A

KB
LW
402
LW - 25 mm KB LW NL
391 400 403 420 510
399
Catalogue 2006
STANDARD
min 20
STANDARD
Accessories
Chipboard screws
7

X
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
3.5
System screws
8

X

7

X
Part no. 662.1150.HG 662.1300.HG 662.1450.HG
Centre bit
STANDARD

1.5
Nylon
natural
Part no. 993.710
8 mm door buffer
8 min.10
Nylon
Part no. 993.706
400
Catalogue 2006
STANDARD
Accessories
Pozi screwdriver
Slotted screwdriver
401
Catalogue 2006
STANDARD
STANDARD
Cabinet prole 430E 30 kg

Fixing onto cabinet A Chipboard screws 4 x 15 mm B Chipboard screws Part no. 661.145 C Chipboard screws 3.5 x 15 mm For high fronted pull-out
A B 500 - 600 A B 650 - 700 A B 750 - 800 C C A B 250 - 350 A B 400 - 450 C C C
Cabinet prole 230M/E 25 kg

Fixing onto cabinet A Chipboard screws 4 x 15 mm B Chipboard screws Part no. 661.145 C Chipboard screws 3.5 x 15 mm For high fronted pull-out A B 250 A B 300 - 350 A B 400 - 450 A B 500 A B 550 - 600 A B 650 - 800 C C C C C C
STANDARD
402
Catalogue 2006
STANDARD
Assembly 430E
For loads greater than 15 kg: use additional screw
Assembly and stop system for centre prole 430E
Pull-out stop
Assembly 230M/E
STANDARD
For loads greater than 15 kg: use additional screw above roller
Front adjuster
20 10.5
Insertion ram for MINIPRESS + PRO-CENTER MZM.0095
Use screw M4x20
403
Catalogue 2006
STANDARD
Front xing bracket assembly
Front xing bracket adjustment

1 3 2 2.5 3 2 1 2 1
Side adjustment
Height adjustment
Tilt adjustment
Door protector
STANDARD
Assembly
404
Catalogue 2006
STANDARD
405
Catalogue 2006
STANDARD
Further products
POCKET DOOR The practical furniture hardware choice for an unhindered view into the cabinet a TV or Hi-Fi cabinet would be a typical application. The doors disappear into the cabinet
FLIPPER DOOR In this solution no doors protrude into the room. They are simply lifted and closed under the top edge of the cabinet
Wall hanging bracket Blum hanging brackets withstand high loads and are exceptionally safe. This kind of reliability is very important for heavily loaded furniture
Connectors The Blum programme contains connectors that can be used in numerous furniture applications
406
Catalogue 2006
Further products
Overview
POCKET DOOR
POCKET DOOR Assembly 408 412
FLIPPER DOOR
FLIPPER DOOR Assembly 410 412
Wall hanging bracket

Screw-on Knock-in 413 413
Symbol photo
Connectors
Cabinet connectors Screw-on Knock-in With screw With dowel and expansion pin Base connectors With connector section (system 32) 414 414 415 416 416 417 Cabinet and shelf connectors Overlay application Corner application system 32 418 419
Symbol photo
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request Accessories General Information POCKET DOOR FLIPPER DOOR Wall hanging bracket Cabinet connectors Cabinet and shelf connectors Hinge with straight hinge arm Hinge with double cranked hinge arm Overlay application Inset application Inset application with inline hinge arm Planning Assembly, removal and adjustment
407
Catalogue 2006
Other
Further products
POCKET DOOR
Product
Description
- Open & slide door assembly - Epoxy coated steel roller runner - CLIP top-prole door hinge and cruciform mounting plate with cam height adjustment - For xing to cabinet side - For inset or overlay doors - Two-side guided runner system
Application
Order information
POCKET DOOR set right or left Nominal length 350 mm 400 mm 450 mm 500 mm 550 mm 600 mm
3 4 8 5
Part No. r 270E3500.02 270E4000.02 270E4500.02 270E5000.02 270E5500.02 270E6000.02
Part No. l 270E3500.03 270E4000.03 270E4500.03 270E5000.03 270E5500.03 270E6000.03
6 7 1 2
Composed of: 1 Cabinet proles, brown 2x 2 CLIP top-prole door hinges 2x 3 CLIP top-mounting plates 2x 4 Ni M5x11.5 mm, countersunk 4x 5 M5x7 mm, pan head 6x 6 Spacers, brown 2x 7 Cam, brown 2x
Other
8 270E follow strip 2x 9 FLIPPER DOOR-rollers 2x
Page instructions Further products Assembly and adjustment Assembly devices More technical details
407 412 420 510 408 Catalogue 2006
Further products
POCKET DOOR
Planning
Cabinet prole xing positions Min. internal cabinet depth Inset application Nominal length NL 16 mm doors 19 mm doors 350 mm 369 mm 372 mm 400 mm 419 mm 422 mm 450 mm 469 mm 472 mm 500 mm 519 mm 522 mm 550 mm 569 mm 572 mm 600 mm 619 mm 622 mm For inset application: Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length + 3 mm + door thickness
96
Overlay application 353 mm 403 mm 453 mm 503 mm 553 mm 603 mm
32
64 128
32 128
32 96
32 128
9 37
Inset application
Inset application
Overlay application
Max. door weight 6 kg!
12
12
12
max 19
max 22
max 19
3.5
Using 3 mm spacer and 3 mm mounting plate
Adjustments + max. 2.0 mm See mounting plates Fixing + +
Furniture hinge 71T9650 (9.5 mm cranked) and mounting plate 175H9100 (0 mm raised) must be ordered separately. This application does not require the 3 mm spacer! 0 mm spaced mounting plate must be used.
Door thickness 16 mm: Max. overlay of 5 mm can be achieved by turning side adjustment screw 2 mm. Using 3 mm spacer and 0 mm mounting plate. Door thickness 19 mm: Max. overlay of 2 mm can be achieved by turning side adjustment screw 2 mm. Using 3 mm spacer and 3 mm mounting plate.
2.0 mm
+ 3.0 mm - 2.0 mm
T Door thickness
min 62.5 max 187.5
X Internal height
min 62.5 max 187.5
19.5 + T
8.5
37
40
130
8.5
409
X 4
270E0009
min 512 / max 768 X= min 637 / max 1143
Catalogue 2006
Other
Further products
FLIPPER DOOR
Product
Description
- Open & slide door assembly - Epoxy coated steel roller runner - CLIP top-prole door hinge and cruciform mounting plate with cam height adjustment - For xing to cabinet top - For inset or overlay doors - Two-side guided runner system
Application
Order information
FLIPPER DOOR Nominal length 350 mm 400 mm 450 mm 500 mm 550 mm 600 mm Composed of: 1 Cabinet proles, brown 2x 2 CLIP top-prole door hinges 2x 3 CLIP top-mounting plates 2x 4 Ni M5x11.5 mm, countersunk 4x 5 M5x7 mm, pan head 6x 6 Spacers, brown 2x 7 Cam, brown 2x
3 4
270E3500.03 270E4000.03 270E4500.03 270E5000.03 270E5500.03 270E6000.03
8 5
1 9 2
Other
8 270E follow strip 2x 9 FLIPPER DOOR-rollers 2x
Page instructions Further products Assembly and adjustment Assembly devices More technical details
407 412 420 510 410 Catalogue 2006
Further products
FLIPPER DOOR
Planning
Cabinet prole xing positions Min. internal cabinet depth Inset application Nominal length NL 16 mm doors 19 mm doors 350 mm 369 mm 372 mm 400 mm 419 mm 422 mm 450 mm 469 mm 472 mm 500 mm 519 mm 522 mm 550 mm 569 mm 572 mm 600 mm 619 mm 622 mm For inset application: Min. internal cabinet depth = nominal length + 3 mm + door thickness
96
Overlay application 353 mm 403 mm 453 mm 503 mm 553 mm 603 mm
32
64 128
32 128
32 96
32 128
9 37
Inset application
Inset application
Overlay application
12
12
12
max 19
max 22
max 19
3.5
Using 3 mm spacer and 3 mm mounting plate
Adjustments + max. 2.0 mm See mounting plates Fixing + +
Furniture hinge 71T9650 (9.5 mm cranked) and mounting plate 175H9100 (0 mm raised) must be ordered separately. This application does not require the 3 mm spacer! 0 mm spaced mounting plate must be used.
Door thickness 16 mm: Max. overlay of 5 mm can be achieved by turning side adjustment screw 2 mm. Using 3 mm spacer and 0 mm mounting plate. Door thickness 19 mm: Max. overlay of 2 mm can be achieved by turning side adjustment screw 2 mm. Using 3 mm spacer and 3 mm mounting plate.
2.0 mm
+ 3.0 mm - 2.0 mm
130
min 512 / max 768 X= min 637 / max 1143
270E0005
min 62.5 max 187.5
Warning! Use FLIPPER DOOR rollers (270E0005) instead of door guides (270E0009)! Maximum door weight 6 kg!
min 62.5 max 187.5
40
42
37
411
X 4
Catalogue 2006
Other
9.5
Further products
POCKET DOOR
1 2
Suitable for door sizes: Use pan head screws 647.0700
Use countersunk screws 642.1150
Fix cabinet proles: Using 609.1500 or 609.1700 chipboard screws
For door guides Using 609.1500 or 609.1700 chipboard screws
Clip on door
FLIPPER DOOR
1 2
Suitable for door sizes: Use pan head screws 647.0700
Use countersunk screws 642.1150
Fix cabinet proles
Fix FLIPPER DOOR rollers
Other
Clip on door
412
Catalogue 2006
Further products
Screw-on
- Nylon housing with yellow passivated steel arm - 3-dimensional adjustment - Tested to DIN 68840 with a load bearing of 130 kg per pair white, brown, RAL 9001 Part no. 48N0510.02 right hand 48N0510.03 left hand Other colours available upon request Space requirement
18 57
Assembly
Testing standards Fixing positions on cabinet side and dimensions of back cut-out
31-45 32 22
510
41
14
Knock-in
- Nylon housing with yellow passivated steel arm - 3-dimensional adjustment - Tested to DIN 68840 with a load bearing of 130 kg per pair white, brown, RAL 9001 Part no. right hand 48N0610.02 48N0610.03 left hand Other colours available upon request Space requirement
18 57
Assembly
Testing standards Fixing positions on cabinet side and dimensions of back cut-out
31-45 32 min 11.5 22
33
Adjustment areas: - Down 7 mm - Up 11 mm - Back 3.5 mm - Forward 12.5 mm
18
33
510
41
Adjustment areas: - Down 7 mm - Up 11 mm - Back 3.5 mm - Forward 12.5 mm
18
24
14
10
33
MINIPRESS + PRO-CENTER
78
MZM.0078 Catalogue 2006
413
Other
Further products
Cabinet connector
Screw-on
- Nylon housing with integral die-cast cam - Nylon connector piece Assembly
white, brown
Part no. 40.2000 Cabinet side

19.5 13
Base
32
47
32
Knock-in
white, brown
Part no. 40.2100.02 Cabinet side

19.5 13
Other
Base
7.5
MINIPRESS Housing
72 MZM.0072 Cabinet connectors 73 MZM.0073
32
47
min 11.5
32
min 11.5
10
PRO-CENTER Housing
272 MZM.0272 Cabinet connectors 273 MZM.0273
10
414
7.5
Catalogue 2006
Further products
Cabinet connector
With screw
- Nylon housing with integral die-cast cam - Zinc die-cast connector screw Assembly
Part no. white, brown 42.0700.01 Other colours available upon request Base Cabinet side E=W-X+8 X max = 9.5 mm
27
W E
min 12
25
77
MZM.0077
With screw
- Nylon housing with integral die-cast cam - Zinc die-cast connector screw Assembly
Part no. 40.0700N white, brown Other colours available upon request Base Cabinet side E = W - X + 5.8 X max = 8 mm
33
W E
min 12
25
5.8
70
MZM.0070 Catalogue 2006
415
Other
Further products
Cabinet connector
With dowel and expansion pin

- Nylon housing with integral die-cast cam - Nylon connector with steel expansion pin Assembly
Part no. white, brown 40.0200N Other colours available upon request Base Cabinet side E = W - X + 7.4 X max = 9 mm
25
W E
min 12
25
7.4
70
MZM.0070
Base connectors
Part no. 40.0500N white, brown Other colours available upon request
Other
Base
10
Cabinet side E = W + 1.5
25
min 12
W E
25
MINIPRESS + PRO-CENTER Housing 70 MZM.0070 Cabinet connectors 71 MZM.0071 Catalogue 2006
min 10.5
416
1.5
Further products
Cabinet connector
With connector section (system 32)

Part no. white, brown 40.0600N Other colours available upon request Base
32 10
Cabinet side E = W + 1.5
25
min 12
W E
25
1.5
10
MINIPRESS + PRO-CENTER Housing 70 MZM.0070 Cabinet connectors 71 MZM.0071
min 10.5
417
Catalogue 2006
Other
Further products
Cabinet and shelf connectors
Overlay application
- Nylon housing and cover cap Assembly
Housing white, brown Other colours available upon request MINIPRESS + PRO-CENTER
75
Part no. 40.4001
MZM.0075 41.5400
Cover caps white, brown Other colours available upon request
Variant 1: application with screw

- For overlay application Base - Steel screw, zinc plated, 6 x 14.5 mm Cabinet side
11
28
min 11.5
Steel screw, zinc plated 6 x 14.5 mm
Part no. 653.1450
Variant 2: application with screw and bush

- For overlay application Base - Steel screw, zinc plated, 6 x 10.5 mm - Nylon bush 11.5 mm Cabinet side
11
28
min 12.5
min 12
Steel screw, zinc plated 6 x 10.5 mm Nylon bush 11.5 mm
Part no. 653.1050 41.1100
min 12.5
Other

11
28
min 18
Part no. 653.1050 41.1600.21 418
min 12.5
Catalogue 2006
10
10
Further products
Cabinet and shelf connectors
Corner application system 32

- Nylon housing and cover cap Assembly
Housing white, brown Other colours available upon request MINIPRESS + PRO-CENTER
75
Part no. 40.5001
MZM.0075 41.5400
Cover caps white, brown Other colours available upon request
Variant 1: application with screw

- For overlay application Base - Steel screw, zinc plated, 6 x 14.5 mm Cabinet side
32 11
28
min 11.5
Steel screw, zinc plated 6 x 14.5 mm
Part no. 653.1450
10

32 11
28
min 12.5
min 12
Part no. 653.1050 41.1100
10
min 12.5
10

min 18
32
11
28
Part no. 653.1050 41.1600.21 419
10
min 12.5
10
Catalogue 2006
Other
Assembly devices
Precise assembly for perfect motion
DYNALOG 2.0 easy planning and ordering

Blums DYNALOG 2.0 is software for planning cabinets and ordering ttings. It contains DYNACAT (electronic product catalogue) as well as DYNAPLAN (software with all important functions for cabinet planning and dimension calculation). In DYNASHOP (shopping basket), you can merge data from both applications into a readyto-order project.
Jigs and assembly devices Use our jigs and assembly devices to ensure precise assembly of ap and hinge systems, pull-outs and cabinet proles
Assembly devices You can now optimise TANDEMBOX-assembly (including smaller production runs and specials) using practical assembly tools customised to your production requirements
Drilling and insertion machines Our wide range of drilling and insertion machines are well equipped to deal with any assembly situation
420
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices
Overview
DYNALOG 2.0
DYNACAT the electronic product catalogue DYNAPLAN the cabinet planner DYNASHOP the shopping basket
422
Symbol photo
Jigs, stops and assembly devices

Flap system assembly Hinge system assembly Drawer assembly with BOXFIX Drawer assembly Front assembly Cabinet assembly Line drilling
426
Symbol photo
Drilling and insertion machines

PRO-CENTER MINIPRESS PRO MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
474
Symbol photo
Accessories for drilling and insertion machines

PRO-CENTER MINIPRESS PRO MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M 478 488 496 504
Pictograph
Item Available Upon Request Accessories General Information DYNALOG Flap system assembly Hinge system assembly Drawer assembly Drawer assembly Front assembly Cabinet assembly System drilling 32 mm PRO-CENTER MINIPRESS PRO MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
421
Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
Assembly devices
DYNALOG 2.0 easy planning and ordering
Product
DYNALOG 2.0 is a user-friendly catalogue and planning programme. It offers more security for furniture planning ensuring that you are able to order the right products. In addition to standard cabinets, new applications such as AVENTOS and SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION and angled cabinets can be planned simply and with a collision check. Easy to learn: DYNALOG makes computer planning easy. It is easy to learn and apply even if you dont use it every day.
DYNALOG 2.0
Part no. DYA.2441
DYNALOG 2.0 at a glance

DYNACAT Electronic Product Catalogue Fittings selection DYNAPLAN Cabinet planner Cabinet planning incl. ttings selection
Fittings parts list CAD data for xings in 2D and 3D DYNASHOP Shopping Basket Optional
Fittings parts list Drawings + CAD data of cuttings
Adjustment and assembly information
Dealer part numbers Distributor-prices
Fixing positions for ttings
Construction and manufacturing
Ordering By fax or e-mail, connection can be established to dealer ordering system
Construction and manufacturing
DYNACAT the electronic product catalogue DYNACAT contains a complete list of Blum ttings as well as a large selection of ttings applications which can be added directly to your shopping basket. Along with quick searches and fast ordering, DYNACAT also provides detailed information about the entire range of Blum products. DYNAPLAN the cabinet planner Use this cabinet planner to design your own individual cabinets to meet specic needs of your customers. Alternatively you can use the extensive in-built database of pre-dened cabinets. DYNAPLAN will then provide all information that is required for assembly and ordering. The collision check ensures that the nished furniture will function properly when everything is installed.
Assembly d.
DYNASHOP the shopping basket DYNASHOP acts as the interface between DYNACAT and DYNAPLAN, and is used for ordering. DYNASHOP provides many easy-to-use options. For example, you can change the colour or nish for your order with just a simple mouse-click. You can also integrate distributor part numbers and prices into DYNASHOP.
422
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices
DYNAPLAN assembly examples
Cabinet prole assembly with drilling gauge for cabinet proles

- Transfer drilling dimensions from DYNAPLAN printout to drilling gauge T65.5000 - Pre-drill xing positions for cabinet prole - Fix cabinet prole
37.0
224.0
161.0
224.0
197.0
2.5 / 3.0
0.0
49.0
2.5 / 3.0
224.0
2.5 / 3.0
Page instructions Drilling gauge 467
Frontal processing with marking gauge
Cutting dimensions front Take front cutting dimensions from DYNAPLAN printout
Mark xing positions for front Position gauge onto closed drawer
Line up the drawer front and mark xing positions with a light tap on either side
Fix front brackets
Page instructions High fronted pull-out / drawer 458 Wooden drawer 455
423
Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
Assembly devices
Drawer front processing with universal drilling jig

- Transfer drilling dimensions from DYNAPLAN printout to universal drilling jig ZML.0040 - Mark xing positions for front xing brackets or drill with 10 mm drill bit - Attach front xing bracket
0.0
29.5 32.0 64.0
63.5
10.0 / 12.0
Page instructions Universal drilling jig 457
Front assembly withMINIPRESS M/MINIPRESS P and MINISTICK

- Position MINISTICK - Drill xing positions for front xing brackets - Suitable for the various pull-out systems N, M, K, H with or without gallery
0.0 29.5 32.0 64.0
Assembly d.
63.5
10.0 / 12.0
Page instructions MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M MINISTICK
494 502 462
424
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices
TANDEM-drawer assembly
- Suitable for TANDEM runner used in conjunction with front adjuster 295.1000 - Position drilling jig ZML.0050 onto drawer and drill - Transfer front drilling dimension from DYNAPLAN printout to the stop system (MINIPRESS M, P, PRO or PRO-CENTER), drill front holes and insert front adjuster - Fix front onto drawer
0.0
87.5
4.5
52
40,5
20.0 / 10.5
84.0
Page instructions Drilling jig for TANDEM front xing bracket 455
STANDARD-runner drawer assembly

- Suitable for STANDARD-runner used in conjunction with front adjuster 295.1000 - Transfer measurements from DYNAPLAN printout to DIY jig (drilling distances are always 50 or 62.5 mm) - Position DIY jig onto wooden drawer and drill - Transfer front drilling dimension from DYNAPLAN printout to the stop system (MINIPRESS M, P, PRO or PRO-CENTER), drill front holes and insert front adjuster 295.1000 - Fix front onto drawer
0.0
89.0
4.5
50
62 .5
20.0 / 10.5
425
Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
72.0
Assembly devices
Overview jigs, assembly devices and machines
Flap system assembly Accessories

Drilling jig for the lift mechanism Drilling and insertion machine Template
428 Universal drilling jig
429 + 430 Drilling and insertion machine
431
432
433 + 434
Hinge system assembly Accessories

Drilling jig for CLIP and MODUL hinges Template Drilling jig for mounting plates
436 Drilling jig for BLUMOTION for doors 971A1002
437 Drilling jig for BLUMOTION for doors 970.1002
438 Drilling jig for INSERTA hinges
439 Cabinet angle jig
440 ECODRILL
441 Drilling and insertion machine
442 Adhesion jig for CRISTALLO glass door hinges 445
443
444
Drawer assembly Accessories

BOXFIX M BOXFIX PRO
Assembly d.
446
447

Drilling jig for BLUMOTION optional retrot part 448 MINIPRESS P / MINIPRESS M MINIPRESS PRO / PROCENTER
449 426
450 Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices
Overview jigs, assembly devices and machines

Universal drilling jig Drilling and insertion machine Drilling jig for pull-out surround corner connectors 453 Marking gauge
451 Drilling jig for TANDEM
452 Drilling jig for TANDEM front xing bracket
454
455
456
Front assembly Accessories

Universal drilling jig Marking gauge Marking template
457 Marking gauge with MINIPRESS M / P
458 MINIPRESS P / MINIPRESS M
459 MINISTICK with drilling and insertion machine 462

L
461 MINIPRESS PRO / PROCENTER
463
464
Cabinet assembly Accessories

MINIFIX Jig for individual cabinet proles Drilling jig for cabinet proles
466 MINIPRESS PRO / PROCENTER
467
468
469
Line drilling Accessories

MINIPRESS P / MINIPRESS M MINIPRESS P / M with drilling head MINIPRESS PRO / PROCENTER with drilling head 472 427 Catalogue 2006
470
471
Assembly d.
Assembly devices
Flap system assembly
Drilling jig for the lift mechanism

- For pre-drilling the peg positions for AVENTOS HF lift mechanism - Ensures screws are xed at a right angle - The holes for the pegs are marked out - Suitable for all AVENTOS HF lift mechanisms - Suitable for the processing of other Blum components
Symbol photo
Drilling jig
Part no. 65.5020
Fixing peg drilling
Mark cabinet prole height position
Line up jig with mark, drill ( 5 mm)
Position the lift mechanism on the pre-drilled holes, attach
Assembly d.
428
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices
Lift mechanism assembly with MINIPRESS M / MINIPRESS P

- For drilling the peg position for AVENTOS HF lift mechanism with 8 spindle drilling head - Suitable for all AVENTOS HF lift mechanisms
Symbol photo
Page instructions MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
494 502
For drilling peg hole with 8 spindle drilling head
Set stop to determined location, position workpiece and drill xing holes
Attach lift mechanism
429
Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
Assembly devices
Lift mechanism assembly with MINIPRESS PRO / PRO CENTER

- For drilling the peg position for AVENTOS HF lift mechanism with 8 spindle drilling head - Simple set-up of MINIPRESS PRO / PRO-CENTER through colour coding system: Revolving handle, drilling head and swivel stops are colour coded - Suitable for all AVENTOS HF lift mechanisms
Symbol photo
Page instructions PRO-CENTER MINIPRESS PRO
476 486
Set-up for MINIPRESS PRO / PRO CENTER
All settings are colour coded in the set-up plan. The colour coded system facilitates correct set-up
The drilling head is pre-equipped The revolving stop/spindle enable with the required drill bits and fast and tool free settings of drilling insertion rams and can be attached distance and drilling depth quickly and without any tools
The ruler with the pre-set stops is inserted and secured without any tools. The ruler is accurately positioned with a centering pin
For drilling peg hole with 8 spindle drilling head
Assembly d.
Attach 8 spindle drilling head. Position cabinet side against the stop and drill the xing holes
Attach lift mechanism
430
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices
Template
- Simple location of mounting plate xing positions - Transfer of measurements from front to cabinet - Can be used for: Horizontal mounting plates (29/32 and 20/32) Cruciform mounting plates (37/32) Cruciform and inline adapter plate BLUMOTION
Symbol photo
Template
Part no. 65.5300
Transferring measurements by marking centre of hinge arm
Mark hinge arm centre
Pre-drill ( 2.5 mm)
Screw on mounting plate
Transferring measurements by marking outside edge of hinge arm
Mark hinge arm outline
Pre-drill ( 2.5 mm)
431
Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
Assembly devices
Universal drilling jig

- For marking xing holes for horizontal mounting plates (for telescopic arm connection) - Suitable for the processing of other Blum components - Universal drilling jig includes: 1 pce. Drilling depth stop for drill 5 mm, 1 pce. Drilling depth stop for drill 10 mm, 1 pce. Marking gauge 5 mm, 1 pce. Marking gauge 10 mm - Suitable for: METABOX, TANDEMBOX, AVENTOS Symbol photo
Part no. ZML.0040
Marking the drilling positions with a universal drilling jig
Set stops using the calibration
Mark xing position
Mount horizontal mounting plate
Assembly d.
432
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices
Mounting plate position for telescopic arm with MINIPRESS M/MINIPRESS P

- For drilling xing holes and attaching horizontal mounting plates for AVENTOS telescopic arm
Symbol photo
494 502
Doing the mounting plate drilling
Position cabinet side against the stop and drill the xing holes
Attach mounting plate
433
Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
Assembly devices
Mounting plate position for telescopic arm with MINIPRESS PRO/PRO CENTER
- For drilling xing holes and inserting horizontal mounting plates for AVENTOS telescopic arm - Required drilling head: 2 spindle drilling head (MZK.2110) - Simple set-up of MINIPRESS PRO / PRO-CENTER through colour coding system: Revolving handle, drilling head and swivel stops are colour coded
Symbol photo
476 486
For drilling the mounting plate hole with a 2 spindle drilling head
Assembly d.
Attach 2 spindle drilling head Position cabinet side against the stop and drill the xing holes
Attach mounting plate
434
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices
435
Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
Assembly devices
Hinge system assembly
Drilling gauge for CLIP top and MODUL hinges

- Simple and quick transfer of hinge and mounting plate (cruciform & in-line) xing positions - Transfer of measurements from door to cabinet and from cabinet to door - Measurements can be transferred from cabinets (either assembled or unassembled) - Adjustable stop for various door overlays (calibration simplies set-up) - Drilling gauge includes: 1 pce rail, length 1000 mm with calibration and stop, 2 pcs templates with marking pin Symbol photo
Drilling gauge CLIP top MODUL
Part no. 65.7500.01 65.9500
Template CLIP top MODUL
Part no. 65.7510.01 65.9510
Extension rail 2200 mm
Part no. 65.7590
Cabinet with line drilling or xed mounting plate door undrilled
Position drilling gauge onto cabinet. To determine the exact xing position of the mounting plate, place the marking pin into hole of line drilling
Attach mounting plate to cabinet. Position drilling gauge in cabinet. The template is located in the mounting plate
Transferring the xing position to the door. Position drilling gauge onto door, mark hinge drilling pattern with marking pin
Drill hinge drilling pattern and assemble hinge
Pre-drilled door or pre-mounted hinge cabinet undrilled
Assembly d.
Set stop to desired door overlay. Insert template into hinge hole
Set stop to desired door overlay. Insert template into hinge boss
Transferring the xing position to the cabinet. Position drilling gauge in cabinet. Mark or pre-drill drilling pattern of mounting plates
Assemble hinge and mounting plate
436
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices
Template
- Simple location of mounting plate xing positions - Transfer of measurements from door to cabinet - If mounting plate xing positions are standard throughout, then it is possible to x several templates to a wooden strip - Can be used for: Horizontal mounting plates (29/32 and 20/32) Cruciform mounting plates (37/32) Cruciform and inline adapter plate BLUMOTION Symbol photo
Template
Part no. 65.5300
Pre-drill ( 2.5 mm)
Pre-drill ( 2.5 mm)
437
Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
Assembly devices
Mounting plate drilling jig

- Simple location of cruciform mounting plate xing positions - Transfer of measurements from door to cabinet - Precise 32 mm system drilling thanks to positioning pin (particularly important for INSERTA mounting plates) - Drilling jig incl. 1 pce. drilling depth stop for drill 5 mm - Suitable for: Cruciform mounting plate 37/32 (systems screws, EXPANDO or INSERTA) - Can be used for BLUMOTION-cruciform adapter plate Symbol photo
Drilling jig
Part no. 65.5070
Position jig on marking line. Drill rst xing hole 5 mm (for system screws, EXPANDO or INSERTA)
Turn jig round, insert positioning pin into drilling hole, drill second 5 mm hole
Fix cruciform mounting plate
Assembly d.
Position jig on marking line. Drill rst xing hole 5 mm (for system screws, EXPANDO or INSERTA)
Turn jig round, insert positioning pin into drilling hole, drill second 5 mm hole
438
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices
BLUMOTION for doors (hinge side) drilling jig

The jig is used to x BLUMOTION for doors (970A1002) to the hinge side of the cabinet. - For horizontal drilling for BLUMOTION, for standard cabinets - For horizontal drilling for BLUMOTION, for angled cabinets (with cabinet angle jig 65.5810) - Jig incl. 1 pce Drilling depth stop 10 mm
Symbol photo
-----
Drilling jig
Part no. 65.5010
Cabinet angle jig
Part no. 65.5810
For drilling for BLUMOTION 970A1002 for standard cabinet
Position jig on marking line
Use a 10 mm drill for BLUMOTION drilling
Attach BLUMOTION 970A1002
Drilling for BLUMOTION 970A1002 for angled cabinet
The drilling distance is transferred to the cabinet using the jig (65.5810)
Use a 10 mm drill for BLUMOTION drilling
Attach BLUMOTION 970A1002
439
Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
Assembly devices
BLUMOTION for doors (handle side) drilling jig

The jig is used to x BLUMOTION for doors (970.1002) to the handle side of the cabinet. - For horizontal drilling for BLUMOTION - For the drilling of BLUMOTION cruciform/ horizontal adapter plate xing positions - BLUMOTION door drilling jig comprises 1 pce. drilling depth stop 10 mm, 1 pce. drilling depth stop 5 mm, 1 pce. drilling depth stop 2.5 mm
Symbol photo
Drilling jig
Part no. 65.5000
For horizontal drilling for BLUMOTION 970.1002
Use a 10 mm drill for BLUMOTION
Fix BLUMOTION
Positioning of adapter plate for BLUMOTION 970.1002
Assembly d.
Use a 2.5 or 5 mm drill for BLUMOTION cruciform/horizontal adapter plates
Fix BLUMOTION horizontal adapter Fix BLUMOTION cruciform adapter plate plate
440
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices
Drilling jig for INSERTA hinges

- To drill 8 mm side holes for hinges - To mark and pre-drill the xing positions for cruciform mounting plates - Drilling jig incl. 1 pce. reducing bush 5 to 2.5 mm - For CLIP top-hinges with INSERTA/ EXPANDO hinge boss xing and cruciform mounting plates as well as BLUMOTION cruciform adapter plate
Symbol photo
Drilling jig
Part no. 65.0590
Drill side holes for hinges
35 X
Pre-drill door (e.g. with pillar drill) using 35 mm drill bit
Adjust drilling distance setting (x), position jig and drill side holes 8 mm
Attach INSERTA hinge
Drilling xing holes for cruciform mounting plates

37 5
Pre-drill xing holes for cruciform mounting plate with 2.5 mm (for chipboard screws) or 5 mm (for system screws, EXPANDO or INSERTA)
441
Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
Assembly devices
Cabinet angle jig

- To determine cabinet angle and suitable hinge with mounting plate - For determining the BLUMOTION 970A1002 drilling distance
Symbol photo
Carcase angle measuring jig
Part no. 65.5810
Determining cabinet angle with suitable hinge solution

-2 5
-2
0
.5 45
-2
71
--
--
--
--
Position jig
Read cabinet angle and angled application
Cabinet angle or angled application See Hinge programmes overview leads to suitable hinge
Calculation of drilling distance for BLUMOTION (970A1002)
Assembly d.
Position jig
Read drilling distance of BLUMOTION
Transfer drilling distance to cabinet
442
16
23 .5
16
24 .5
15
14
13
12
11
35
34
-5
33
-10 -15
32
31 -25
-20
30
29
28
26
27
73 .5 45
-30
-35
-40 -45 -50
16
46
1 36
+5
37
+1
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices
ECODRILL
- Simple hand held tool to drill accurate hole patterns for Blum hinges - Driven by hand drill - Variable drilling distance (from 2 to 8 mm) - Clamps to work piece - ECODRILL includes: 1 pce. drilling gauge, 1 pce. drill 35 mm, 2 pcs. drills 8 mm, 2 pcs. Torx bits
Symbol photo
ECODRILL
Part no. M31.1000
Drill bit for dowels Fittings drill bit
8 mm 35 mm
Part no. M31.ZB08.02 M31.ZB35.02
Tool set
Part no. MZW.1300
Drilling the hinge pattern
Drill Blum hinge pattern with hand Mark desired hinge position. Position ECODRILL on marking line and drill x with clamping lever
Attach INSERTA hinge
443
Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
Assembly devices
Drilling and insertion machine

- For xing hole drilling and insertion of hinges and mounting plates - Suitable for the processing of other Blum components
Symbol photo
Page instructions PRO-CENTER MINIPRESS PRO MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
476 486 494 502
Set-up for swivel stop
Set stop to desired location, position workpiece and drill xing holes
Insert hinges
Application with centre stop / laser-centre stop
Assembly d.
Marking, e.g. with drilling gauge. Marking draw a line from the pin hole to the edge of the work piece
Line up with centre stop and drill xing holes
Insert hinges
444
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices
Drilling gauge for CRISTALLO hinge

- For easy determination of the position of the CRISTALLO adhesion plate - For attaching the CRISTALLO adhesion plate to the proper position - Setting jig using integrated calibration - Drilling gauge includes: 1 pcs. rail length 1000 mm with calibration and stop, 2 pcs. template with vacuum clamp
Symbol photo
Drilling jig set
Part no. 65.4000.01
Template
Part no. 65.4010.01
Fixing adhesion plate to the door

C B
Set height position (A/B) and depth position (C) using the calibration
445
Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
A B A
Fix gauge with vacuum clamp
Position adhesion plate, apply adhesive according to instructions (UV glue set necessary)
Assembly devices
Drawer assembly
BOXFIX M
- Designed to assemble: TANDEMBOX 357, 359, 358 N, M, K (for all drawer side materials) - Drawer side lengths 270 to 650 mm - Cabinet widths 275 to 1200 mm - Back heights up to 350 mm - BOXFIX M includes: 1 pcs. centre bit, 1 pcs. width stop
Symbol photo
BOXFIX M
Part no. ZMM.3350
Width stop
Part no. MZS.4010
Centre bit
Part no. M01.ZZ03
Assembly of drawers and high fronted pull-outs
Nominal length and pull-out width are set
Wooden back xing brackets are attached to the wooden back
Back, base and drawer sides are inserted and secured
The drawer base is attached to the TANDEMBOX drawer sides using screws
Precision technology increases efciency
Assembly d.
Width setting
Fix back xing bracket
Fix parts
Screw on
446
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices
Drawer assembly
BOXFIX PRO
- Designed to assemble: TANDEMBOX 357, 359, 358 N, M, K (for all drawer side materials) - Drawer side lengths 270 to 650 mm - Cabinet widths 275 to 1200 mm - Back heights to 350 mm - BOXFIX PRO includes: 1 pcs. Width stop
Symbol photo
BOXFIX PRO
Part no. ZMM.7350.V1
Width stop
Part no. MZS.4010
Centre bit
Part no. M01.ZZ03
Assembly of drawers and high fronted pull-outs
Nominal length and pull-out width are set
Wooden back xing brackets are attached to the wooden back
Back, base and drawer sides are inserted and secured
The TANDEMBOX drawer sides are attached to the grooved drawer base by means of press-t technology
New feature saves time
Width setting
Fix back xing bracket
Fix parts
Press-t connection
447
Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
Assembly devices
Drawer assembly
Drilling jig for BLUMOTION optional retro-t part

- For marking the xing position of the BLUMOTION housing ( 45 mm) and drilling the side xing dowel ( 10 mm) - Besides the jig, a 45 mm and 10 mm drill is required for BLUMOTION assembly - BLUMOTION-drilling jig comprises 1 pce. drilling depth stop for drill 10 mm - Suitable for: TANDEMBOX 357
Symbol photo
Drilling and marking gauge
Part no. ZML.0070
Fittings drill bit
Part no. M01.ZB45.02
Mark and pre-drill xing positions for BLUMOTION housing
Set TANDEMBOX nominal length on the jig. Position jig and mark the xing position of the BLUMOTION housing
Drill 10 mm holes for BLUMOTION xing
Drill ( 45 mm) for BLUMOTION housing, e.g. on a pillar drill
Fix BLUMOTION
Assembly d.
448
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices
Drawer assembly
BLUMOTION assembly with MINIPRESS M / MINIPRESS P

- Drilling of xing holes for BLUMOTION with 7 spindle drilling head - Suitable for the processing of other Blum components - Suitable for: TANDEMBOX 357
Symbol photo
494 502
Drilling for BLUMOTION with hole line drilling head
Set stop to desired location, position drawer base and drill xing holes
Fix BLUMOTION
449
Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
Assembly devices
Drawer assembly
BLUMOTION assembly with MINIPRESS PRO / PRO CENTER

- Drilling of xing holes for BLUMOTION with 9 spindle drilling head - Suitable for the processing of other Blum components - Simple set-up of MINIPRESS PRO/ PRO-CENTER through colour coding system. Revolving handle, drilling head and swivel stops are colour coded - Suitable for: TANDEMBOX 357
Symbol photo
476 486
Drilling for BLUMOTION with 9 spindle drilling head
Assembly d.
Fix BLUMOTION For BLUMOTION drilling, attach green drilling head. Position the drawer base against green stop and drill xing holes
450
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices
Drawer assembly

- For marking or pre-drilling xing holes for front brackets including gallery, drawer back and base (only METABOX quick assembly version C15) - Suitable for the processing of other Blum components - Universal drilling jig includes: 1 pcs. drilling depth stop for drill 5 mm, 1 pce. drilling depth stop for drill 10 mm, 1 pce. marking gauge 5 mm, 1 pce. marking gauge 10 mm - Suitable for: METABOX, TANDEMBOX, AVENTOS Symbol photo
Part no. ZML.0040
Assembly of drawer base (METABOX quick assembly version C15)
69
1 10
Position jig and pre-drill base with 5 mm drill bits (for METABOX quick assembly version)
For inner drawers, position jig (stop notch for inner drawer set back by 16 mm) and pre-drill base with 5 mm drill bits (for METABOX quick assembly version C15)
Fix base
Assembly of drawer back
Mark xing position
Fix back with chipboard screw, x gallery back xings
Fix back with chipboard screws
451
Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
Assembly devices
Drawer assembly
Drilling and insertion machine

- For drawer base and back drilling (METABOX quick assembly version C15) - With MINISTICK: speeds up assembly and set-up times for front, base and back - Fix back and gallery back xings with special system screws 5 mm (662.1xx0) - Suitable for: METABOX, TANDEMBOX
Symbol photo
Page instructions PRO-CENTER MINIPRESS PRO MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
476 486 494 502
MINISTICK
Part no. MZS.0040
Assembly of drawer base with swivel stop or MINISTICK
Set swivel stop to the required dimension, position base and drill 5 mm holes for METABOX quick assembly version C15
Set MINISTICK to required dimen- Fix base sion, position base and drill 5 mm holes for METABOX quick assembly version C15
Assemble drawer back with swivel stop or MINISTICK
Assembly d.
Set swivel stop to desired location, position back and drill xing holes 5 mm
Set MINISTICK to desired location, position back and drill xing holes 5 mm
For back of high fronted pull-out use next pin
Fix back and gallery back xings with special system screws (662.1XX0)
452
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices
Drawer assembly
Drilling jig for pull-out surround corner connectors

- The drilling jig can be used to pre-drill the xing positions of the corner connectors for the following pull-out systems: TANDEMBOX, METABOX, TANDEM, STANDARD - Individual parts: 1 pcs. drilling jig, 3 pcs. 2.5 mm drill bits, 1 pcs. screw driver blade
Symbol photo
Drilling jig
Part no. ZML.0010
Base assembly with drilling gauge for pull-out surround
For drilling the corner connector xing positions on the base
453
Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
Assembly devices
Drawer assembly
Drilling jig for TANDEM

- Enables simple wooden drawer drilling - To pre-drill for back xing hook - To pre-drill xing positions of TANDEM locking device
Symbol photo
Drilling jig
Part no. T65.1000.02
Tool set for TANDEM jig
Part no. T65.9000
Hook drilling
Drilling of hook position
Slide drawer onto hook
Drilling for TANDEM locking
Assembly d.
Pre-drilling of TANDEM locking device xing positions
Screw on TANDEM locking device
454
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices
Drawer assembly
Drilling jig for TANDEM front xing bracket

- Fixing hole drilling for front adjusters onto 4-sided drawer - Application in conjunction with front adjuster 295.1000 and DYNAPLAN - Suitable for: TANDEM 550/560H, 551/561H, 566H
Symbol photo
Drilling jig
Part no. ZML.0050
Application in combination with front adjuster and DYNAPLAN

4.5
0.0 87.5
20.0 / 10.5
40.5
Useful application only if front adjuster (295.1000) is used in conjunction with TANDEM runner and DYNAPLAN
Transfer front drilling dimensions from DYNAPLAN printout to the stop system, drill front holes and insert front adjuster
84.0
Position jig onto wooden drawer and drill
Fix front onto drawer
455
Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
Assembly devices
Drawer assembly
Marking gauge
- For marking hole centres of the 295.1000 front adjuster xing positions - For TANDEM and STANDARD runners (4sided drawers)
Symbol photo
Marking gauge
Part no. 65.2950
Drawer assembly with marking pin
Insert marking gauge into predrilled holes in the drawer fascia
Line up the drawer front onto the Insert front adjuster 295.1000 and cabinet. Mark xing positions with a x front onto drawer light tap on either side
Assembly d.
456
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices
Front assembly

- For marking or pre-drilling xing holes for front brackets including gallery, drawer back and base (only METABOX quick assembly version C15) - Suitable for the processing of other Blum components - Universal drilling jig includes: 1 pcs. Drilling depth stop for drill 5 mm, 1 pce. Drilling depth stop for drill 10 mm, 1 pce. Marking gauge 5 mm, 1 pce. Marking gauge 10 mm - Suitable for: METABOX, TANDEMBOX, AVENTOS Symbol photo
Part no. ZML.0040
Front assembly, e.g. TANDEMBOX
Pre- drill ( 10 mm drill bit) or mark xing positions
Fix INSERTA front xing brackets and INSERTA gallery
Insert front xing brackets and INSERTA gallery
Front assembly, e.g. METABOX
Pre- drill ( 10 mm drill bit) or mark xing positions
Screw on front xing brackets attach INSERTA gallery
Fix EXPANDO front xing brackets or knock in front xing brackets with dowels using the hand insertion tool attach INSERTA gallery
457
Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
Assembly devices
Front assembly
Marking gauge
- For marking all drawer front xing positions - For marking the drilling position for the gallery front xing using add-on gallery marking gauge
Symbol photo
Gallery marking gauge TANDEMBOX with gallery METABOX with gallery
Part no. ZML.3600 ZML.8000.02
Marking gauge TANDEMBOX 358N TANDEMBOX 358, 359M+K TANDEMBOX 357M
Part no. ZML.3510 ZML.3580 ZML.3520
Marking gauge METABOX 320, 330N METABOX 320, 330M+K+H
Part no. ZML.1510 ZML.1500
Drawer front processing
Position standard marking gauge onto closed drawer
Fix front brackets
High fronted pull-out front assembly
Assembly d.
Position marking gauge onto the closed high fronted pull-out. Set height positions of gallery back xing with gallery marking gauge
Insert gallery marking gauge into standard marking gauge
Fix front brackets. Drill 10 mm holes for INSERTA gallery. Insert INSERTA gallery
458
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices
Front assembly
Marking template
- For marking INSERTA gallery front xing positions for B height drawers (having xed front brackets)
Symbol photo
Marking template TANDEMBOX METABOX
Part no. ZML.8030 ZML.805S
Application
Locate template over pre-attached front xing bracket, mark drilling positions with a pencil
Drill 10 mm holes using a drilling machine. Attach INSERTA gallery
459
Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
Assembly devices
Front assembly
With marking gauge and MINIPRESS M/MINIPRESS P

- Fixing hole drilling and front bracket insertion in conjunction with special centre stop MZR.2000 - When assembling the front using MINIPRESS M / MINIPRESS P, swivel stops are not required - Suitable for: METABOX 320 / 330M, K, H
Symbol photo
494 502
Marking gauge
Part no. ZML.1500
Dual application
Part no. MZR.2000
Mark the front xing bracket position using the ZML.1500 marking gauge
Position standard marking gauge onto closed drawer
Position drawer front and mark front xing positions with a light tap on either side
Front assembly with MINIPRESS M/MINIPRESS P and dual application
Assembly d.
Procedure for METABOX 320/330M: draw a line from the central pin hole to the edge of the drawer front. Line up with the centre of the special stop
Procedure for METABOX 320/330K: draw a line from the top pin hole to the edge of the drawer front. Line up with the centre of the special stop
Procedure for METABOX Line up with centre stop drill x320/330H: draw a line from the top ing holes and insert front xing pin hole to the edge of the drawer brackets front. Line up with the outside of the special stop
460
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices
Front assembly
MINIPRESS M / MINIPRESS P
- For drilling of xing holes and insertion of front brackets - Suitable for the processing of other Blum components - Suitable for: TANDEMBOX, METABOX
Symbol photo
494 502
From assembly with swivel stop, e.g. METABOX
Set stop to desired location, position front and drill holes
Assemble front brackets
From assembly with centre stop, e.g. METABOX
Draw a centre line to the edge of the work piece
Line up front with centre stop and drill xing holes
Insert front xing brackets
461
Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
Assembly devices
Front assembly
MINISTICK with drilling and insertion machine

- For xing hole drilling and insertion of front brackets - Once set, the various pull-out systems: N, M, K, H (with or without gallery) can be assembled - Can also be used for base and back drillings - Replaces up to 16 swivel stops - Suitable for: TANDEMBOX, METABOX
Symbol photo
MINISTICK
Part no. MZS.0040
Front assembly using MINISTICK, e.g. TANDEMBOX

4 5
12
TANDEMBOX 358M + gallery. Position front at 1st, 3rd and 5th pin and drill xing holes
Front assembly using MINISTICK, e.g. METABOX

5 1 2 4 5
Assembly d.
METABOX 320M + gallery. Position Insert front xing bracket attach front at 4th and 1st pin and drill INSERTA-gallery xing holes
Assemble front brackets
Attach INSERTA gallery
462
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices
Front assembly
MINIPRESS M / MINIPRESS P with 8 spindle drilling head

- For drilling all front xing positions of drawers with gallery - Suitable for the processing of other Blum components - Suitable for: TANDEMBOX 357, 358, 359 METABOX 320, 330
Symbol photo
494 502
From assembly, e.g. TANDEMBOX
Set stop, position front and drill holes
From assembly, e.g. METABOX
Set stop, position front and drill holes
Fix EXPANDO front xing brackets or knock in front xing brackets with dowels using the hand insertion tool attach INSERTA gallery
463
Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
Assembly devices
Front assembly
MINIPRESS PRO / PRO-CENTER with 8 spindle drilling head

- For xing hole drilling and insertion of front brackets and gallery - Suitable for the processing of other Blum components - Simple set-up of MINIPRESS PRO / PRO-CENTER through colour coding system: Set revolving handle, drilling head and swivel stops to violet - Suitable for: TANDEMBOX 357, 358, 359 METABOX 320, 330
Symbol photo
476 486
Assembly d.
For front bracket xing hole drilling, attach violet drilling head. Position front against violet stop and drill xing holes
Insert front xing brackets
464
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices
Cabinet assembly
MINIFIX
- Ensures precise positioning of cabinet prole xing screws - Suitable for: METABOX STANDARD 230M/E, 240E
Symbol photo
MINIFIX
Part no. 65.3300
Fixing cabinet prole using MINIFIX

24 Mark desired height on the cabinet Line up MINIFIX with the mark, side and clip cabinet prole onto the screw on cabinet prole (pre-drilling with centre bit M01.ZZ03 recomMINIFIX tool mended) MINIFIX allows cabinet proles to be xed 24 mm from the underside of the top rail (= minimum dimension for insertion of METABOX single extension)
465
Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
Assembly devices
Cabinet assembly
Jig for individual cabinet proles

- For pre-drilling cabinet proles xing positions - Ensures screws are xed at a right angle - T65.5050 used for STANDARD cabinets in connection with TANDEMBOX, TANDEM, METABOX, STANDARD-runner 430E - T65.5350 is used for SPACE CORNER in connection with TANDEMBOX
Symbol photo
Jig for standard cabinet Jig for SPACE CORNER
Part no. T65.5050 T65.5350
Fixing cabinet prole drillings for Standard cabinet (T65.5050)
Line up template with mark and drill Template touching bottom panel = cabinet prole dimension for TANDEM single extension (= 32 mm)
32
Attaching the cabinet prole
For cabinet prole drillings for SPACE CORNER (T65.5350)
Assembly d.
Line up SPACE CORNER jig with mark, drill
Attach cabinet prole
466
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices
Cabinet assembly
Drilling jig for cabinet proles

- For determining cabinet prole positions using the integrated calibration - Drilling jig can be used with assembled or unassembled cabinets - Ensures screws are xed at a right angle - Ensures a precise and level xing of cabinet proles (symmetrical) - Calibrated drilling gauge includes: 1 pce. rail length 1000 mm with calibration, 4 pcs. template, 1 pce. drill bit extension - Suitable for the following drawers and drawer runners: TANDEMBOX, TANDEM, METABOX
Symbol photo
2.5 mm drilling jig 5.0 mm drilling jig
Part no. T65.5000.01 T65.5000.10
2.5 mm template
Part no. T65.5010
Extension rail 2200 mm
Part no. 65.7590
Fixing cabinet prole drillings, e.g. TANDEM
Position drilling jig, clamp onto cabi- Template touching bottom panel = cabinet prole dimension for net and pre-drill xing holes TANDEM single extension (= 32 mm)
32
Fixing cabinet prole drillings, e.g. METABOX

24
24
Position drilling jig, clamp onto cabi- Template touching top rail / panel = minimum dimension for insernet and pre-drill xing holes tion of METABOX single extension (= 24 mm)
467
Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
Assembly devices
Cabinet assembly

- Drilling of xing holes for cabinet proles - Suitable for the processing of other Blum components - Suitable for: TANDEMBOX, TANDEM, METABOX, STANDARD
Symbol photo
494 502
Cabinet assembly, e.g. TANDEMBOX
Fix cabinet prole
Cabinet assembly, e.g. METABOX
Assembly d.
Fix cabinet prole
468
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices
Cabinet assembly

- Drilling of xing holes for cabinet proles - Suitable for the processing of other Blum components - Simple set-up of MINIPRESS PRO/ PRO-CENTER through colour coding system: revolving handle, drilling head and swivel stops are colour coded - Suitable for: TANDEMBOX, TANDEM, METABOX, STANDARD
Symbol photo
476 486
For drilling cabinet base holes with 8 spindle drilling head
For xing hole drilling of cabinet prole, attach blue drilling head. Position cabinet side against blue stop and drill xing holes
The PRO-CENTER can be used with 17 spindle drilling head for this application
Fix cabinet prole with system screws
Fix cabinet prole with system screws.
469
Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
Assembly devices
Line drilling 32
MINIPRESS M / MINIPRESS P
- Drilling hole groups with 3 spindles - Suitable for the processing of other Blum components
Symbol photo
494 502
Distance jig
Part no. M30.0901
Set stop to desired location, position workpiece and drill hole group
Depending on the length of the hole Distance gauge simplies set-up group, use two or more stops
Assembly d.
470
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices
Line drilling 32

- For efcient drilling of hole groups with 7 spindles in the 32 mm system - Suitable for the processing of other Blum components
Symbol photo
494 502
Depending on the length of the hole Distance gauge simplies set-up group, use two or more stops
Engage line-up pin in the last hole of the previously drilled line drill second hole group. Only use lineup pin for 3 to 4 cycles
471
Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
Assembly devices
Line drilling 32

- Efcient line drilling using either a 9 spindle drilling head. The PRO-CENTER can be used with 17 spindle drilling head for this application - Suitable for the processing of other Blum components - Simple set-up of MINIPRESS PRO / PRO-CENTER through colour coding system: revolving handle, drilling head and swivel stops are colour coded
Symbol photo
476 486
Assembly d.
For line drilling, attach green drilling Depending on the length of the head. Position cabinet side against line-drilling pattern, use two or green stop and drill xing holes more stops. Line-drilling ruler: star marks simplify set-up
The PRO-CENTER can be used with 17 spindle drilling head for this application
Depending on the length of the line-drilling pattern, use two or more stops. Line-drilling ruler: square marks simplify set-up
472
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices
473
Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
Assembly devices
Overview drilling and insertion machines
Recommended Possible Not possible
PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS PRO
MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M
Assembly type
Base Basic machine 478 Accessories 478 Flap systems 479 479 479 479 479 480 Hinge systems
1
488 488
496 496
504 504
489 489 489 489 489 490
497 497 497 497 497 498
505 505 505 505 505 506
480
490 480 490 480 490 480 490 481 491 481
498 498 498 498 499
506 506 506 506 507
Assembly d.
474
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices
Overview drilling and insertion machines
Recommended Possible Not possible
PRO-CENTER
MINIPRESS PRO
MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS M
Assembly type
Pull-out systems
7
481
491 481 491 481 491 482 491 482 492
499 499 500 500 500
507 507 508 508 508
10
Cabinet
11
482
492 482
500
508
12
13
483
492 483 492 483 492 483
500 501 501
508 509 509
14
15
16
484
493
501
509
475
Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
17
Assembly devices
PRO-CENTER
Professional assembly facility in the process centre PRO-CENTER is a processing and assembly station for small to mid scale manufacturing requirements. It consists of a basic machine for vertical drilling and component insertion. As an optional extra it can also be used for horizontal drilling. The equipment of the processing center is adapted to customers requirements and can be supplemented with additional components at any time. Vertical drilling and component insertion Horizontal drilling Quick change of drilling heads already equipped with drill bits and insertion rams Fast changeover of dedicated rulers with pre-set stops Drilling depth and drilling distance settings through revolving stops
Each work step is illustrated systematically and colour coded in the set-up plan
The colour coded system simplies PRO-CENTERs set-up
The pre-equipped drilling head, which is also colour coded, is inserted and secured using a locking device without the need for tools
Assembly d.
The proper drilling distance for the drilling positions of the hinges, mounting plates, connectors, line drilling and wooden dowels are pre-set. Other dimensions, which are required on a regular basis, can also be pre-set
The dedicated ruler with colour coded stops can be tted in a matter of seconds without the need for tools
Drilling depth can be pre-set on xed positions using the colour coded revolving handle (revolving stop)
476
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices
PRO-CENTER assembly options
19
18
18 20
13
Recommended Flap systems Front 18 Hinge 19 Horizontal mounting plate 20 Horizontal mounting plate, telescopic arm Cabinet 21 Cruciform mounting plate 22 Horizontal mounting plate 23 Lift mechanism Hinge systems Front 1 Hinge Cabinet 2 Cruciform mounting plate 3 Horizontal mounting plate 4 BLUMOTION inline adapter plate 5 BLUMOTION cruciform adapter plate 6 BLUMOTION for drilling
Possible
Not possible
Pull-out systems Front 7 TANDEMBOX/METABOX-front xing bracket 15 Front adjuster Drawer 8 BLUMOTION (80 kg) 9 Base/back Cabinet 10 Cabinet prole Further products 11 Vertical cabinet connectors 12 Horizontal cabinet connectors 13 Vertical cabinet connectors 14 Wall hanging bracket Cabinet assembly 16 Wooden dowel drilling 17 Line drilling
477
Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
Assembly devices
PRO-CENTER basic machine and accessories
Basic machine
PRO-CENTER For vertical and horizontal drilling and component insertion - Including horizontal drilling head (3-spindle) - Supplied with ruler system, work table and tools - Different voltage can be supplied upon request
3x400V, 50/60Hz M65.2000 1x230V, 50Hz M65.2050
Optional (accessory) - Set systems for application-specic construction (setup plans, drilling heads and rulers) - Quick connect chuck - Drill, insertion rams
Accessories Extension ruler, 1700 mm (right and left hand, Calibration from 850-2550 mm) Extension ruler, 1700 mm (left hand, Calibration from 850-2550 mm) Support for extension ruler PRO-CENTER Swivel stop Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Centre marking stop MINISTICK Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Countersink for drill diameter 10 mm, 20 mm x 16.5 mm, right hand Countersink for drill diameter 10 mm, 20 mm x 16.5 mm, left hand Quick connect chuck sleeve, left hand Quick connect chuck sleeve, right hand Quick connect chuck Cover for quick connect chuck PRO-CENTER drilling head and ruler storage rack Part no. MZL.2090 MZL.2090.03 MZV.2000 MZS.1000 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZR.1200 MZS.0040 M01.ZB05.D2 M01.ZB05.D3 M01.ZS01.02 M01.ZS01.03 MZF.2000 MZF.2000 MZF.1030 MZF.1050 MZA.2600
Assembly d.
478
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices
PRO-CENTER applications

Front hinge Drilling head, number of spindles 3, drilling and insertion Fittings drill bit, 35 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 8 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 2.5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 0 mm to 850 mm) Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop Front horizontal mounting plates Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 0 mm to 850 mm) Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop Front horizontal mounting plates, telescopic arm Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion Drill bit for dowels, 2.5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 4 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 4 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece Part no. MZK.2000 M01.ZB35.02 M01.ZB08.03 M01.ZB02.D3 MZL.2010 MZL.2000 MZS.1000
Part no. MZK.2100 M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 MZL.2010 MZL.2000 MZS.1000
Part no. MZK.2110 M01.ZB02.D3 MZL.2000 MZS.1000
Cabinet cruciform mounting plates Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 2.5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 0 mm to 850 mm) Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop Insertion ram, 174H71xx dowel plates Cabinet horizontal mounting plates Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 0 mm to 850 mm) Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop Insertion ram, Dowel plates
Quantity required 1 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 4 Piece 1 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 4 Piece 1 Piece
Part no. MZK.2110 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D3 M01.ZB10.03 MZL.2010 MZL.2000 MZS.1000 MZM.0061.01
479
Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
Part no. MZK.2100 M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 MZL.2010 MZL.2000 MZS.1000 MZM.0050
Assembly devices
Cabinet lift mechanism Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, right hand Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop
Quantity required 1 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece
Part no. MZK.2200.01 M01.ZB05.02 MZL.2000 MZS.1000

1 Hinge Drilling head, number of spindles 3, drilling and insertion Fittings drill bit, 35 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 8 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 2.5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Fittings drill bit, 26 mm x 57 mm, right hand Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 0 mm to 850 mm) Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop Insertion ram, 100 and prole door hinge Insertion ram, 107/110/120 hinges Insertion ram, Wide angle hinge, zinc boss Insertion ram, Wide angle hinge, steel boss Insertion ram, Blind corner hinge Insertion ram, Bi-fold hinge Insertion ram, Cross corner hinge 2 Cruciform mounting plates Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 2.5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 0 mm to 850 mm) Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop Insertion ram, 174H71xx dowel plates 3 Horizontal mounting plate Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 0 mm to 850 mm) Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop Insertion ram, Dowel plates 4 BLUMOTION inline adapter plate Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 4 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 4 Piece 1 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 4 Piece 1 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece Part no. MZK.2000 M01.ZB35.02 M01.ZB08.03 M01.ZB02.D3 M01.ZB26.02 MZL.2010 MZL.2000 MZS.1000 MZM.0011 MZM.0010 MZM.0017 MZM.0018 MZM.0019 MZM.0021 MZM.0020
Assembly d.
Part no. MZK.2100 M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 MZL.2000 MZS.1000
480
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices
BLUMOTION cruciform adapter plate Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 2.5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop
Quantity required 1 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece
Part no. MZK.2110 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D3 MZL.2000 MZS.1000
BLUMOTION For drilling (only with horizontal drilling head) Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 77 mm, right hand Horizontal ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop
Part no. M65.ZB10.02 MZL.2060 MZS.1000
Pull-out system assembly

7 TANDEMBOX-front xing bracket Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling and insertion Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop Insertion ram, Front xing bracket ZSF.3602 7 METABOX-front xing bracket Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling and insertion Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop Insertion ram, Front xing bracket ZSF.1610 Insertion ram, Front xing bracket ZSF.1300/1800 8 BLUMOTION drawer assembly 17 spindle drilling head Drilling head, number of spindles 17, drilling Fittings drill bit, 45 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop BLUMOTION drawer assembly 9 spindle drilling head Drilling head, number of spindles 9, drilling Fittings drill bit, 45 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop 481 Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 3 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 4 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece Part no. MZK.2200.01 MZK.2230 M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 MZL.2000 MZS.1000 MZM.0291
Part no. MZK.2200.01 MZK.2230 M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 MZL.2000 MZS.1000 MZM.0293 MZM.0292.01
Part no. MZK.2800 M01.ZB45.02 M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 MZL.2000 MZS.1000 Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
Part no. MZK.2880 M01.ZB45.02 M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 MZL.2000 MZS.1000
Assembly devices
Drawer assembly Base/back Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop Cabinet proles 17 spindle drilling head Drilling head, number of spindles 17, drilling Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 0 mm to 850 mm) Swivel stop Cabinet proles 8 spindle drilling head Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 0 mm to 850 mm) Swivel stop
Quantity required 1 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 10 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 10 Piece
Part no. MZK.2200.01 M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 MZL.2000 MZS.1000
10
10
Part no. MZK.2200.01 M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 MZL.2000 MZL.2010 MZS.1000
Carcase connector assembly

11 Cabinet connectors 40.0500N, 40.0600N, 40.4001, 40.5001 Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion Fittings drill bit, 25 mm x 57 mm, right hand Fittings drill bit, 28 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, right hand Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop Insertion ram, connector 40.0500/40.0600 Insertion ram, connector 40.4001/40.5001 Cabinet connectors 42.0700.1, 40.0200 (only with horizontal drilling head) Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion Fittings drill bit, 25 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 77 mm, right hand Horizontal ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop Insertion ram, Connector 42.07 Insertion ram, connector housing 40.0200 + 42.0700 Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 4 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 4 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece Part no. MZK.2100 M01.ZB25.02 M01.ZB28.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB05.02 MZL.2000 MZS.1000 MZM.0071 MZM.0075
12
Part no. MZK.2100 M01.ZB25.02 M65.ZB05.02 MZL.2060 MZS.1000 MZM.0077 MZM.0070
Assembly d.
482
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices
13
Cabinet connectors 40.2100.02 Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop Insertion ram, Connector housing 40.2110 Insertion ram, Connector housing 40.2120
Quantity required 1 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 4 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece
Part no. MZK.2110 M01.ZB10.03 MZL.2000 MZS.1000 MZM.0272 MZM.0273
Processing of wall hanging brackets

14 Wall hanging bracket 48N0610.02/03 Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop Insertion ram, Wall hanging bracket 48N0610 Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece Part no. MZK.2100 M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 MZL.2000 MZS.1000 MZM.0078
Front adjuster assembly

15 Front adjuster 295.1000 Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion Fittings drill bit, 20 mm x 57 mm, right hand Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop Insertion ram, 295.1000 front adjuster Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece Part no. MZK.2100 M01.ZB20.02 MZL.2000 MZS.1000 MZM.0095
Wooden dowel connections assembly

16 Wooden dowels (only with horizontal drilling head) 17 spindle drilling head Drilling head, number of spindles 17, drilling Drill bit for dowels, 8 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 8 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 8 mm x 77 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 8 mm x 77 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 77 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 77 mm, left hand Horizontal ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop Wooden dowels (only with horizontal drilling head) 3 spindle drilling head Drilling head, number of spindles 3, drilling Drill bit for dowels, 8 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 8 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 8 mm x 77 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 8 mm x 77 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 77 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 77 mm, left hand Horizontal ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop Quantity required 1 Piece 5 Piece 4 Piece 5 Piece 4 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 8 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 6 Piece Part no. MZK.2880 M01.ZB08.02 M01.ZB08.03 M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M65.ZB08.02 M65.ZB08.03 M65.ZB10.02 M65.ZB10.03 MZL.2060 MZS.1000
16
Part no. MZK.2400 M01.ZB08.02 M01.ZB08.03 M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M65.ZB08.02 M65.ZB08.03 M65.ZB10.02 M65.ZB10.03 MZL.2060 MZS.1000
483
Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
Assembly devices
Line drilling
17 System drilling 17 spindle drilling head Drilling head, number of spindles 17, drilling Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Line drilling ruler, 953 mm (right and left hand, Calibration 0-832 mm) Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop System drilling 9 spindle drilling head Drilling head, number of spindles 9, drilling Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Line drilling ruler, 953 mm (right and left hand, Calibration 0-832 mm) Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop Quantity required 1 Piece 9 Piece 8 Piece 9 Piece 8 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 8 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 5 Piece 4 Piece 5 Piece 4 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 14 Piece Part no. MZK.2880 M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 MZL.2080 MZL.2000 MZS.1000
17
Assembly d.
484
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices
485
Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
Assembly devices
MINIPRESS PRO
MINIPRESS PRO: versatile MINIPRESS PRO consists of a basic machine for vertical drilling and inserting components. The equipment of MINIPRESS PRO is adapted to customers requirements and can be supplemented with additional components at any time.
Vertical drilling and component insertion Quick change of drilling heads already equipped with drill bits and insertion rams Fast changeover of dedicated rulers with pre-set stops Drilling depth and distance settings using spindle or revolving stop
Each work step is illustrated systematically and colour coded in the set-up plan
The colour coded system simplies the set-up of MINIPRESS PRO
The equipped drilling head, which is also colour coded, is inserted and secured using a locking device without the need for tools
Assembly d.
The drilling distance is set using the spindle
The dedicated ruler with colour coded stops can be tted in a matter of seconds without the need for tools
Drilling depth can be pre-set on xed positions using the colour coded revolving handle (revolving stop)
486
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices
MINIPRESS PRO assembly options
19
18
18 20
13
Possible
Not possible
487
Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
Assembly devices
MINIPRESS PRO basic machine and accessories
Basic machine
MINIPRESS PRO For vertical drilling and component insertion - Supplied with stop bar system, work table and tools - Different voltage can be supplied upon request
3x400V, 50/60Hz M54.2000 1x230V, 50Hz M54.2050
Optional (accessory) - Set systems for application-specic construction (setup plans, drilling heads and rulers) - Quick connect chuck - Drill, insertion rams
Accessories Extension ruler, 1700 mm (right and left hand, Calibration from 850-2550 mm) Extension ruler, 1700 mm (left hand, Calibration from 850-2550 mm) Support for extension ruler PRO-CENTER Swivel stop Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Centre marking stop MINISTICK Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Countersink for drill diameter 10 mm, 20 mm x 16.5 mm, right hand Countersink for drill diameter 10 mm, 20 mm x 16.5 mm, left hand Quick connect chuck sleeve, left hand Quick connect chuck sleeve, right hand Quick connect chuck Cover for quick connect chuck PRO-CENTER drilling head and ruler storage rack Part no. MZL.2090 MZL.2090.03 MZV.2000 MZS.1000 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZR.1200 MZS.0040 M01.ZB05.D2 M01.ZB05.D3 M01.ZS01.02 M01.ZS01.03 MZF.2000 MZF.2000 MZF.1030 MZF.1050 MZA.2600
Assembly d.
488
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices
MINIPRESS PRO applications

Front hinge Drilling head, number of spindles 3, drilling and insertion Fittings drill bit, 35 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 8 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 2.5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 0 mm to 850 mm) Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop Front horizontal mounting plates Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 0 mm to 850 mm) Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop Front horizontal mounting plates, telescopic arm Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion Drill bit for dowels, 2.5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 4 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 4 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece Part no. MZK.2000 M01.ZB35.02 M01.ZB08.03 M01.ZB02.D3 MZL.2010 MZL.2000 MZS.1000
Part no. MZK.2110 M01.ZB02.D3 MZL.2000 MZS.1000
Cabinet cruciform mounting plates Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 2.5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 0 mm to 850 mm) Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop Insertion ram, 174H71xx dowel plates Cabinet horizontal mounting plates Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 0 mm to 850 mm) Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop Insertion ram, Dowel plates
Quantity required 1 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 4 Piece 1 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 4 Piece 1 Piece
489
Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
Assembly devices
Cabinet lift mechanism Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, right hand Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop
Part no. MZK.2200.01 M01.ZB05.02 MZL.2000 MZS.1000

1 Hinge Drilling head, number of spindles 3, drilling and insertion Fittings drill bit, 35 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 8 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 2.5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Fittings drill bit, 26 mm x 57 mm, right hand Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 0 mm to 850 mm) Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop Insertion ram, 100 and prole door hinge Insertion ram, 107/110/120 hinges Insertion ram, Wide angle hinge, zinc boss Insertion ram, Wide angle hinge, steel boss Insertion ram, Blind corner hinge Insertion ram, Bi-fold hinge Insertion ram, Cross corner hinge 2 Cruciform mounting plates Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 2.5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 0 mm to 850 mm) Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop Insertion ram, 174H71xx dowel plates 3 Horizontal mounting plate Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 0 mm to 850 mm) Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop Insertion ram, Dowel plates 4 BLUMOTION inline adapter plate Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 4 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 4 Piece 1 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 4 Piece 1 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece Part no. MZK.2000 M01.ZB35.02 M01.ZB08.03 M01.ZB02.D3 M01.ZB26.02 MZL.2010 MZL.2000 MZS.1000 MZM.0011 MZM.0010 MZM.0017 MZM.0018 MZM.0019 MZM.0021 MZM.0020
Assembly d.
Part no. MZK.2100 M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 MZL.2000 MZS.1000
490
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices
BLUMOTION cruciform adapter plate Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 2.5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop
Quantity required 1 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece
Part no. MZK.2110 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D3 MZL.2000 MZS.1000

7 TANDEMBOX-front xing bracket Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling and insertion Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop Insertion ram, Front xing bracket ZSF.3602 7 METABOX-front xing bracket Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling and insertion Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop Insertion ram, Front xing bracket ZSF.1610 Insertion ram, Front xing bracket ZSF.1300/1800 8 BLUMOTION drawer assembly 9 spindle drilling head Drilling head, number of spindles 9, drilling Fittings drill bit, 45 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop Drawer assembly Base/back Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 3 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 4 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece Part no. MZK.2200.01 MZK.2230 M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 MZL.2000 MZS.1000 MZM.0291
Part no. MZK.2200.01 MZK.2230 M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 MZL.2000 MZS.1000 MZM.0293 MZM.0292.01
Part no. MZK.2800 M01.ZB45.02 M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 MZL.2000 MZS.1000
491
Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
Part no. MZK.2200.01 M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 MZL.2000 MZS.1000
Assembly devices
10
Cabinet proles 8 spindle drilling head Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 0 mm to 850 mm) Swivel stop
Quantity required 1 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 10 Piece
Part no. MZK.2200.01 M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 MZL.2000 MZL.2010 MZS.1000

11 Cabinet connectors 40.0500N, 40.0600N, 40.4001, 40.5001 Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion Fittings drill bit, 25 mm x 57 mm, right hand Fittings drill bit, 28 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, right hand Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop Insertion ram, connector 40.0500/40.0600 Insertion ram, connector 40.4001/40.5001 Cabinet connectors 40.2100.02 Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop Insertion ram, Connector housing 40.2110 Insertion ram, Connector housing 40.2120 Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 4 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 4 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece Part no. MZK.2100 M01.ZB25.02 M01.ZB28.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB05.02 MZL.2000 MZS.1000 MZM.0071 MZM.0075
13
Part no. MZK.2110 M01.ZB10.03 MZL.2000 MZS.1000 MZM.0272 MZM.0273

14 Wall hanging bracket 48N0610.02/03 Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop Insertion ram, Wall hanging bracket 48N0610 Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece Part no. MZK.2100 M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 MZL.2000 MZS.1000 MZM.0078

15 Front adjuster 295.1000 Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and insertion Fittings drill bit, 20 mm x 57 mm, right hand Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop Insertion ram, 295.1000 front adjuster Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece Part no. MZK.2100 M01.ZB20.02 MZL.2000 MZS.1000 MZM.0095
Assembly d.
492
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices
Line drilling
17 System drilling 9 spindle drilling head Drilling head, number of spindles 9, drilling Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Line drilling ruler, 953 mm (right and left hand, Calibration 0-832 mm) Basic ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 850 mm to 0 to 850 mm) Swivel stop Quantity required 1 Piece 5 Piece 4 Piece 5 Piece 4 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 14 Piece Part no. MZK.2800 M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 MZL.2080 MZL.2000 MZS.1000
493
Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
Assembly devices
MINIPRESS P
MINIPRESS P: specialised MINIPRESS P is a specialised machine for drilling hinges. Once its set, it carries out routine work with precision and efciency. A pneumatic feed for drilling and insertion as well as a spindle for the drilling distance setting makes working with MINIPRESS P safe and precise. Vertical drilling and component insertion Drilling distance settings using spindle Pneumatic feed
Drilling of various patterns With the multi-swivel drilling head, various drilling patterns for furniture xings can be set quickly, tool-free and precisely
Insertion of Blum components MINIPRESS P is equally efcient when it comes to inserting Blum ttings. The operation is both simple and precise
Practical and precise ruler system The drilling distance is set easily from the front using a spindle
Assembly d.
Quick connect chuck For quick and comfortable drill bit changeovers. The quick connect chucks can be retrotted individually
7 spindle drilling head For efcient drilling of hole groups within the 32 mm system
8 spindle drilling head For the assembly of BOX front xings and cabinet proles
494
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices
MINIPRESS P assembly options
19
18
18 20
13
Possible
Not possible
495
Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
Assembly devices
MINIPRESS P basic machine and accessories
Basic machine
MINIPRESS P For vertical drilling and component insertion - With standard swivel drilling head - Including stop bar system and tools - Different voltage can be supplied upon request 1x230V, 50Hz M53.1050 Optional (accessory) - Work table, digital position indicator, setting clamps, laser centre stop - Hole line drilling head - Drilling head for cabinet proles and front brackets - Quick connect sleeves, insertion rams, drills
Accessories
Work table for MINIPRESS P Position indicator for MINIPRESS P Hold down clamp (pneumatic) for MINIPRESS P Centre marking stop laser Extension ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 300-1,550 mm) Extension ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 1550-2,800 mm) Support for extension ruler MINIPRESS and MINIDRILL Swivel stop Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Centre marking stop Dual application MINISTICK Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Swivel stop, distance: 11 mm Swivel stop, distance: 10 mm Countersink for drill diameter 10 mm, 20 mm x 16.5 mm, right hand Countersink for drill diameter 10 mm, 20 mm x 16.5 mm, left hand Quick connect chuck (5 pcs., sleeve, retainer, cover), right+left Quick connect chuck sleeve, right hand Quick connect chuck sleeve, left hand Quick connect chuck Cover for quick connect chuck Locking device for MZK.1000/8000 Drillhead connector f. quick connect chucks f. MZK.1000/8000 Drill depth stop for MINIDRILL and MINIPRESS Part no. MZA.5300 MZE.2110 M53.0720 MZR.5300 MZL.1250 MZL.2500 MZV.1000 MZS.1000 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZR.1000 MZR.2000 MZS.0040 M01.ZB05.D2 M01.ZB05.D3 MZS.1440 MZS.1450 M01.ZS01.02 M01.ZS01.03 MZF.1000.01 MZF.1020 MZF.1010 MZF.1030 MZF.1050 MZK.1120 MZK.1130 M30.1304
Assembly d.
496
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices
MINIPRESS P applications

Front hinge Fittings drill bit, 35 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 8 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 2.5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Extension ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 300-1,550 mm) Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Front horizontal mounting plates Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Extension ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 300-1,550 mm) Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Insertion ram, Dowel plates Front horizontal mounting plates, telescopic arm Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Quantity required 1 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece Part no. M01.ZB35.02 M01.ZB08.03 M01.ZB02.D3 MZL.1250 MZS.2000 MZS.2000
Part no. M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 MZL.1250 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZM.0050
Part no. M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 MZS.2000 MZS.2000
Cabinet cruciform mounting plates Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Extension ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 300-1,550 mm) Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Insertion ram, 174H71xx dowel plates Cabinet horizontal mounting plates Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Extension ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 300-1,550 mm) Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Insertion ram, Dowel plates
Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece
Part no. M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 MZL.1250 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZM.0061.01
497
Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
Assembly devices
Cabinet lift mechanism Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, right hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left
Part no. MZK.8000 M01.ZB05.02 MZS.2000 MZS.2000

1 Hinge Fittings drill bit, 35 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 8 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 2.5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Fittings drill bit, 26 mm x 57 mm, right hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Insertion ram, 107/110/120 hinges Insertion ram, 100 and prole door hinge Insertion ram, Wide angle hinge, zinc boss Insertion ram, Wide angle hinge, steel boss Insertion ram, Blind corner hinge Insertion ram, Cross corner hinge Insertion ram, Bi-fold hinge 2 Cruciform mounting plates Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Insertion ram, 174H71xx dowel plates 3 Horizontal mounting plate Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Insertion ram, Dowel plates 4 BLUMOTION inline adapter plate Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Quantity required 1 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 4 Piece 4 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 4 Piece 4 Piece 1 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 4 Piece 4 Piece 1 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece Part no. M01.ZB35.02 M01.ZB08.03 M01.ZB02.D3 M01.ZB26.02 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZM.0010 MZM.0011 MZM.0017 MZM.0018 MZM.0019 MZM.0020 MZM.0021
Part no. M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZM.0061.01
Part no. M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZM.0050
Assembly d.
498
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices
BLUMOTION cruciform adapter plate Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left
Part no. M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 MZS.2000 MZS.2000

7 TANDEMBOX-front xing bracket Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Insertion ram, Front xing bracket ZSF.3602 7 TANDEMBOX-front xing bracket with gallery 8 spindle drilling head Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Hand insertion tool, Front xing bracket ZSF.3602 METABOX-front xing bracket Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Insertion ram, Front xing bracket ZSF.1300/1800 Insertion ram, Front xing bracket ZSF.1610 7 METABOX-front xing bracket with gallery 8 spindle drilling head Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Hand insertion tool, Front xing bracket ZSF.1300/1800 Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 3 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 4 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece Part no. M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZM.0091
Part no. MZK.8000 M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 ZME.2700
Part no. M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZM.0092.01 MZM.0093.02
499
Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
Part no. MZK.8000 M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 ZME.1600.01
Assembly devices
Drawer assembly BLUMOTION Drilling head, number of spindles 7, drilling Fittings drill bit, 45 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Drawer assembly Base/back Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Cabinet proles 8 spindle drilling head Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left
Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 5 Piece 5 Piece
Part no. MZK.1000 M01.ZB45.03 M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 MZS.2000 MZS.2000
10
Part no. MZK.8000 M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 MZS.2000 MZS.2000

11 Cabinet connectors 40.0500N, 40.0600N, 40.4001, 40.5001, 40.0200, 42.0700 Fittings drill bit, 28 mm x 57 mm, right hand Fittings drill bit, 25 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, right hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Swivel stop, distance: 11 mm Swivel stop, distance: 10 mm Insertion ram, connector housing 40.0200 + 42.0700 Insertion ram, connector 40.0500/40.0600 Insertion ram, connector 40.4001/40.5001 Insertion ram, Connector 42.07 Cabinet connectors 40.2100.02 Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Insertion ram, Connector housing 40.21 Insertion ram, Connector housing 40,212 Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece Part no. M01.ZB28.02 M01.ZB25.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB05.02 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZS.1440 MZS.1450 MZM.0070 MZM.0071 MZM.0075 MZM.0077
13
Assembly d.
Part no. M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZM.0072 MZM.0073
500
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices

14 Wall hanging bracket 48N0610.02/03 Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Insertion ram, Wall hanging bracket 48N0610 Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece Part no. M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZM.0078

15 Front adjuster 295.1000 Fittings drill bit, 20 mm x 57 mm, right hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Insertion ram, 295.1000 front adjuster Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece Part no. M01.ZB20.02 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZM.0095
Line drilling
17 System drilling 7 spindle drilling head Drilling head, number of spindles 7, drilling Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left System drilling 3 spindle drilling head Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Quantity required 1 Piece 4 Piece 3 Piece 4 Piece 3 Piece 11 Piece 11 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece 10 Piece 10 Piece Part no. MZK.1000 M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 MZS.2000 MZS.2000
17
501
Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
Assembly devices
MINIPRESS M
MINIPRESS M: mobile The MINIPRESS M from Blum is a compact tool that is exible enough to be used onsite or in the workshop. MINIPRESS M requires neither pressurized air nor heavy electricity supply, but can be operated using just lighting current. Vertical drilling and component insertion Manual feed for drilling and insertion
Drilling of various patterns With the multi-swivel drilling head, various drilling patterns for furniture ttings can be set quickly, tool-free and precisely
Insertion of Blum components MINIPRESS M is equally efcient when it comes to inserting Blum ttings. The operation is both simple and precise
Drilling and insertion The lever is pulled down manually for drilling or insertion
Assembly d.
Quick connect chuck For quick and comfortable drill bit changeovers. The quick connect chucks can be retrotted individually
7 spindle drilling head For efcient drilling of hole groups within the 32 mm system
8 spindle drilling head For the assembly of BOX front xings and cabinet proles
502
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices
MINIPRESS M assembly options
19
18
18 20
13
Possible
Not possible
503
Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
Assembly devices
MINIPRESS M basic machine and accessories
Basic machine
MINIPRESS M For vertical drilling and manual component insertion - With standard swivel drilling head - Including stop bar system and tools - Different voltage can be supplied upon request 1x230V, 50Hz M52.1050 Optional (accessory) - Work table - 7 an 8 hole line drilling head - Drilling head for cabinet proles and front brackets - Quick connect sleeves, insertion rams, drills
Accessories
Work table for MINIPRESS M Extension ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 300-1,550 mm) Extension ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 1550-2,800 mm) Support for extension ruler MINIPRESS and MINIDRILL stop Swivel stop Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Centre marking stop MINISTICK Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Swivel stop, distance: 11 mm Swivel stop, distance: 10 mm Countersink for drill diameter 10 mm, 20 mm x 16.5 mm, right hand Countersink for drill diameter 10 mm, 20 mm x 16.5 mm, left hand Quick connect chuck (5 pcs., sleeve, retainer, cover), right+left Quick connect chuck sleeve, right hand Dual application Quick connect chuck sleeve, left hand Quick connect chuck Cover for quick connect chuck Locking device for MZK.1000/8000 Drillhead connector f. quick connect chucks f. MZK.1000/8000 Drill depth stop for MINIDRILL and MINIPRESS Part no. MZA.5200 MZL.1250 MZL.2500 MZV.1000 MZS.1020 MZS.1000 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZR.1000 MZS.0040 M01.ZB05.D2 M01.ZB05.D3 MZS.1440 MZS.1450 M01.ZS01.02 M01.ZS01.03 MZF.1000.01 MZF.1020 MZR.2000 MZF.1010 MZF.1030 MZF.1050 MZK.1120 MZK.1130 M30.1304
Assembly d.
504
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices
MINIPRESS M applications

Front hinge Fittings drill bit, 35 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 8 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 2.5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Extension ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 300-1,550 mm) Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Front horizontal mounting plates Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Extension ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 300-1,550 mm) Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Insertion ram, Dowel plates Front horizontal mounting plates, telescopic arm Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Quantity required 1 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece Part no. M01.ZB35.02 M01.ZB08.03 M01.ZB02.D3 MZL.1250 MZS.2000 MZS.2000
Cabinet cruciform mounting plates Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Extension ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 300-1,550 mm) Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Insertion ram, 174H71xx dowel plates Cabinet horizontal mounting plates Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Extension ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, Calibration from 300-1,550 mm) Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Insertion ram, Dowel plates
Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece
Part no. M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 MZL.1250 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZM.0061.01
505
Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
Assembly devices
Cabinet lift mechanism Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, right hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left
Part no. MZK.8000 M01.ZB05.02 MZS.2000 MZS.2000

1 Hinge Fittings drill bit, 35 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 8 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 2.5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Fittings drill bit, 26 mm x 57 mm, right hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Insertion ram, 107/110/120 hinges Insertion ram, 100 and prole door hinge Insertion ram, Wide angle hinge, zinc boss Insertion ram, Wide angle hinge, steel boss Insertion ram, Blind corner hinge Insertion ram, Cross corner hinge Insertion ram, Bi-fold hinge 2 Cruciform mounting plates Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Insertion ram, 174H71xx dowel plates 3 Horizontal mounting plate Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Insertion ram, Dowel plates 4 BLUMOTION inline adapter plate Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Quantity required 1 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 4 Piece 4 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 4 Piece 4 Piece 1 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 4 Piece 4 Piece 1 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece Part no. M01.ZB35.02 M01.ZB08.03 M01.ZB02.D3 M01.ZB26.02 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZM.0010 MZM.0011 MZM.0017 MZM.0018 MZM.0019 MZM.0020 MZM.0021
Part no. M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZM.0061.01
Part no. M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZM.0050
Assembly d.
506
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices
BLUMOTION cruciform adapter plate Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left

7 TANDEMBOX-front xing bracket Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Insertion ram, Front xing bracket ZSF.3602 7 TANDEMBOX-front xing bracket with gallery 8 spindle drilling head Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Hand insertion tool, Front xing bracket ZSF.3602 METABOX-front xing bracket Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Insertion ram, Front xing bracket ZSF.1300/1800 Insertion ram, Front xing bracket ZSF.1610 7 METABOX-front xing bracket with gallery 8 spindle drilling head Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Hand insertion tool, Front xing bracket ZSF.1300/1800 Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 3 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 4 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece Part no. M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZM.0091
Part no. MZK.8000 M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 ZME.2700
Part no. M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZM.0092.01 MZM.0093.02
507
Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
Part no. MZK.8000 M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 ZME.1600.01
Assembly devices
Drawer assembly BLUMOTION Drilling head, number of spindles 7, drilling Fittings drill bit, 45 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Drawer assembly Base/back Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Cabinet proles 8 spindle drilling head Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left
Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 5 Piece 5 Piece
Part no. MZK.1000 M01.ZB45.03 M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 MZS.2000 MZS.2000
10
Part no. MZK.8000 M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 MZS.2000 MZS.2000

11 Cabinet connectors 40.0500N, 40.0600N, 40.4001, 40.5001, 40.0200, 42.0700 Fittings drill bit, 28 mm x 57 mm, right hand Fittings drill bit, 25 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, right hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Swivel stop, distance: 11 mm Swivel stop, distance: 10 mm Insertion ram, connector housing 40.0200 + 42.0700 Insertion ram, connector 40.0500/40.0600 Insertion ram, connector 40.4001/40.5001 Insertion ram, Connector 42.07 Cabinet connectors 40.2100.02 Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Insertion ram, Connector housing 40.21 Insertion ram, Connector housing 40,212 Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece Part no. M01.ZB28.02 M01.ZB25.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB05.02 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZS.1440 MZS.1450 MZM.0070 MZM.0071 MZM.0075 MZM.0077
13
Assembly d.
Part no. M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZM.0072 MZM.0073
508
Catalogue 2006
Assembly devices

14 Wall hanging bracket 48N0610.02/03 Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 10 mm x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Insertion ram, Wall hanging bracket 48N0610 Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece Part no. M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZM.0078

15 Front adjuster 295.1000 Fittings drill bit, 20 mm x 57 mm, right hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Insertion ram, 295.1000 front adjuster Quantity required 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece 1 Piece Part no. M01.ZB20.02 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZM.0095
Line drilling
17 System drilling 7 spindle drilling head Drilling head, number of spindles 7, drilling Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left System drilling 3 spindle drilling head Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 5 mm x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit for dowels, 3 mm x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left Quantity required 1 Piece 4 Piece 3 Piece 4 Piece 3 Piece 11 Piece 11 Piece Quantity required 1 Piece 2 Piece 1 Piece 2 Piece 10 Piece 10 Piece Part no. MZK.1000 M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 MZS.2000 MZS.2000
17
509
Catalogue 2006
Assembly d.
Information
Overview
Quality for the lifetime of the furniture

Our goal is to ensure that furniture buyers can enjoy the convenience and perfect function of our ttings for the lifetime of their furniture. To reach our objective we are monitoring our products in real working environments as well as in testing labs. Test results are incorporated into the manufacture and development of our products. Over the course of time, this has allowed us to tailor new products to the requirements of the market.
General Information
Flap systems
Hinge systems
Pull-out and runner systems
510
Catalogue 2006
Information
Overview
General Information
Information Safety rules Testing standards at Blum Glossary Part No. Index 512 513 514 528 534
Information about hinge systems

Number of hinges Parts and technology Theoretical space needs for assembly/removal Fixing Angled hinges Dimensions Changing the door overlay 516 516 516 517 518 519 520 Factory setting Minimum gap Motion sequences 520 520 521
Information about pull-out and runner systems

Overview Space requirement in cabinet Dimensions Tolerance compensation Stop design and screw head protection Loss of extension Inner dimensions for cutlery inserts 522 523 523 524 525 525 526
Pictograph
General Information Overlay application Dual application Inset application Angled application inset Angled application half overlay Angled application overlay Angled application max. overlay Angled application mitered
511
Catalogue 2006
Information
Information
Information
General assembly, application and user instructions

All Blum products undergo strict quality control procedures through all stages of production. All Blum ttings are designed for furniture and furniture parts made from wood, chipboard or MDF. Careful attention must be paid to tting or operating instructions when using Blum products (see catalogues and operating manuals for all technical information). The manufacturer must decide on the screws or xing methods to suit the material being used (i.e. wood, chipboard, etc.). The ttings must not be exposed to acidic or corrosive materials (i.e. some household cleaning solutions). To ensure that Blum products function correctly, they must be kept clean and undamaged. For any additional information or advice please contact your Blum representative. Anyone selling Blum ttings must ensure that their customer is aware of any relevant information given in this catalogue.
General conditions of sale and delivery

All deliveries and services are based on the general conditions of sale which are available upon request. The technical presentations and dimensions in illustrations and drawings are non-binding. We reserve the right to make changes to specications at any time. We do not accept any responsibility for any errors which may occur in the production of this catalogue.
Information
512
Catalogue 2006
Information
Safety rules
Attention!
Wide angle hinges warning If standard wide angle hinges are used in furniture that can be accessed or reached by small children, then it should be noted that it is possible for small ngers to get in-between the working mechanism of the hinge. In these cases all relevant doors should be tted with child safety latches. Alternatively, manufacturers should use the zero protrusion hinge, part no. 71T7500. Manufacturers must ensure that the end user is aware of this. CLIP top-0-protrusion hinge 72
Pull-outs with dangerous contents Blum drawer systems are designed for domestic and contract use. If the drawer or pull-out is used to carry potentially dangerous items (e.g. sharp knives, domestic electrical appliances with sharp edges), then it is recommended that they are tted with pull-out stops or pullout locks and child safety latches. This is especially important when contents may pose a risk of injury (e.g. electrical appliances such as bread slicing machines, knives or other items with sharp edges).
We provide the relevant safety accessories for the following products TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION METABOX 330 METABOX 320 TANDEM 550H/560H TANDEM 551H/561H STANDARD 430E All systems Integrated pull-out stop Separate pull-out lock, part no. 330.0009 additional tilt device for central locking Separate pull-out lock, part no. 320M0009 additional tilt device for central locking Pull-out lock integrated into locking device Integrated pull-out lock Integrated pull-out lock Child safety latch part no. 295.5500
All other running systems do not come with safety accessories and are, therefore, unsuitable for use with potentially dangerous items.
Machine Safety Blum assembly devices and machines are designed, constructed and tested according to the latest international safety standards. Extra attention is also paid to operator safety in this regard. A comprehensive operations manual is supplied with each device and incorporates extensive instructions on installation and use. It is absolutely necessary that all operators read and adhere to the instructions therein. Under no circumstances should changes be made to any safety feature.
513
Catalogue 2006
Information
Information
Testing standards at Blum
Flap systems
Wear and fatigue test, 80,000 open- Static load test 300 N; 10 times for ing and closing cycles 5 seconds each
Side load test 200 N; 10 times for 5 seconds each
Hinge systems
5 kg
kg
300 N
20 kg
kg
Wear and fatigue test without additional load 200,000 opening and closing cycles 100,000 opening and closing cycles for mini hinges Opening angle: closed to max. opened negative 5
Wear and fatigue test with additional load This test is used to locate weak points of the various hinge systems Opening angle: closed to max. opened negative 5
Static load test 45 opening angle; 300 N; 10 x for 5 sec
Dynamic load test 20 kg load, 50 opening and closing cycles Opening angle: closed to max. opened negative 10
Abuse test 50 N; 10 x for 5 seconds door opened completely
Wear and fatigue test without additional load 200,000 opening and closing cycles
Detailed testing standards and limiting values are dened in our internal guidelines
Information
514
Catalogue 2006
Information
Testing standards at Blum
Pull-out systems
Drawer (height of front 130 mm) 15 kg loaded as per dynamic load capacity resp. stated in catalogue 150 N 150 N kg kg kg kg
Static load test Wear and fatigue test 100,000 opening and closing cycles 10 times for 10 seconds each time when completely extended, with a 150 N force applied to the corner of the drawer front
Side pressure test 10 times for 10 seconds each time when completely extended, with a 150 N force applied to the side of the drawer front
Slam open / Slam shut test 10 times with 1.3 m/s, at 15 kg total weight
High fronted pull-out (height of front 300 mm) Loaded as per dynamic load capacity stated in catalogue 300 N 200 N kg kg kg kg
Wear and fatigue test 80,000 opening and closing cycles
Static load test 10 times for 10 seconds each time when completely extended, with a 300 N force applied to the corner of the drawer front
Side pressure test 10 times for 10 seconds each time when completely extended, with a 200 N force applied to the side of the drawer front
Slam open / Slam shut test 10 times with 1.05 m/s, at 30 kg total weight
kg
Load test according to DIN 68840 - 260 kg per pair (load bearing as per catalogue: 130 kg) - Duration of test: 8 days
Detailed testing standards and limiting values are dened in our internal guidelines
515
Catalogue 2006
Information
Information
Hinge systems
Number of hinges
2 3 4 5
The number of hinges depends on the door height and weight. To achieve a good stability, hinge spacing distance should be as large as possible.
2000
Indications on weight and height apply to a standard door width of 600 mm.
17-22
kg
Door height (mm)
1000 6-12 500 0 4-6
12-17
For doors above 600 mm we recommend that an individual test is carried out before specications are nalised.
Parts and technology

1 2
4 5 6
9 10
11
12
13 14
1 Mounting plate 2 Hinge arm 3 Hinge boss 4 3 location pins 5 Safety pin 6 CLIP mechanism 7 Screw (depth adjustment) 8 Height adjustment cam (on mounting pate) 9 Side adjustment screw 10 Plate holder 11 Closing mechanism 12 Outer link 13 Inner link 14 Fixing screws
CLIP/CLIP top: theoretical space requirement for assembly/removal

Theoretical max. door thickness (mm) 0 mm Mounting plate 16 mm carcase 19 mm carcase 100 21 24 107 20 23 120 19 22 155 9 12 170 19 22 95 26 29 94 17 20 3 mm Mounting plate 100 24 27 107 23 26 120 22 25 155 12 15 170 22 25 95 29 32 94 20 23 Catalogue 2006
TS
Information
TS Maximum door thickness in mm
Consider space requirements for removal!
516
Information
Hinge systems
Hinge arm xing
CLIP top-assembly Tool free assembly/removal through clip mechanism
CLIP-assembly Tool free assembly/removal through clip mechanism
MODUL-assembly Hinge arm slides onto mounting plate and is xed with pre-mounted screw
Hinge boss xing
INSERTA Tool-free assembly
Screw xing Hinge boss is xed with 2 chipboard screws
Dowel xing Inserted by machine
Mounting plate xing
Screw-on Fixing with chipboard screws
System screw xing Fixing using system screws in line drilling
Knock-in dowel Inserted by machine
INSERTA-xing Tool-free assembly in line drilling
517
Catalogue 2006
Information
EXPANDO-assembly (split dowel) Fixing using pre-mounted special screws and split dowels in line drilling
Information
Hinge systems
Angled hinges angle denitions

The given opening angle can be decreased slightly through: - Small gap between doors - Thick doors - Large drilling distance - Side adjustment towards the smaller door gap
KS
Applications from -50 to +50 are feasible E.g. 20 hinge
-5 K
KS OW Cabinet angle = application e.g. 45 Opening angle e.g. 95
15 20 25 +5 K
K with +5/-5 angled spacer
OW
Angle hinges applications

How to achieve the relevant application: - Angled hinges - Mounting plate height - Mounting plate xing - Angled spacers - Hinge adjustment
Inset application Outer edge of door and inner edge of cabinet are ush
Half overlay application Inner edge of door and inner edge of cabinet are ush
Overlay application Outer edge of door and outer edge of cabinet are in a line
Maximum overlay application Dependent on hinge design
Mitered application Inner and outer edges of door and cabinet are ush
Angle and cranking marked on angled hinge

E.g. 30 II 30 Cabinet angle II Cranking overlay application Cranking: I Half overlay application II Overlay application III Maximum overlay application
Information
518
Catalogue 2006
Information
Hinge systems
Hinge dimensions
Overlay application Straight hinge arm BH Dual or twin application 9.5 mm cranked hinge arm BH Inset application 18 mm cranked hinge arm BH
BL
TE
BL
BL
TE
TE
BH Hinge arm height BL Hinge arm length TE Door protrusion
Installation dimensions
Overlay application Straight hinge arm Dual or twin application 9.5 mm cranked hinge arm Inset application 18 mm cranked hinge arm
TS
EB
EB F
TS
EB F TO TA
TO TA
F TO
TS EB TO TA F
Door gap Drilling distance Boss overlay = xed dimension Door overlay Gap
Hinge boss dimensions and drilling patterns

Screw-on
EB
INSERTA/knock-in
EB

BT
FB FH
BT
519
Catalogue 2006
Information
BT Drilling depth EB Drilling distance TB Diameter of hinge boss drilling
BT Drilling depth EB Drilling distance TB Diameter of hinge boss drilling
FB Flange width FH Flange height PB Space requirement
PB
TB
TB
Information
Hinge systems
How to alter the overlay
Side Adjustment
Hinge cranking
Use spaced mounting plate
Alter drilling distance
Factory setting / zero protrusion for overlay application

Boss overlay (xed dimension)
TS
Adjustment area (gap)

TO
CLIP top / CLIP 100 - 170 Mini/glass door 120, special Prole/thick door 100 - 170 Mini/glass door
= = = = = =
Gap
Prole/thick door = CLIP top = CLIP =
MODUL 100 - 170 = 11.0 mm 10.0 mm Refrigerator/appli- = 13.0 mm ance door 11.0 mm 100 - 170 = 2.0 mm +0.5 / Refrigerator/appli- = ance door -3.5 mm 2.0 mm 1.5 mm 1.2 mm
11.0 mm 10.5 mm
Tolerance 0.5 mm
2.0 mm 0 / -4 mm
0.3 mm
Adjustment area TS Door gap (depth) TO Boss overlay = xed dimension
CLIP top = CLIP = Mini/glass door =
100 - 170 = -2 / +3 mm -1 / +3 mm Refrigerator/appli- = 2.0 mm ance door
2.0 mm 2.0 mm
0.5 mm
Minimum gap
MF
MF
Information
MF
Minimum gap required to open door
The minimum gap is based on doors with 1 mm radiused edges. With more pronounced radiuses the gaps can be reduced
520
Catalogue 2006
Information
Hinge systems
Door movements and points where the closing mechanism comes into action
Furniture hinge 100 Furniture hinge 107 Furniture hinge 120
10
95 prole door hinge
Mini hinge 94
Glass door hinge 94
30
30
Furniture hinge 170
Bi-fold hinge 60
Note The maximum opening angle through the cabinet can be limited depending on the door shape, door thickness and hinge setting.
20
521
Catalogue 2006
Information
Information
Wooden drawer
Locking device
Visible Single extension
STANDARD 230
METABOX 320
Visible Full extension
STANDARD 430
METABOX 330
Concealed Single extension
TANDEM 550/551
Concealed Full extension
TANDEM 560/561
TANDEMBOX
Information
522
Catalogue 2006
Information

MO EA
MU
EB H EB MO MU Drawer side height Mounting width Min. distance top Min. distance bottom EA EB MU
EB
Insertion/removal space requirement Mounting width Min. distance bottom
Cabinet dimensions
Front overlay Minimum gap
MU
Drilling pattern Front xing brackets
BU
MF
BO
LW
MF
BO
LT
BU
BT
LW LT
Internal cabinet width Internal cabinet depth
MF BU
Minimum gap Front overlay
BT BO
Drilling depth Drilling distance
523
Catalogue 2006
Information
Information
Tolerance compensation for the various systems

TANDEMBOX Built-in tolerance compensation 1.5 mm
METABOX Left tolerance compensation + 1.5 / - 1 mm Right guided
1.5
TANDEM Tolerance compensation (drawer width) Up to max. 15.5 mm drawer thickness: +2.0/-0 mm Up to max. 16.0 mm drawer thickness: +1.5/-0 mm Right guided
STANDARD Left tolerance compensation + 1.5 / - 1 mm Right guided
Information
1.5
524
Catalogue 2006
Information
Stop design and screw head protection for roller runners
Standard pull-out stop at rst indentation
Lock open position (e.g. for cleaning of drawer), roller locates between 1st and 2nd indentation
Spacing beads prevent rollers from fouling protruding screw heads
Loss of extension
Single extension
AF TA
Over extension
TU UF
TA AF
Actual loss of extension Loss of extension of runner system
UF TU
Over extension of runner system Actual over extension
Full extension
0
525
Catalogue 2006
Information
Information
BOX-systems
The curved design of drawer sides of BOXsystems must be taken into account when calculating the width of the cutlery insert. For drawer side height M H The cutlery insert width required is dependant upon the cutlery insert height.
60
A BB
40
BH
50
42
30
20
8.8
1.25
Cutting dimensions for cuttlery insert: Height BH as desired Length = Nominal length of drawer side - 26 mm Width BB = Internal width - 2 x A Example: Cutlery insert height BH = 40 mm Internal width = 330 mm Cutlery insert width BB = 330 - 2 x 26 = 278 mm
10
R 10.5 14 55.8
0 20 25 30 35 40 A
METABOX
Cutlery inserts need to be cut out on both sides to make room for the protruding front xing brackets.
3
28
BB
BH
15.5
Information
Cutting dimensions for cutlery insert: Height BH as desired Wooden back: Length = Nominal length of drawer side - 2 mm - back thickness Steel back: Length = Nominal length of drawer side - 16 mm Width BB = Internal width - 31 mm For cut-out dimensions, see drawing opposite 526 Catalogue 2006
Information
527
Catalogue 2006
Information
Information
Glossary
3 3-dimensional adjustment A Actual loss of extension Adapter plate
Child safety latch Side, height and depth adjustment 144 316 Chipboard screws Dimension from front of cabinet to the inside of the drawer back To x BLUMOTION for doors with spax screws or EXPANDO for line drilling Hinge for angled cabinet sides, e.g. display cabinets or corner units Flap tting for bi-fold lift systems Flap tting for stay lifts Flap tting for lift ups Flap tting for up & over lift systems 231
Prevents accidental opening of doors and drawers Screws for chipboard with corresponding thread
513
36
Chuck sleeve for quick Sleeve for xing to drill bit to suit quick connect chuck connect chucks 56 CLIP-adapter plate CLIP adapter plates are used with AVENTOS HF ttings in combination with narrow alu frames
494
34
Angled hinge
61 CLIP top-centre hinge It is positioned between the upper and lower front of an AVENTOS bifold lift system Concealed runner Drawer prole of opened drawer is hidden from view To simplify cleaning of BOX drawers Decorative covers for hinges, ap ttings or drawer systems can also be supplied printed with a customers brand name Cranking of hinge arm to achieve twin or inset application See CRISTALLO furniture hinges for glass doors and mirrors. Fixing using adhesive technology without door drilling Hinge for corner cabinets 45 Connects the cross divider with BOXSIDE Cross dividers using a gallery system 32
AVENTOS HF AVENTOS HK AVENTOS HL AVENTOS HS B Bits Bi-fold hinge
30 6 6
522
Contoured prole 6 Cover caps Sleeve for xing to drill bit Hinge for corner cabinet with bi-fold doors; used in combination with wide angle hinges Hinges for blind corners Drawer closes automatically over the last closing distance to prevent bouncing out if slammed shut The perfect motion, silent and effortless, for aps, drawers, pull-outs and doors Decorative cover cap designed to hide hinge boss xing screws 494 96 Cranking
309 141 175
519
Blind corner hinge BLUMATIC self closing feature
76 322
CRISTALLO
90
Cross corner hinge BLUMOTION 44 Cross divider connector 62 Cross gallery D Depth adjustment Connector for cabinet parts (cabinet sides, top and base, and cross rail, etc.) Part of the runner system that xes to the cabinet side Offset pivot location, facilitates height adjustment The cam is used to adjust the height of mounting plates Ruler stop with height adjustable zero position for special drilling functions e.g. angled work pieces 414 Door bevel 392 Door overlay
519 256
Boss cover cap
269
C Cabinet connectors
Adjustment of a doors position in relation to front face of cabinet Sloping of doors inner or outer edge Dimension by which door overlays cabinet end Distance by which door protrudes into the aperture of the cabinet during opening Radius of doors outer or inner edge Mounting plate inserted by a machine or a knock-in tool. Cabinet side is pre-drilled
144
520 63
Cabinet prole
Cam
414
Door protrusion
63
Cam height adjustment
135 Door radius 474 Dowel plates 520 517
Information
Centre marking stop
528
Catalogue 2006
Information
Glossary
Drawer prole
Part of the runner system that xes to the pull-out element Metal or wooden drawer side Drawer which comprises back, base and 2 sides Drawer which comprises back, base, front and 2 sides Makes it possible to have the same drilling pattern for work pieces of varying thickness Drilling depth for hinge boss, mounting plates or front xing parts Distance from outer edge of door to edge of drilled hole Gearbox with several spindles. Available for various drilling patterns Drillings required to x hinge boss or drawer front xing parts Twin application where a mounting plate is xed onto both sides of a single cabinet. Each door overlays half of the cabinet end
392
Fixed dimension
Drawer side Drawer (3-sided)
175 372 Frame door
Or boss overlay, is the distance the hinge boss overlays the cabinet side. This is correct for mounting plates with 0 mm spacing Door with frame construction, usually made from solid wood Fixing component used to attach fronts to high fronted pull-outs Front xing component used to attach the drawer front to the drawer and/or pull-out Distance that front overlays cabinet side and/or top or bottom base The front stabiliser strengthens the connection between the drawer side and front Pull-out element can be opened completely
519
94
Drawer (4-sided)
372
Front bracket/front connector plate Front xing brackets
396
Drilling depth spacer
494
174
Drilling depth
519 523 519
Front overlay
523
Drilling distance
Front stabilisation
227
Drilling head
474 Full extension 519 523 519 Gap 522
Drilling pattern
G Gap (door gap)
Dual application
Gap between door and cabinet front when door is closed Gap between door and cabinet front when door is closed, see TS dimension
519
520
Dynamic load bearing Load bearing of runner (own weight plus load) for day-to-day use DYNAMIC SPACE Optimised storage space and quality of motion. Initiative for a new kitchen standard
514 Glass door decorative External decorative cap that connects cover cap glass door hinge and door 4 H Handle and latch The latch connects the inner drawer to the pull-out front and enables both to be opened simultaneously Hand held tool for assembly of knockin ttings Mounting plate with integral height adjustment, one-part or two-part over elongated hole or cam Adjusts height position of front/door. Changes the gap between two doors or door overlay at the top and/or bottom Pull-out with a high front gallery surround possible Decorative cover for hinge arm; Can also be supplied printed with customers brand name 178 92
E EXPANDO-assembly
Assembly with pre-mounted split dowels and special screws
517 Hand insertion tool 457
F Factory setting
Or zero position. Factory-set ttings, pre-set at dened door or front positions Adjustable machine section designed for ruler attachment Pull-out element for A4 sized hanging les in homes and ofces Feature on CLIP top-centre hinge for AVENTOS avoids injury to nger if trapped between fronts when closing
520
Height adjustable mounting plate
134
Fencing system
494
Height adjustment
144
File drawer METAFILE Finger safety
228 308 High fronted pull-out 32 Hinge arm cover cap
184
141
529
Catalogue 2006
Information
Information
Glossary
Hinge arm height
Height of hinge arm, including mounting plate with 0 mm spacing Length of hinge arm Diameter of hinge boss at widest point and also diameter of drilling Used to x hinge boss but also acts as a cover (INSERTA) Lip at hinge boss edge designed to prevent the hinge from sitting at an angle in the pre-drilled hole Fixing positions in cabinet or drawer prole Mounting plate for horizontal xing positions using chipboard screws or knock-in
519
Longside gallery rail
Can also be used for front tilt adjustment
184
Hinge arm length Hinge boss diameter
519 519
M Marking gauge Minimum gap for doors
To mark the xing positions of ttings Minimum gap that is required to open a door. Dependent on hinge type and door thickness
458 520
Hinge boss ange
519
Hinge boss lip
519
Minimum gap for pull- Minimum gap that is required to open outs a pull-out Mirror door hinge CRISTALLO furniture hinge for double mirror. Fixing using adhesive technology without door drilling Where mounting plate is xed to each side of a single cabinet panel
523
90
Hole pattern
231 Mounting plate that is suitable for a twin application. Mounting width
164
162
I Inner carcase width Inner door/front
Effective cabinet internal width Front is set back ush between cabinet sides Pull-out or drawer mounted behind a door or high fronted pull-out Assembly method for tool free attachment of ttings Holds the tting in place for machine insertion
523 519 Multi swivel drilling head 178 188 144 232 479 N Nominal length of runner system
Space required by a drawer runner between drawer and cabinet, must be considered when calculating the drawer width Suitable for drilling in 2 axis
523
478
Inner drawer / inner pull-out INSERTA
The dimensions given in the catalogue for determining the drawer length Hinge boss for glass doors
175
Insertion ram
Nylon boss
92 322
Internal cabinet depth Effective cabinet internal depth measured between the inner edges of the cabinet from front to back K Knock-in boss
523
Nylon cylindrical roller Cylindrical roller made of high impact nylon in TANDEM carriage system O Opening action/movement
Movement of a door when opening and closing The maximum angle of a door when fully open depends on hinge design, drilling distance, door thickness, and door radius Removable, easy-to-clean holder made from stainless steel
521
Hinge boss for knock-in assembly to door
517 Opening Angle 521
L Lay-on front Lift mechanism
Front that overlays cabinet side Assists the opening of AVENTOS with its spring package and step-less stop Part connecting runner and pull-out Drawer can be locked into the open position Drawer is stopped in the fully open position. Prevents the drawer from moving in or out of the cabinet
523 32 ORGA-LINE-bottle holder
264
Locking device Lock-open stop
322 525
ORGA-LINE-bottle set Includes a bottle holder, cross dividers and a dividing wall ORGA-LINE-complete ORGA-LINE set for drawers that lls set the entire width
263
252
Lock-out stop
525 ORGA-LINE-cross divider Provides organisation in the high fronted pull-out 256
Information
530
Catalogue 2006
Information
Glossary
ORGA-LINE-cross divider for cutting to size ORGA-LINE-knife holder ORGA-LINE-lateral divider ORGA-LINE-spice holder Overlay application
Has an alu prole and can be cut to size using a circular saw
256
Ruler
Fencing system for work piece, calibrated in mm and designed to accept adjustable stops
474
Stores 9 knives of various sizes
253
S Screw-on boss Screw-on mounting plate
Hinge boss for screw xing Mounting plate for xing with chipboard screws; for cabinet sides which are not pre-drilled Data sheet that contains set-up information for assembly machines Connectors for shelf furniture Pull-out is a base; can be used for pull-out surround Pull-out cannot be extended all the way out of the cabinet due to the runner stop position A user-friendly, ergonomic alternative to conventional solutions behind swivel and bi-fold doors The space requirement of a runner or a runner system must be taken into account when planning the number and size of drawers for a cabinet Mounting plate height. Standard spacing is 0 mm. Mounting plates with a higher spacing change the door overlay and in turn the gaps between doors Screw for 5 mm system drilling with a special screw head Mounting plate with a split dowel and pre-mounted special system screws Total carrying capacity of a runner (weight of drawer plus load) based on loads, applied for a short duration onto the drawer front Steel hinge boss Adjustable stop located on the ruler of an assembly machine Fascinating front motion technology for SPACE CORNER: When opened, fronts fold inward, preventing them from fouling the neighbouring cabinet
517 134
Adjustable to keep contents from slipping out of place For storing spice containers of different sizes Application where door overlays rather than insets cabinet side Pull-out can be extended beyond the front edge of the cabinet
256
262 Set-up plan 519 Shelf connectors 523 Shelf pull-out 418 356 476
Over extension
P Pivoting point/pivoting Location of pivoting points in hinge. system They show the pivoting motion of the door when opened and closed Plate holder Ergonomic solution for storing plates in the high fronted pull-out Adjustment in both directions starting at a certain pre-xed position Used to determine type & number of AVENTOS-lift mechanism for a given application Hinge for thick doors or doors with protruding proles Prevents accidental removal of drawer, either with additional part or integrated into system
Single extension 521
326
SPACE CORNER 257
212
Plus / Minus adjustment Power factor range
144 233 32
Space requirement
523
Spacing 74
134
Prole/thick door hinge Pull-out stop
513 Special system screws Split dowel plate (EXPANDO) Static load bearing 229
Q Quick connect chuck
134
Chuck to hold drill bits, for use with quick connect sleeve
474
515
R Removal/insertion space Revolving handle
Space required in order to remove the drawer from the cabinet Revolving handle to select pre-set settings of the PRO-CENTER work table
523
476
Steel boss Swivel stop
62 474
Roller carriage runner Runner element is a roller carriage with load-bearing and side-supported nylon cylindrical rollers Roller runner Drawer runner that runs on nylon rollers
522 SYNCROMOTION 212
531
Catalogue 2006
Information
522
Information
Glossary
System plate
Cruciform mounting plate for 32 mm line drilling Screws for 5 mm system drilling
138
System screws T Telescopic arm
142
The telescopic arm for AVENTOS HF connects the lift mechanism with the bottom front Door thickness Angle adjustment of a high fronted pull-out Lateral tolerance adjustment in the runner system (Dual application) Hinges are attached on opposite sides of a single cabinet section. Both doors overlay to approx. half of the middle side
32
Thickness of door Tilt adjustment
55 232
Tolerance compensation Twin application
522
62
V Variable stop
AVENTOS remains in any desired position Drawer prole is visible when drawer is fully extended
32
Visible runner
392
W Wide angle hinge
Hinge with an opening angle of more than 150 degrees Support for work piece
70
Work table Z Zero position
478
Or factory setting. Factory-set ttings, pre-set at dened door or front positions Door does not protrude into the cabinet aperture when opened. This application requires zero protrusion hinges Zinc die-cast hinge boss
520
Zero protrusion
72
Zinc boss
70
Information
532
Catalogue 2006
Information
Glossary
533
Catalogue 2006
Information
Information
Part No. Index
Information
Part no. 171A5010 171A5040 171A5070 171A5500 173H7100 173H7130 173L6100 173L6130 173L8100 173L8100.21 173L8130 173L8300 173L8330 173S6100 174E6100.01 174E610Z 174E6130.01 174E6300 174E6330 174H7100E 174H7100I 174H710ZE 174H7130E 174H7130I 174H713ZE 174L6100.05 174L6130.05 175H5100.05 175H5130.05 175H5A00 175H5B00 175H7100 175H7130 175H7190 175H7190.22 175H9100 175H9130 175H9160 175H9190 175H9190.22 175L6100 175L6130 175L8100 175L8100.21 175L8130 175L8190 175L8190.21 175L8300 175L8330 175M5400 177H5100 177H5130 177M5100 177M5130 193L6100 193L6130 193L8100 193L8100.21
Page 140 140 140 140 136 136 135 135 136 136 136 137 137 135 138 138 138 138 138 139 134 139 139 134 139 140 140 135 135 34 34 136 136 136 136 138 138 138 138 138 135 135 137 137 137 137 137 137 137 134 32, 139 139 139 139 162 162 163 163
Part no. 193L8130 193L8300.22 194E6100.ED 194E610Z 194E6130.ED 195.5100 195H7100 195H7130 195H7190 195H9100 195H9100.22 195H9130 195H9190 197M6100 199.8130 20F2200 20F2500 20F2800 20F3200 20F3500 20F3800 20F3900 20F7051 230E7000 230E7500 230E8000 230M2500 230M3000 230M3500 230M4000 230M4500 230M5000 230M5500 230M6000 230M6500 270E3500.02 270E3500.03 270E4000.02 270E4000.03 270E4500.02 270E4500.03 270E5000.02 270E5000.03 270E5500.02 270E5500.03 270E6000.02 270E6000.03 295.1000 295.5300 295.5500 295.5600 296.4500 298.2200 298.3210.01 298.3230.01 298.5500 303.756.1 314.928.1
Page 163 164 164 164 164 162 163 163 163 164 164 164 164 165 156, 163 32, 34 32, 34 32, 34 32, 34 32, 34 32, 34 32, 34 37 394, 398 394, 398 394, 398 394, 398 394, 398 394, 398 394, 398 394, 398 394, 398 394, 398 394, 398 394, 398 408 408, 410 408 408, 410 408 408, 410 408 408, 410 408 408, 410 408 408, 410 322, 392 307 306 362, 364 396, 398 396, 398 309 309 322 143, 168, 230, 312, 369, 401 143, 168, 230, 312, 369, 401 534
Part no. 320H3500C 320H3500C15 320H4000C 320H4000C15 320H4500C 320H4500C15 320H5000C 320H5000C15 320H5500C 320H5500C15 320K3500C 320K3500C15 320K4000C 320K4000C15 320K4500C 320K4500C15 320K5000C 320K5000C15 320K5500C 320K5500C15 320M0009.01 320M0048 320M0088 320M0188 320M2700C 320M2700C15 320M3500C 320M3500C15 320M4000C 320M4000C15 320M4500C 320M4500C15 320M5000C 320M5000C15 320M5500C 320M5500C15 320N2700C 320N2700C15 320N3500C 320N3500C15 320N4000C 320N4000C15 320N4500C 320N4500C15 320N5000C 320N5000C15 320N5500C 320N5500C15 330.0028 330.0029 330H350PC 330H350PC15 330H400PC 330H400PC15 330H450PC 330H450PC15 330H500PC 330H500PC15
Page 284 284 284 284 284 284 284 284 284 284 282 282 282 282 282 282 282 282 282 282 309 307 307 307 280 280 280, 294, 296 280, 294, 296 280, 294, 296, 298 280, 294, 296, 298 280, 294, 296, 298 280, 294, 296, 298 280, 294, 296, 298 280, 294, 296, 298 280, 294, 296, 298 280, 294, 296, 298 278 278 278 278 278 278 278 278 278 278 278 278 309 309 292 292 292 292 292 292 292 292 Catalogue 2006
Information
Part No. Index
535
Catalogue 2006
Information
Part no. 330H550PC 330H550PC15 330K350PC 330K350PC15 330K400PC 330K400PC15 330K450PC 330K450PC15 330K500PC 330K500PC15 330K550PC 330K550PC15 330M270PC 330M270PC15 330M350PC 330M350PC15 330M400PC 330M400PC15 330M450PC 330M450PC15 330M500PC 330M500PC15 330M550PC 330M550PC15 330N270PC 330N270PC15 330N350PC 330N350PC15 330N400PC 330N400PC15 330N450PC 330N450PC15 330N500PC 330N500PC15 330N550PC 330N550PC15 357M4502A 357M4502I 357M4502S 357M5002A 357M5002I 357M5002S 357M5502A 357M5502I 357M5502S 357M6002A 357M6002I 357M6002S 357M6502A 357M6502I 357M6502S 358K4002S 358K4502S 358K5002S 358K5502S 358M2702A 358M2702I 358M2702S
Page 292 292 290 290 290 290 290 290 290 290 290 290 288 288 288, 300, 302 288, 300, 302 288, 300, 302, 304 288, 300, 302, 304 288, 300, 302, 304 288, 300, 302, 304 288, 300, 302, 304 288, 300, 302, 304 288, 300, 302, 304 288, 300, 302, 304 286 286 286 286 286 286 286 286 286 286 286 286 186, 196, 202, 208 186, 196, 202, 208 186, 196, 202, 208 186, 196, 202, 208 186, 196, 202, 208 186, 196, 202, 208 186, 196, 202, 208 186, 196, 202, 208 186, 196, 202, 208 186, 196, 202, 208 186, 196, 202, 208 186, 196, 202, 208 186, 196, 202, 208 186, 196, 202, 208 186, 196, 202, 208 180, 182, 190, 192 180, 182, 190, 192 180, 182, 190, 192 180, 182, 190, 192 176, 178 176, 178 176, 178
Part no. 358M3002A 358M3002I 358M3002S 358M3502A 358M3502I 358M3502S 358M4002A 358M4002I 358M4002S 358M4502A 358M4502I 358M4502S 358M4504IG 358M4504SG 358M5002A 358M5002I 358M5002S 358M5004IG 358M5004SG 358M5502A 358M5502I 358M5502S 358M5504IG 358M5504SG 358M6004IG 358M6004SG 358M6504IG 358M6504SG 358N4002A 358N4002I 358N4002S 358N4502A 358N4502I 358N4502S 358N5002A 358N5002I 358N5002S 358N5502A 358N5502I 358N5502S 359K6002S 359K6502S 359M6002A 359M6002I 359M6002S 359M6502A 359M6502I 359M6502S 40.0200N 40.0500N 40.0600N 40.0700N 40.2000 40.2100.02 40.4001 40.5001 41.1100 41.1600.21
Page 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 17 222 222 176 176 176 222 222 176 176 176 222 222 222 222 222 222 174 174 174 174 174 174 174 174 174 174 174 174 180, 182, 190, 192 180, 182, 190, 192 176 176 176 176 176 176 416 416 417 415 414 414 418 419 418, 419 418, 419
Part no. 41.5400 42.0700.01 430E2500 430E3000V 430E3500V 430E4000V 430E4500V 430E5000V 430E5500V 430E6000V 430E6500V 430E7000V 430E7500V 430E8000V 48N0510.02 48N0510.03 48N0610.02 48N0610.03 550H2700.03 550H2700B 550H3000.03 550H3000B 550H3500.03 550H3500B 550H3500BU 550H4000.03 550H4000B 550H4000BU 550H4500.03 550H4500B 550H5000.03 550H5000B 550H5500.03 550H5500B 550H6000.03 550H6500.03 551H2601 551H2601B 551H2851 551H2851B 551H3101 551H3101B 551H3351 551H3351B 551H3601 551H3601B 551H3851 551H3851B 551H4101 551H4101B 551H4351 551H4351B 551H4601 551H4601B 551H4851 551H4851B 551H5101 551H5101B
Page 418, 419 415 392, 396 392, 396 392, 396 392, 396 392, 396 392, 396 392, 396 392, 396 392, 396 392, 396 392, 396 392, 396 413 413 413 413 326, 360 326, 360 326, 360 326, 360 326, 360 326, 360, 364 364 326, 336, 342, 348, 360 326, 336, 342, 348, 360, 364 364 326, 336, 342, 348, 354, 360 326, 336, 342, 348, 354, 360 326, 336, 342, 348, 354, 360 326, 336, 342, 348, 354, 360 326, 336, 342, 348, 354, 360 326, 336, 342, 348, 354, 360 326, 336, 342, 348, 360 326, 336, 342, 348, 360 330 330 330 330 330 330 330 330 330 330 330 330 330 330 330 330 330 330 330 330 330 330
Information
Part No. Index
Information
Part no. 551H5351 551H5351B 551H5601 551H5601B 557.4501A 557.5001A 557.5501A 557.6001A 557.6501A 558.2701B 558.3001B 558.3501B 558.4001B 558.4501B 558.5001B 558.5501B 559.4501B 559.5001B 559.5501B 559.6001B 559.6501B 560H2500B 560H2500C 560H2700B 560H2700C 560H3000B 560H3000C 560H3200B 560H3200C 560H3500B 560H3500BU 560H3500C 560H3800B 560H3800C 560H4000B 560H4000BU 560H4000C 560H4200B 560H4200C 560H4500B 560H4500C 560H4800B 560H4800C 560H5000B 560H5000C 560H5200B 560H5200C 560H5500B 560H5500C 561H2601A 561H2601B 561H2851A 561H2851B 561H3101A 561H3101B 561H3351A 561H3351B 561H3601A
Page 330 330 330 330 186, 196, 202, 208 186, 196, 202, 208 186, 196, 202, 208 186, 196, 202, 208 186, 196, 202, 208 176, 178 176, 178 176 174 174 174 174 176 176 176 176 176 322, 356 322, 356 322, 356 322, 356 322, 356 322, 356 322, 356 322, 356 322, 356, 362 362 322, 356 322, 356 322, 356 322, 332, 338, 344, 356, 362 362 322, 332, 338, 344, 356 322, 356 322, 356 322, 332, 338, 344, 350, 356 322, 332, 338, 344, 350, 356 322, 332, 338, 344, 356 322, 332, 338, 344, 356 322, 332, 338, 344, 350, 356 322, 332, 338, 344, 350, 356 322, 332, 338, 344, 356 322, 332, 338, 344, 356 322, 332, 338, 344, 350, 356 322, 332, 338, 344, 350, 356 328 328 328 328 328 328 328 328 328
Part no. 561H3601B 561H3851A 561H3851B 561H4101A 561H4101B 561H4351A 561H4351B 561H4601A 561H4601B 561H4851A 561H4851B 561H5101A 561H5101B 561H5351A 561H5351B 561H5601A 561H5601B 566H4500B 566H4500C 566H5000B 566H5000C 566H5200B 566H5200C 566H5500B 566H5500C 566H5800B 566H5800C 566H6000B 566H6000C 566H6500B 566H6500C 566H7000B 566H7500B 609.1500 609.1700 65.0590 65.2950 65.3300 65.4000.01 65.4010.01 65.5000 65.5010 65.5020 65.5070 65.5300 65.5810 65.7500.01 65.7510.01 65.7590 65.9500 65.9510 653.1050 653.1450 661.1000.HG 661.1150.HG 661.1300.HG 661.1450.HG 661.2000.HG
Page 328 328 328 328 328 328 328 328 328 328 328 328 328 328 328 328 328 324, 334, 340, 346, 352, 358 324, 334, 340, 346, 352, 358 324, 334, 340, 346, 352, 358 324, 334, 340, 346, 352, 358 324, 334, 340, 346, 358 324, 334, 340, 346, 358 324, 334, 340, 346, 352, 358 324, 334, 340, 346, 352, 358 324, 334, 340, 346, 358 324, 334, 340, 346, 358 324, 334, 340, 346, 358 324, 334, 340, 346, 358 324, 334, 340, 346, 358 324, 334, 340, 346, 358 324, 334, 340, 346, 358 324, 334, 340, 346, 358 142, 167, 229, 311, 368, 400 142, 167, 229, 311, 368, 400 441 456 465 445 445 440 439 428 438 431, 437 439, 442 436 436 436, 467 436 436 418, 419 418, 419 142, 167, 229, 311, 368, 400 142, 167, 229, 311, 368, 400 142, 167, 229, 311, 368, 400 142, 167, 229, 311, 368, 400 142, 167, 229, 311, 368, 400 536
Part no. 662.1150.HG 662.1300.HG 662.1450.HG 70.1503 70.1503.BP 70.1503.BT 70.1563 70.1563.BL 70.1663 70.1663.BL 70.6103 70M2550 70M2580 70M2650 70M2680 70M2750 70M2780 70T1504 70T5550.TL 70T5590BTL 70T5650.TL 70T5690BTL 70T6540B 70T6550 70T6640B 70T6650 71M2550 71M2580 71M2590B 71M2650 71M2680 71M2690B 71M2750 71M2780 71M2790B 71T0550 71T0650 71T0750 71T5550 71T5580 71T5590B 71T560A 71T560AB 71T5650 71T5680 71T5690B 71T6540B 71T6550 71T6580 71T6640B 71T6650 71T6680 71T7500 71T7530 71T7540B 71T950A 71T950A.22 71T950AB
Page 229, 311, 368, 400 229, 311, 368, 400 229, 311, 368, 400 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 70, 152 68 68 68 68 68 68 143 32, 62 32, 62 62 62 70 70 70 70 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 94, 132, 133 94, 132, 133 94, 132, 133 62 62 62 86 88 62 62 62 70 70 70 70 70 70 72 72 72 80 84 82 Catalogue 2006
Information
Part No. Index
537
Catalogue 2006
Information
Part no. 71T9550 71T9580 71T9590B 71T960A 71T960A.22 71T960AB 71T9650 71T9680 71T9690B 71T970A 71T970A.22 71T970AB 71T9750 71T9780 71T9790B 72T550A 73T550A 73T550AB 73T5550 73T5580 73T5590B 74.1103 74T1750.TL 74T1790BTL 75T1550 75T1580 75T1590B 75T1650 75T1680 75T1690B 75T1750 75T1780 75T1790B 75T4100 75T4200 75T4300 78C450BT 78C4568 78Z5500T 78Z550AT 78Z553ET 79A0555.T 79A0558.T 79A4105.T 79A4108.T 79A5450.T 79A5451.T 79A5453.T 79A5490BT 79A5491BT 79A5493BT 79A9454.T 79A9456.T 79A9458.T 79A9494BT 79A9496BT 79A9498BT 79A9555.T
Page 74, 112 74 74, 112 80 84 82 74, 112 74 74, 112 80 84 82 74, 112 74 74, 112 34, 86 86 88 64 64 64 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 92, 126, 127 92, 126, 127 92, 126, 127 90, 120 90, 120 32 34 32 130 128 124 122 118 116 114 118 116 114 110 106 102 110 106 102 108
Part no. 79A9556.T 79A9595BT 79A9596BT 79A9658.T 79A9698BT 79C450BT 79T5550 79T5590B 79T8500 79T8530 79T9550 79T9580 79T9590B 79T9950.37 79T9980.37 79T9990B37 80.6507 80.6507.BL 80.6507A0F 84.4120 84.4140 90M2503 90M2503.BP 90M2603 90M2603.BL 91A6550 91A6580 91A6650 91A6680 91M0500.21 91M0530.21 91M2550 91M2580 91M2650 91M2680 91M2750 91M2780 91M9550 91M9580 91M9650 91M9680 91M9750 91M9780 94M3603 94M3603.BL 970.1002 970.1201 970.1501 970.15E1 970.16E1 970.1701 970.2501 970.5201 970.5501 970.55E1 970.56E1 970.5701 970.6701
Page 104 108 104 98 98 90, 120 100 100 96 96 76 76 76 78 78 78 141, 166 141, 166 141 92, 122, 124, 126 92, 122, 124, 126 166 166 166 166 152 152 152 152 158 158 150 150 150 150 150 150 154 154 154 154 154 154 141, 166 141 46, 54, 84 56 56 56 56 57 57 56 56, 57 56 56 57 57
Part no. 970A1002 971A0200 971A0230 971A0500 971A05E0 971A0700 971A2200 971A2230 971A2500 971A25E0 971A2700 971AXXXX 973A0500 973A0600 973A0700 973A6000 973A7360 973A7480 973A7680 973A9000 993.704 993.706 993.710 99M1550 99M1580 99M9550 99M9580 DYA.2441 M01.ZB02.D3 M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB05.D2 M01.ZB05.D3 M01.ZB08.02 M01.ZB08.03 M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB20.02 M01.ZB25.02 M01.ZB26.02 M01.ZB28.02 M01.ZB35.02 M01.ZB45.02 M01.ZB45.03 M01.ZS01.02 M01.ZS01.03 M01.ZZ03 M01.ZZB3 M30.0901 M30.1304 M31.1000 M31.ZB08.02 M31.ZB35.02 M52.1050 M53.0720 M53.1050
Page 52 50 50 50 50 51 50 50 50 50 51 46, 92, 94 48 48 48 46, 48, 70, 72 47, 49, 104 47, 49, 98 47, 49, 100 46, 47, 49, 90, 120 100, 160 142, 167, 229, 311, 368, 400 142, 167, 229, 311, 368, 400 160 160 156 156 422 479 479 479 480 479 478 478 483 479 479 479 483 482 480 482 479 448 500 478 478 142, 167, 229, 311, 368, 400 142, 167, 229, 311, 368, 400 470 496, 504 443 443 443 504 496 496
Information
Part No. Index
Information
Part no. M54.2000 M54.2050 M65.2000 M65.2050 M65.ZB05.02 M65.ZB08.02 M65.ZB08.03 M65.ZB10.02 M65.ZB10.03 MZA.2600 MZA.5200 MZA.5300 MZE.2110 MZF.1000.01 MZF.1010 MZF.1020 MZF.1030 MZF.1050 MZF.2000 MZK.1000 MZK.1120 MZK.1130 MZK.2000 MZK.2100 MZK.2110 MZK.2200.01 MZK.2230 MZK.2400 MZK.2800 MZK.2880 MZK.8000 MZL.1250 MZL.2000 MZL.2010 MZL.2060 MZL.2080 MZL.2090 MZL.2090.03 MZL.2500 MZM.0010 MZM.0011 MZM.0017 MZM.0018 MZM.0019 MZM.0020 MZM.0021 MZM.0050 MZM.0061.01 MZM.0070 MZM.0071 MZM.0072 MZM.0073 MZM.0075 MZM.0077 MZM.0078 MZM.0091 MZM.0092.01 MZM.0093.02
Page 488 488 478 478 482 483 483 481, 483 483 478, 488 504 496 496 496, 504 496, 504 496, 504 478, 488, 496, 504 478, 488, 496, 504 478, 488 500, 501, 508, 509 496, 504 496, 504 479 479 479 480 481, 491 483 481 481 498 496 479 479 481 484, 493 478, 488 478, 488 496, 504 62 68 72 70 76 160 96 139 140 415 416 414 414 418 415 413 499 499 499
Part no. MZM.0095 MZM.0272 MZM.0273 MZM.0291 MZM.0292.01 MZM.0293 MZR.1000 MZR.1200 MZR.2000 MZR.5300 MZS.0040 MZS.1000 MZS.1020 MZS.1440 MZS.1450 MZS.2000 MZS.4010 MZV.1000 MZV.2000 MZW.1300 T51.1700.04 T51.7000 T55.1150 T55.3150 T55.7150 T65.1000.02 T65.5000.01 T65.5000.10 T65.5010 T65.5050 T65.5350 T65.9000 Z30B000S.04 Z30BxxxS.6 Z30C000S Z30CxxxS.6 Z30D000S Z30D000S.45 Z30DxxxS.6 Z30K000S Z30KxxxS.6 Z30M000S.04 Z30M000S.45 Z30MxxxS.6 Z30N0002.6Z Z30N000S.04 Z30NxxxS.6 Z31A1081A Z33.0007 Z33D00E0.6 Z33M00E0.6 Z36H000G.02 Z36H000G1 Z36H367SE01 Z36H417SE01 Z36H467SE01 Z36H517SE01 Z37H418A.E
Page 483 414 414 481 481 481 496, 504 478, 488 460, 496, 504 496 452 478 504 496, 500, 504, 508 496, 500, 504, 508 478 446, 447 496, 504 478, 488 443 322 356 326, 336, 342, 348, 354, 360 330 322, 328, 332, 338, 344, 350 454 467 467 467 466 466 454 184, 186, 188 226 190, 192 226 194 216, 218 226 180, 182 226 176, 178, 220 212, 214 226 222 174, 222 226 178, 182, 188, 192, 198, 204 214, 218 216, 218 212, 214 206, 208, 210 344, 346, 348 298, 304 298, 304 298, 304 298, 304 200, 202, 204 538
Part no. Z37H418I.E Z37H418S.E Z37H468A.E Z37H468I.E Z37H468S.E Z37H518A.E Z37H518I.E Z37H518S.E Z37H568A.E Z37H568I.E Z37H568S.E Z37H618A.E Z37H618I.E Z37H618S.E Z40H0002.R Z40H000A Z40H1077A Z40H1077I Z40H1077S Z40H152I Z40H152S Z40H177I Z40H177S Z40H277I Z40H277S Z40H327I Z40H327S Z40H377I Z40H377S Z40H427I Z40H427S Z40H477I Z40H477S Z40H677I Z40H677S Z40H777I Z40H777S Z40H877I Z40H877S Z43H100I.01 Z43H100S.01 Z43H100X Z46C420I.E2 Z46C420S.E2 Z46C470I.E2 Z46C470S.E2 Z46C520I.E2 Z46C520S.E2 Z46C570I.E2 Z46C570S.E2 Z46C620I.E2 Z46C620S.E2 Z48.27B0I6 Z48.27B0I7 Z48.27B0I8 Z48.27B0I9 Z48.30B0I4 Z48.30B0I6
Page 200, 202, 204, 222 200, 202, 204, 222 200, 202, 204 200, 202, 204, 222 200, 202, 204, 222 200, 202, 204 200, 202, 204, 222 200, 202, 204, 222 200, 202, 204, 216, 218 200, 202, 204, 216, 218, 222 200, 202, 204, 216, 218, 222 200, 202, 204, 216, 218 200, 202, 204, 216, 218, 222 200, 202, 204, 216, 218, 222 269, 388 256 256 256 256 263 263 256 256 256 256 256 256 256 256 256 256 256 256 256 256 256 256 256 256 256 256 384, 385, 386 260, 264, 268 260, 264, 268 260, 264, 268 260, 264, 268 260, 264, 268 260, 264, 268 260, 264, 268 260, 264, 268 260, 264, 268 260, 264, 268 263 263 263 263 263 263 Catalogue 2006
Information
Part No. Index
539
Catalogue 2006
Information
Part no. Z48.30B0I7 Z48.30B0I8 Z48.30B0I9 Z70.81E0 Z96.10E1 ZAA.3500 ZAA.3700 ZFI.30BZI4N ZFI.30BZI6N ZFI.30BZI7N ZFI.30BZI8N ZFI.30BZI9N ZFI.30BZS4N ZFI.30BZS6N ZFI.30BZS7N ZFI.30BZS8N ZFI.30BZS9N ZFZ.30G0I ZFZ.40G0I ZFZ.45G0I ZFZ.XXG0I ZHI.387BI1 ZHI.387BI3 ZHI.387FI1 ZHI.387FI2 ZHI.387FI3 ZHI.387KI2 ZHI.387KI4 ZHI.387MI3 ZHI.387TI5 ZHI.437BI1 ZHI.437BI3 ZHI.437FI1 ZHI.437FI2 ZHI.437FI3 ZHI.437KI2 ZHI.437KI4 ZHI.437MI3 ZHI.437TI5 ZHI.450SS65 ZHI.487BI1 ZHI.487FI1 ZHI.487FI2 ZHI.487FI3 ZHI.487KI2 ZHI.487KI4 ZHI.487MI3 ZHI.487TI5 ZHI.500SS65 ZHI.550SS65 ZHI.xxxBI1 ZHI.xxxBI3 ZHI.xxxFI1 ZHI.xxxFI2 ZHI.xxxFI3 ZHI.xxxKI2 ZHI.xxxKI4 ZHI.xxxMI3
Page 263 263 263 186, 196, 202, 208 227 280 280 260, 264, 265 260, 264, 265 260, 264, 265 260, 264, 265 260, 264, 265 260, 264, 265 260, 264, 265 260, 264, 265 260, 264, 265 260, 264, 265 262, 387 262, 387 262, 387 385 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 350, 352, 354 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 350, 352, 354 350, 352, 354 380 380, 381 380 380 380, 381 380, 381 380 380, 381
Part no. ZHI.xxxTI5 ZIF.3000 ZIF.3010 ZIF.3030 ZIF.3050 ZIF.7005 ZIF.7007 ZIF.7008 ZIF.70K0 ZIF.70M0 ZIF.72B0 ZIF.72C0 ZIF.73D0 ZME.1600.01 ZME.2700 ZML.0010 ZML.0040 ZML.0050 ZML.0070 ZML.1500 ZML.1510 ZML.3510 ZML.3520 ZML.3580 ZML.3600 ZML.8000.02 ZML.8030 ZML.805S ZMM.3350 ZMM.7350.VE ZRE.321S.ID ZRE.363A.ID ZRE.371S.ID ZRE.413A.ID ZRE.421S.ID ZRE.443A.ID ZRE.463A.ID ZRE.471S.ID ZRE.483A.ID ZRE.513A.ID ZRE.521S.ID ZRE.543A.ID ZRE.563A.ID ZRE.613A.ID ZRE.663A.ID ZRE.713A.ID ZRG.1094U ZRG.1104U ZRG.296V.IC ZRG.346V.IC ZRG.396V.IC ZRG.446V.IC ZRG.496V.IC ZRG.546V.IC ZRG.596V.IC ZRM.5500 ZRU.00F0 ZRU.00Z0
Page 380 280, 288 278, 286 282, 290 284, 292 178, 182 178, 182 192, 198, 204, 210 182 178 188 192 198, 204, 210 499, 507 499, 507 453 432, 451, 457 455 448 458, 460 458 458 458 458 458 458 459 459 446 447 294 332 294 332 294 332 332 294 332 332 294 334 334 334 334 334 19 310 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 228, 308 269, 310, 388 269, 310, 388
Part no. ZRU.10B1E ZSD.1200S ZSF.1200 ZSF.1300 ZSF.130E ZSF.1510 ZSF.1610 ZSF.1700 ZSF.1800 ZSF.3502 ZSF.3602 ZSF.3902 ZSI.010Q ZSI.010SI ZSI.020Q ZSI.020SI ZSI.030SI ZSI.040SI ZSI.10VEI4 ZSI.10VEI6 ZSI.10VEI7 ZSI.10VEI8 ZSI.10VEI9 ZSI.10VKI4 ZSI.10VKI6 ZSI.10VKI7 ZSI.10VKI8 ZSI.10VKI9 ZSI.10VUI4 ZSI.10VUI6 ZSI.10VUI7 ZSI.10VUI8 ZSI.10VUI9 ZSI.12VEI4 ZSI.12VEI6 ZSI.12VEI7 ZSI.12VEI8 ZSI.12VEI9 ZSI.12VUI4 ZSI.12VUI6 ZSI.12VUI7 ZSI.12VUI8 ZSI.12VUI9 ZSI.450BI1N ZSI.450BI2N ZSI.450BI3E ZSI.450BI3N ZSI.450FI2N ZSI.450FI3 ZSI.450KI2N ZSI.450KI3N ZSI.450KI4N ZSI.450MI3 ZSI.450MI3E ZSI.45VEI4 ZSI.45VEI6 ZSI.45VEI7 ZSI.45VEI8
Page 310 309 280 280 280 278 278 280 280 174 174 174 253, 383 253, 383 253, 383 253, 383 253, 383 253, 383 243 243 243 243 243 244 244 244 244 244 246, 248, 250 246, 248, 250 246, 248, 250 246, 248, 250 246, 248, 250 243 243 243 243 243 246, 249, 250 246, 249, 250 246, 249, 250 246, 249, 250 246, 249, 250 242, 244, 248, 252 252 243, 253 242, 252 248, 252 249, 252 252 252 252 244, 252 245, 253 242 242 242 242
Information
Part No. Index
Information
Part no. ZSI.45VEI9 ZSI.500BI1N ZSI.500BI2N ZSI.500BI3 ZSI.500BI3E ZSI.500FI2N ZSI.500FI3 ZSI.500KI2N ZSI.500KI3N ZSI.500KI4 ZSI.500MI3 ZSI.500MI3E ZSI.50VEI4 ZSI.50VEI6 ZSI.50VEI7 ZSI.50VEI8 ZSI.50VEI9 ZSI.550BI1N ZSI.550BI2N ZSI.550BI3 ZSI.550FI2N ZSI.550FI3 ZSI.550KI2N ZSI.550KI3N ZSI.550KI4 ZSI.550MI3 ZSI.55VEI4 ZSI.55VEI6 ZSI.55VEI7 ZSI.55VEI8 ZSI.55VEI9 ZSI.600BI1N ZSI.600BI2N ZSI.600BI3 ZSI.600FI2N ZSI.600FI3 ZSI.600KI2N ZSI.600KI3N ZSI.600KI4 ZSI.600MI3 ZSI.60VEI4 ZSI.60VEI6 ZSI.60VEI7 ZSI.60VEI8 ZSI.60VEI9 ZSI.60VKI4 ZSI.60VKI6 ZSI.60VKI7 ZSI.60VKI8 ZSI.60VKI9 ZSI.60VUI4 ZSI.60VUI6 ZSI.60VUI7 ZSI.60VUI8 ZSI.60VUI9 ZSI.650BI1N ZSI.650BI2N ZSI.650BI3
Page 242 242, 244, 248, 252 252 242, 252 243, 253 248, 252 249, 252 252 252 252 244, 252 245, 253 242 242 242 242 242 242, 244, 248, 252 252 242, 252 248, 252 252 252 252 252 244, 252 242 242 242 242 242 242, 244, 248, 252 252 242, 252 248, 252 252 252 252 252 244, 252 243 243 243 243 243 244 244 244 244 244 246, 248, 250 246, 248, 250 246, 248, 250 246, 248, 250 246, 248, 250 242, 244, 248, 252 252 242, 252
Part no. ZSI.650FI2N ZSI.650FI3 ZSI.650KI2N ZSI.650KI3N ZSI.650KI4 ZSI.650MI3 ZSI.80VEI4 ZSI.80VEI6 ZSI.80VEI7 ZSI.80VEI8 ZSI.80VEI9 ZSI.80VKI4 ZSI.80VKI6 ZSI.80VKI7 ZSI.80VKI8 ZSI.80VKI9 ZSI.80VUI4 ZSI.80VUI6 ZSI.80VUI7 ZSI.80VUI8 ZSI.80VUI9 ZSI.90VEI4 ZSI.90VEI6 ZSI.90VEI7 ZSI.90VEI8 ZSI.90VEI9 ZSI.90VKI4 ZSI.90VKI6 ZSI.90VKI7 ZSI.90VKI8 ZSI.90VKI9 ZSI.90VUI4 ZSI.90VUI6 ZSI.90VUI7 ZSI.90VUI8 ZSI.90VUI9 ZSI.xxxBI1N ZSI.xxxBI2N ZSI.xxxBI3 ZSI.xxxBI3E ZSI.xxxFI2N ZSI.xxxFI3 ZSI.xxxKI2N ZSI.xxxKI3N ZSI.xxxKI4 ZSI.xxxMI3 ZSI.xxxMI3E ZST.450BB ZST.450MH ZST.500BB ZST.500MH ZST.550BB ZST.550MH ZST.600BB ZST.650BB ZSZ.02M0 ZTH.0350 ZTU.00D0
Page 248, 252 252 252 252 252 244, 252 243 243 243 243 243 244 244 244 244 244 246, 248, 250 246, 248, 250 246, 248, 250 246, 248, 250 246, 248, 250 243 243 243 243 243 244 244 244 244 244 246, 248, 250 246, 248, 250 246, 248, 250 246, 248, 250 246, 248, 250 254, 255 254 254 254 254, 255 254, 255 254, 255 254, 255 254 254 254 227 306 227 306 227 306 227 227 249, 253, 255 257, 384, 387 356, 358, 360, 396, 398 540 Catalogue 2006
Information
Part No. Index
541
Catalogue 2006
Information
Information
Information
542
Catalogue 2006
Information
543
Catalogue 2006
Information
Information
Information
544
Catalogue 2006
Julius Blum GmbH Furniture Fittings Mfg. A-6973 Hoechst, Austria Telephone: +43/5578/705-0 Fax: +43/5578/705-44 E-mail: info@blum.com www.blum.com
Subject to technical modications and changes to the range without notice. IDNR 390.773.3 KA-080/1EN-AL/09.06-1

Catalog Blum

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originalbeschreibung:

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Catalog Blum

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Ideas in motion

Catalogue and technical manual

Planning cabinets and ordering ttings like a professional

The three modules of DYNALOG 2.0

Order DYNALOG directly from your Blum supplier.

AVENTOS HF Bi-fold lift system tting Tool-free CLIP front assembly

For a new kitchen standard

How much storage space is enough?

Space utilisation quality

Perfect motion for lift systems

BLUMOTION for doors

The new side of perfect motion

TANDEMBOX plus BLUMOTION

SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION

The ORGA-LINE knife holder securely stores up to 9 knives of different sizes. 11

TANDEM plus BLUMOTION

Perfect motion for any living area

Opening and closing furniture without handles

TANDEM and TANDEM plus for handle-less furniture

Perfecting motion with services

Planning and ordering using DYNALOG 2.0

The secret of our success

We look to the future

Youll nd us wherever our customers are

Blums subsidiaries and representatives

Julius Blum GmbH, Beschlgefabrik Industriestrae 1, A-6973 Hchst, Austria

Rali-M EOOD bul. Madrid 34, 1505 Soa, Bulgaria

Comercial Habitat Ltda. Las Hualtatas 7723, Vitacura, Santiago, Chile

OL Beslag A/S, Bergsesvej 2 Box 251, DK-8600 Silkeborg, Denmark

Hahle Eesti O, Kadaka tee 50 EE-12915 Tallinn, Estonia

Hahle Oy, Hyttimestarinkuja 3 FIN-02780 Espoo, Finland

Blum GmbH, Lilienthalstrae 3 D-32052 Herford, Germany

Blum Hungria Kft., Balassagyarmati t 2, Pf. 124 H-2600 Vc, Hungary

Husasmidjan HF., Sudarvogi 3 - 5 IS-104 Reykjavik, Iceland

Blums subsidiaries and representatives

UAB Furnitanas, Savanori prospektas 180 LT-03154 Vilnius, Lithuania

Ing. Norbert ebo, Strska cesta 27 SK-96001 Zvolen, Slovakia

STARMAN kofja Loka d.o.o. eje pri Komendi, SI-1218 KOMENDA

South Africa Durban

South Africa Cape Town

South Africa Johannesburg

Julius Blum GmbH, Beschlgefabrik Industriestrae 1, A-6973 Hchst, Austria

U.A.E. Qatar Bahrain Oman Ukraine

Blums subsidiaries and representatives

Reliable, safe, competent

Different wooden fronts

Wide alu frames

Narrow alu frames

And combinations of this

Bi-fold lift system

Assembly, removal and adjustment

Power factor range

Power factor LF 960 - 2650 2600 - 17250 13500 - 25900

Lift mechanism 1 pcs. 1 x set 3 pcs.

20F3200 20F3500 20F3800 20F3900 2x

31 134 141 36 38 420 510

CLIP top-centre hinge 21

min 12.6 (12.8)

Power factor range

Power factor LF 960 - 2650 2600 - 17250

Lift mechanism 1 pcs. 1 x set

6 20F3200 20F3500 20F3800 20F3900 7 2x

CLIP-adapter plate Symmetrical